Hawaiian Legends in English: An Annotated Bibliography (Second Edition) 9780824885007

Citation preview

HAWAIIAN LEGENDS IN ENGLISH An Annotated Bibliography SECOND EDITION

AMOS P. LEIB and A. GROVE DAY

HONOLULU THE UNIVERSITY PRESS OF HAWAII

SECOND E D I T I O N C O P Y R I G H T © 1979 BY THE UNIVERSITY PRESS OF HAWAII FIRST E D I T I O N C O P Y R I G H T © 1949 BY THE UNIVERSITY O F HAWAII; RENEWED 1977 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED MANUFACTURED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data Leib, Amos Patten, 1917-1977 Hawaiian legends in English. 1. Legends—Hawaii—Bibliography. I. Day, Arthur Grove, 1904joint author. II. Title. Z5984.H38L4 1979 [GR385.H3] 0l6.3982'09969 ISBN 0-8248-0671-9

79-16156

CONTENTS

K E Y TO THE ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE BIBLIOGRAPHY . . iv INTRODUCTION TO SECOND EDITION

V

INTRODUCTION TO FIRST EDITION

L

THE IMPORTANT TRANSLATORS

5

A N N O T A T E D BIBLIOGRAPHY OF HAWAIIAN MYTHOLOGY . . . 37 REFERENCE BIBLIOGRAPHY

117

SUPPLEMENT TO A N N O T A T E D BIBLIOGRAPHY OF HAWAIIAN MYTHOLOGY REFERENCE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SUPPLEMENT

119 159

KEY TO THE ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE BIBLIOGRAPHY Amer. Anthrop Ann. Rpt. Bur. Amer. Bthnol.

American Anthropologist Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology Australian Museum Magazine

Australian Mus. Mag Bernicc P. Bishop Mus

Bernice P. Bishop Museum Press

Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Mem Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Occas. Papers

Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletin Bernice P. Bishop Museum Memoirs Bernice P. Bishop Museum Occasional Papers The Califomian Cram's Magazine The Friend Hawaiian Historical Society . . . Annual Report

Californian Cram's Mag Friend Hawaiian Hist. Soc. . . . Ann. Rpt Hawaiian Hist. Soc

Hawaiian Historical Society

Hawaiian Hist. Soc. Papers HawaiianJour. Hist Hon. Adv Hon. Almanac Hon. Mercury Hon. Star-Bull. Hon. Star-Bull. & Adv Hutchings' Calif. Mag Intematl. Quart Islander Jour. Amer. Folklore Jour. Polynesian Soc

Hawaiian Historical Society Papers HawaiianJournal ofHistory Honolulu Advertiser Honolulu Almanac Honolulu Mercury Honolulu Star-Bulletin Honolulu Star-Bulletin & Advertiser Hutchings' California Magazine International Quarterly The Islander Journal of American Folklore Journal of the Polynesian Society

Kamehameha

The Kamehameha Schools Press

Lit. Rev Maile Quart Mid-Pac. Mag New Zealand Inst. Trans, and Proc

Literary Review Maile Quarterly Mid-Pacific Magazine New Zealand Institute, Transactions and Proceedings Pacific Commercial Advertiser Pacific Monthly Pan-Pacific Paradise of the Pacific The Polynesian Thrum's Annualfor . . . Toyo Kisen Kaisha Topics

Pac. Com. Adv Pac. Monthly Pan-Pac Par. Pac Polynesian Thrum's Ann T. K. K. Topics Tongg Tuttle UHP UPH

Tongg Publishing Co. Charles E. Tuttle Co. University of Hawaii Press The University Press of Hawaii

iv

INTRODUCTION TO SECOND EDITION

Hawaiian Legends in English: An Annotated Bibliography, by Amos P. Leib, appeared in 1949 as one of the first publications of the fledgling University of Hawaii Press. Its value to readers and researchers in Polynesian mythology was immediately recognized—especially its pioneer contribution to the history of translation of Hawaiian legends and its annotation of about one thousand works ranging from scholarly monographs to retellings for children. C. R. H. Taylor, dean of Pacific bibliographers, in a highly favorable review, wrote: "There is no doubt that for the student of folklore or of Hawaiian history, tradition, and legend, it must simplify almost any approach." 1 The only adverse comment on the original volume was the remark that it unfortunately lacked the "subject approach." However, the annotations were not primarily designed to direct one to gods or monsters, persons or places, but to estimate the value of each source. Anyone desiring to find, say, a legend about a phantom rooster at Waikiki can locate listings in several indexes of books and periodicals such as are found in the Reference Bibliography of the Supplement. These indexes, however, do not annotate any items. The Leib approach is designed to help the researcher to discover the level, style, and authority of a writer before reading his or her treatment of a subject. During the past thirty years, a surprising amount of activity has gone forward in the translating and retelling of the appealing, age1

C. R. H. Taylor, in Jour. Polynesian Soc., 5 9 ( J u n c 1950), 197-198.

old stories from Hawaii Nei. And the demand for authentic, wellwritten legends has exceeded the supply. Librarians are besieged daily with requests for more and more stories drawn from the rich lore of oral literature. Enterprising publishers have tried to fill the need by reprinting volumes of ancient legends of greater or less worth. The appetite of children for exciting folklore is not sated by the availability of illustrated—and sometimes moralizing—little books retelling favorite stories from the past. Schools and universities give courses not only in Hawaiian history but in Hawaiian folklore. More than three million people from around the world visit the State of Hawaii annually, and most of them seek at least a glimpse of the exotic island literary past. The Polynesian delight in animating every cloud, hill, rock, and animal is echoed in the habit of tour-bus drivers of inventing amusing "legends" while driving up Nuuanu Valley to the top of the Pali. Magazine writers, apparently, can always sell a version of a tale of the menehune tribe of dwarfs or the naupaka half-flower, and few guide books or advertising brochures omit some reference to Maui the demi-god or Pele the volcano goddess. The rise of "ethnic studies" and a deep concern among those of Hawaiian ancestry to examine anew their cultural roots has aroused a demand for accounts of Hawaiian heroes and noble ancestors. The need for an updating of Amos Leib's fine book, to cover contributions of the past thirty years, has thus become pressing. No less than four hundred annotated works have accordingly been added in the Supplement to the first edition. A number of the references annotated will be of interest to anyone seeking information on pre-Captain Cook culture in the Hawaiian Islands. No fewer than five hundred different authors are represented in this bibliography—indeed a surprising number to have written on a topic so exotic as Hawaiian legends. Amos Leib concluded his thirty-page survey of the important translators of Hawaiiana by attempting to foresee future activity in this area. He rightly noted in 1947 that the number of people qualified to undertake new translations was decreasing, and that the greatest single source of untranslated legends was the vernacular newspapers, on which Mrs. Mary K. Pukui and others were then working. He also felt that the greatest opportunity to put Hawaiian mythology into English literature would be in retelling the old legends to new audiences. However, he was naturally unable to predict the continued labors of known translators or the rise of later scholars skilled in the nuances of making new versions or correcting old ones. And he certainly could not have anticipated the outpouring of retellings of stanvi

dard stories in magazines, books, and leaflets. Leib's goal, stated on page 37 below, of listing even passing mention of some incident of a legend—"one or two sentences"—has had to be abandoned in the Supplement. Likewise, no attempt has been made to keep up with the flood of references to Kamehameha I, a historical rather than a legendary figure. The names of book publishers, omitted in the first edition, however, have been added to entries in the Supplement to provide better information to the researcher. Most of the entries that follow cover publications since 1947. The appearance of several valuable index volumes by librarians since that date—such as several listed in the Reference Bibliography of the Supplement—has enabled me to discover a number of items that were missed by Leib when he laboriously leafed over all the pages of some thirty newspapers and periodicals, seeking even casual references to Hawaiian legends. It is now easier for the researcher to trace most of the references to a given figure or location by using these indexes—which, however, are not annotated and lack the value judgments of the Leib method. RECENT TRANSLATORS Among developments that have occurred during the past thirty years, in the area of translating and publishing Hawaiian legends, is the continued activity of some translators and the emergence of others. Mary K. Pukui, Caroline Curtis, and Katharine Luomala have continued their careers, and later workers include such translators as Samuel H. Elbert, Dorothy B. Barrere, Alfons L. Korn, Jean Chariot, Rubellite Kinney Johnson, Charles W. Kenn, Esther Mookini, Bacil F. Kirtley, and half a dozen students from University of Hawaii classes in the Hawaiian language. Mrs. Pukui is clearly the foremost authority on the language and literature of the early Hawaiians. She has been honored as a "living treasure'' for her untiring services not only as an author in her own right but as a collaborator or consultant on projects initiated by half a dozen other authors. Her name is foremost not only on the covers of the definitive Hawaiian Dictionary and the Pocket Hawaiian Dictionary based upon it, but also on that of the valuable Place Names of Hawaii, which contains many notes on legendary influences on nomenclature. She collaborated with Caroline Curtis on four volumes of retellings of legends for young people, based on standard authorities. Some further information about her life can be found in a biovii

graphical article published in 1958.2 She was born Mary Abigail Kawena Wiggin on April 20, 1895, at Kau, Hawaii, where her father, Henry Nathaniel Wiggin, was head foreman of the Hutchison Plantation. He was a member of a family of Salem, Massachusetts, seafarers, and Dr. Leib was charmed to learn that Mary Kawena was a descendant of the seventeenth-century poet Anne Bradstreet, the first American woman to devote herself to literature. The child's mother, Mary Paahana Kanakaole, a pure-blooded Hawaiian whose parents were medical kahunas, was born to a chiefly family prominent before the introduction of Christianity. The child's maternal grandmother, trained early by her father, was a skilled chanter of ancient meles. Luckily for Hawaiian literature, Mary Kawena spent her first nine years with this lady as a punahele daughter, absorbing the lore of the south Hawaii countryside and listening to her tutu utter chants to Pele. In later years, "Kawena" studied the ancient hula under famed dancers and was, in turn, to teach others such as Iolani Luahine and Jean Erdman. She received some schooling in Honolulu, but did not graduate from the Hawaiian Mission Academy until the age of twenty-seven. At nineteen she married Kalolii Pukui and was widowed in 1943, during World War II, when she served on the home front by working with a camouflage corps. From the age of fifteen, however, when she began collaborating with Laura Green in translating Hawaiian legends and history, Mary Kawena has been a generous and fruitful source of Hawaiiana. For almost half a century she has been associated with the Bernice P. Bishop Museum in Honolulu, and staff members and others have turned to her for information on a dozen areas of study. The former director of the Museum, Dr. Alexander Spoehr, rated her as "the outstanding scholar of Hawaiian ancestry." Another scholar who has become more prominent in Polynesian folklore in the past three decades is Dr. Katharine Luomala. She was born in 1907 of Finnish parents in the city of Cloquet in northeastern Minnesota, and went through high school there. She followed an older sister to California and, despite the hardships of the depression years, obtained the bachelor's degree in anthropology from the University of California at Berkeley. Through her sister she had become acquainted with Miss Annie Alexander of a kamaaina family in Hawaii, and this lady's sponsorship led Katharine further into Poly2 Jeanette Lam, "Mary K. Pukui: Words Are Her Business," Par. Pac., 70 (Jan. 1958), 24, 32.

viii

nesian studies, which chimed well with her field research in American Indian culture. In the summer of 1934, as an aide to Dr. Martha Warren Beckwith, Katharine began a long association with the Bishop Museum, where she met Mrs. Pukui. After obtaining her doctorate in anthropology at Berkeley in 1936—her dissertation was entitled "Maui the Demigod: Factors in the Development of a Polynesian Hero Cycle"—she worked for two years in Honolulu under a joint Bishop Museum-Yale University fellowship, further steeping herself in Polynesian folklore. Additional study on the mainland precluded the possibility of a faculty post, and the war years were spent in interviewing and writing reports for the government. She began in 1946 a career at the University of Hawaii that also included a continuing association with the Bishop Museum. In an excellent biographical account by a colleague, Dr. Leonard Mason, prefacing a festschrift honoring Dr. Luomala, many details are given concerning her contributions "as teacher, researcher, field worker, writer, administrator, editor, and traveler."3 A third prominent scholar, interested in language problems but also adept at literary study, is Dr. Samuel Hoyt Elbert, another "living treasure'' and Professor of Pacific Languages and Linguistics at the University of Hawaii until his retirement. Born in Des Moines, Indiana, on August 8, 1907, he earned an A.B. at Grinnell College in 1928 and a B. Lit. at Columbia in 1931. He wandered for some years among the islands of the South Pacific and served as a lieutenant commander in the United States Naval Reserve in World War II. Elbert came to the University of Hawaii in 1949 and completed a doctoral degree at the University of Indiana the following year. Since that time he has done fieldwork in the Pacific islands and has published several dictionaries and monographs. He is also the collector, with Noelani K. Mahoe, of Na Mele o Hawai'i Nei: One Hundred and One Hawaiian Songs, authoritative texts and translations, as well as comments on poetic vocabulary and an analysis of Hawaiian structure and symbolism in lyrics. A teacher of the Hawaiian language, Elbert worked with Mrs. Pukui to produce several editions of the Hawaiian Dictionary and Place Names of Hawaii, and he produced texts on Conversational Hawaiian and Spoken Hawaiian. His most recent publication (with Mrs. Pukui) is Hawaiian Grammar. His outstand3 Adrienne L. Kaeppler and H. Arlo Nimmo, eds., Directions in Pacific Traditional Literature (Honolulu: BerniceP. Bishop Mus., 1976), pp. 1-58, includes bibliography of publications.

IX

ing work as editor was Selections from Fornander's Hawaiian Antiquities and Folklore. In I960 he made an illuminating comment on Hawaiian legends in an excellent article: Hawaiian stories contain much poetry and wit and a certain tough realism. . . . The literature is rich and subtle. Every reading reveals new insights and new invitations to psychological interpretations. Hawaiians developed their literature to a high degree of sophistication and beauty apparent to those who know something of the old culture, who are willing to gloss over the dullish places, and to read in Hawaiian and ponder over what lies beneath the words now sparkling, now suggesting commercials.4

Information is also available concerning Caroline Curtis, prominent reteller of legends and recorder of stories.' She was born in Michigan and majored in history at Mount Holyoke College. She taught in several mainland schools before coming to Honolulu to instruct the fifth and sixth grades at Hanahauoli School. After fifteen years she retired and then went to teach at The Kamehameha Schools, where she began collaborating with Mrs. Pukui on four volumes of legends to be told to children. Her work as an oral recorder of Hawaiian tales is mentioned below. FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS Aside from the continued translation by established scholars, what have been some other developments in the area of producing and publishing Hawaiian legends in English during the thirty years since Amos Leib saw his volume published? First is an increasing concern with translating fugitive material such as that found in newspapers, and in revising or correcting previous works. In recent years the study of the Hawaiian language has had a revival, even though fewer persons speak it as a first tongue. Little material on legends in Hawaiian has been left unscrutinized by able critics. A not unexpected result of this activity is the uncovering by recent translators of some evidence of corruption in sources previously 4

Samuel H. Elbert, "The Unheroic Hero of Hawaiian Tales," jour. Polynesian Soc., 69 (Sept. I960), 266-275. 5 Mildred Osmundson Gordon, ' 'The Story of a Story-teller: The Life of Caroline Curtis," in Makers of Destiny—Hawaiian Style (Honolulu: Delta Kappa Gamma Society, 1969).

x

thought to be unflawed by non-Polynesian intrusions. Among these sources are works by Abraham Fornander and S. N . Kamakau that incorporate Biblical stories and inventions into the body of presumably authentic Oceanic myths. Dr. Bacil F. Kirtley, commenting on the fascinating monograph The Kumuhonua Legends by Dorothy B. Barrere, remarked: Though scholars like Dixon, Williamson, and Beckwith have indicated repeatedly that Polynesian converts to Christianity introduced Biblical elements into their inherited mythology, Barrere, by concentrating upon this redactional activity itself, suggests the prevalence of the phenomenon. Perhaps the most audacious improvisations on Mosaic legendry were those created from 1865 to 1870 by the Hawaiians Kepelino and Kamakau, and naively perpetuated by Abraham Fornander in the "Kumuhonua legends." In these plagiarisms, a triad of deities (Kane, Ku, and Lono) create the first man from red clay and the first female from his rib. A mo 'o, or reptile, contrives the primal couple's downfall and "the large white bird of Kane" ejects them from Paradise. Led by the marplot Kanaloa, a band of angels revolts against the ruling powers and is banished to "uttermost darkness" and Kanaloa's futile attempt to create a human being introduces death into the world. A world flood is caused by mankind's wickedness, but the patriarch Nuu survives this catastrophe. Further, the Abraham-Isaac story is imitated, as are accounts of the Hebrew escape across "the Red Sea of Kane" and of the career ofJoseph—his abandonment in a pit, and his later successes in a foreign land. 6 Further comments on this development may be found in the annotations under Barrere, The Kumuhonua Legends. Another development, perhaps not so praiseworthy, is the invention of legends to suit the aims of some publishers. An example of this process is described in a newspaper article.7 Challenged by children on the lanai of the Makaha Country Club to tell a story about the surrounding Oahu valley, Pilipo Springer extemporized a tale that later was revised for use as a press handout. Robert Goodman, seeking to print an illustrated book for children, was unable to find a legend of Makaha in any library but learned about the publicity story. In a session with his advisers, Ruth Tabrah and Robert Spicer, he used "selective creativity" and produced Makaha: The Legend of 6 Bacil F. Kirtley, "Some Extra-Oceanic Affinities of Polynesian Narratives," in Directions in Pacific Traditional Literature, pp. 217-218. 7 Murry Engle, "An Instant Folktale Like the Real Thing," Hon. Star-Bull., May 29, 1974, p. D-l.

XI

the Broken Promise, an invention with a suitable moral. Several other books, such as those by Guy and Pam Buffet, follow this same method. As Goodman explained to the reporter: "We try to fill loopholes in the story in a culturally credible way, enriching it with phrases, insights, interrelationships. Anyone reading the story thus can be instructed in early Hawaiian culture. At the same time, the story will ring true to anyone who knows the culture well. It honors countless subtle relationships that existed.'' In contrast, one may quote Katharine Luomala's idea of the value of myth or legend in the serious study of a culture: "To a specialist in mythology, a myth incident or episode is as objective a unit as an axe, and the differences and similarities of these units can be observed equally clearly and scientifically."8 Is not this manufacturing of "legends" without labeling them fiction a more serious form of corruption that the well-meaning Christianizing of the ancient Polynesian heritage by Kepelino and Kamakau? Our concern with the source of a legend indicates that authenticity is worth preserving. Legends are a kind of rough history. They originated in an honest effort by a people to explain their environment to themselves. The trend toward contriving stories that masquerade as authentic but lack or distort the old Polynesian spirit works, I believe, an injustice to a great culture. Another development, made possible by the availability of taperecording techniques, is the recounting of legends by skilled storytellers. Caroline Curtis, during her work at The Kamehameha Schools, made recordings of some fifty of her favorite legends, including tales of Maui, the menehune tribe, Pele, sharks, and others.9 Alice Kamokila Campbell, daughter of a leading kamaaina family, produced an album—Legends of Hawaii (Rainbow Record and Publishing Company, 1957)—that gives an idea of the performance of the chanter of moolelo and kaao of Hawaii Nei. More activity in recording authentic tales should be encouraged, to meet the expectations of the aurally-minded generation of young people today. Finally, legends have even been used to justify the halting of a federal highway through the Koolau Range on the island of Oahu. The Secretary of the Interior, in a judgment based partly on notes about the legends of Moanalua Valley, has declared that the historic value 8

From Luomala's application for the Bishop-Yale Fellowship in 1938. Selected Hawaiian Legends, Kamehameha Schools, 1964. Seven reels of seveninch tape. Synopsis and bibliography prepared by Helen Gokan and others. 9

xii

of this proposed route precludes its use as a freeway. Even in the 1970's, the power of legend should not be discounted! A PERSONAL NOTE My efforts in updating Amos Leib's 1949 volume on Hawaiian legends are, in one sense, a memorial to a long-time friend. Amos Patten Leib was born in New London, Connecticut, on December 8, 1917, and died while on sabbatical leave from the University of Hawaii in Old London, England, on January 3, 1977, aged barely fifty-nine years. I knew Amos over a period of more than thirty years. I came to the University of Hawaii at Manoa in the autumn of 1944, during World War II, when we had a nightly curfew and the campus was dotted with wooden underground bomb shelters instead of concrete highrises. My teaching assignment included the task of advising three graduate students who were writing theses for the master of arts degree. One was Amos Leib. I learned that he had obtained a bachelor of science degree from Haverford College in 1938 and had taught at Iolani School in Honolulu for three years before joining the faculty at Punahou School in 1941. For his pleasure he had taken courses at the University until it was discovered that he could obtain the master's degree if he completed the thesis requirement. Together we chose the topic of preparing an annotated bibliography of all the published writings in English concerning Hawaiian myths and legends. With his typical thoroughness he spent several years on this labor, but the result was an M.A. awarded in 1947 and a book published by the University of Hawaii Press—Hawaiian Legends in English—in 1949. Thereafter I recommended this volume as the handbook for anyone at all concerned with studying the early literature of the Hawaiian Islands. For his abilities Amos had been given an instructorship in the Department of English in 1945 and had begun a career that earned him a full professorship in 1971. During this career he taught a number of courses, ranging from literature of the Middle Ages to literature of the islands of the Pacific Ocean. To qualify for promotion he spent two years at Tulane University in New Orleans, where he and Loel— his special name for his wife, Edna Lee Pegram Leib—went through the usual stringent times, aided by temporary teaching jobs and scholarships. Amos' Ph.D. was awarded in 1963; his dissertation was on Nathaniel Hawthorne. Dozens of his teaching colleagues in the. xiii

Department of English recall his service with them on many projects, and hundreds of former students remember him as a wise and witty teacher and scholar. For thirteen years Amos Leib held an official post as University Marshal, organizing and presiding over commencement ceremonies. His main community service came in the form of acting in various community theaters and singing as a member of the Gleemen of Honolulu for almost four decades. He continued his interest in writing and, in addition to the two theses and critical articles, in 1972 he published The Many Islands of Polynesia. A lighter kind of writing is represented by his annual New Year's letter, which gave him free Scope for his humorous quips and accounts of travels to many islands around the world. But now, along with his beloved author Robert Louis Stevenson: " H o m e is the sailor, home from the sea,/And the hunter home from the hill.'' During Dr. Leib's sabbatical leave, illness made it difficult for him to continue the revision of Hawaiian Legends in English he had begun in Honolulu, and even the British Museum lacked the full facilities needed to update this work on a literature created many meridians west of Greenwich. I acknowledge warmly the invitation of Mrs. Leib to complete the task of preparing a second edition, as well as her cooperation in obtaining publication. I have retained wherever possible Dr. Leib's comments on a number of the four hundred entries in the Supplement. Any errors or omissions are, of course, my responsibility. I must laud the informed services of the libraries of Honolulu—in particular, the staff of the Hawaiian and Pacific Collection of the University of Hawaii Library, whose stacks I have haunted for more than three decades; the Hawaiian shelves contain as many as thirty thousand bound volumes along with much unbound material, and this work could not have been attempted without access to the library's treasures. And again I appreciate the skills demonstrated by the people at The University Press of Hawaii, with whom I have previously published six volumes. A. GROVE DAY

Emeritus Professor University of Hawaii June, 1979

xiv

INTRODUCTION DURING THE PAST CENTURY AND A QUARTER,

a considerable number of Hawaiian legends have been translated into English. Although this material has been the subject of studies in anthropology, ethnology, and comparative mythology, no study has been made of the translations and the translators themselves. Nor has a definitive bibliography of published translations been compiled. T h e purpose of this volume is to provide an extensive, annotated bibliography of both primary translations and secondary retellings in English, together with a historical and critical study of the more important translations. T h e writings studied include all available English translations that have appeared in books, periodicals, scientific journals, and pamphlets. Unpublished manuscript translations have not been consulted. Only those newspaper translations which were later reprinted in more permanent form or which are readily available in indexes or clipping files are included. Several French and German translations, as well as a few untranslated Hawaiian sources, have been included in the Bibliography. Secondary workings of legendary material have also been included in order to make more nearly complete the listing of literature in English based on Hawaiian legendary material. However, many of the translators give little information about the sources of their material, and it is often difficult to say whether a certain legend is a primary or secondary source. It will be apparent from the extensiveness of the Bibliography that at one time or another a considerable number of people translated Hawaiian legendary material into English or rewrote such translations. T h e first part of this volume is a critical and historical discussion of the major translators and retellers of Hawaiian legends—authoritative workers who achieved considerable output and reputation. T h e minor contributors are treated in brief annotations in the Bibliography. Primary consideration is given to the style and content of the works of a translator, and to his background, sources, method, and purpose when they greatly influence his work. T h e material in these translations may be classified as tradition, folklore, legend, and myth. "Tradition" is used to refer to that which is handed down orally in the way of folklore. "Folklore" is a rather inclusive term, covering the beliefs, proverbs, customs, and literature 1

(both prose and poetry) of a people. Strictly speaking, a "myth" is a story of the doings of godlike beings, whereas a "legend" deals with human beings. Both types may be included under the term "tale." In this study the terms "legend" and "myth" are used almost interchangeably, principally because the collectors and translators of the tales often failed to make the strict distinction themselves. The Hawaiians classified their prose tales as moolelo or kaao. The kaao were pure fiction, whereas the moolelo dealt with historical matters and were somewhat didactic in purpose. This distinction is not so readily accepted by the modern reader, since among the moolelo the Hawaiians included tales of their gods, as well as tales of historical personages.1 Certain recurring patterns, plots, and types of characters may be mentioned as characteristic of Hawaiian legends. In some stories the hero has to overcome cruel brothers or half-brothers on his path to success. Sometimes the antagonist, either human or supernatural, has powers which seem to render him invincible. The hero, however, is usually possessed of an almost godlike skill in some one or more accomplishments—spear-throwing, bone-breaking, weight-lifting, surfing, or riddling and disputing. Often the hero is the secret son of a chief, who has left with the mother some token by which the son later proves his royal blood. Many of the heroes are kupua, people possessed of supernatural powers. Some kupua can change from human form to animal form at will—there are dog-men, rat-men, bird-men, shark-men, lizard-men, and hog-men. A kupua may be born in a non-human form, either as an animal or as some such inanimate object as a rope. This infant freak may be tossed on a rubbish heap by the mother, but is saved and brought up by some other relative who recognizes its latent human characteristics. Whole cycles of legends were developed about the accomplishments of certain of the more important heroes. Some of these hero-cycles, such as those of Maui and Laka, exist in other areas of Polynesia. Others, such as those of Pele and Kamapuaa, are peculiar to Hawaii. The stylistic elements of Hawaiian composition are discussed in some detail by Miss Beckwith in her introduction to Laieikawai.2 1

Martha Warren Beckwith, Hawaiian Mythology (New Haven, 1940), pp. 1 - 2 . 'Martha Warren Beckwith, The Hawaiian Romance of Laieikawai, in Thirtythird Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1911—1912 (Washington. 1919), pp. 293-331. 2

Most of the legends were extremely long and repetitious in their oral form, and were abbreviated to a considerable degree when they were written down and translated. T h e element of suspense is often lacking, but perhaps such a lack was unimportant when a listener was hearing a familiar story that was part of the common lore of his race. In such a case, the manner of narration, the word-play, the figures of speech, the allusions, and even the repetition of the narrator were probably fully as important to the primitive Hawaiian listener as the content of the tale. In translation, however, a good many of these stylistic devices make the story long-winded and monotonous to the modern reader. T w o limitations have been made regarding the date and type of the literature treated. Chief consideration is given to prose legends that seem to have existed in the native literature before the coming of the white man to Hawaii. Present-day "myths" have not been included, nor has there been an attempt to include all material on Kamehameha. Hawaiian poetry, which in itself is rarely narrative in form, is discussed only in connection with its frequent appearance in narrative legends. Often a character in a narrative legend will compose or repeat a song or chant which has become a traditional part of the legend or is traditionally associated with the character. Only Honolulu libraries were used for this study since, taken together, they contain the most complete collection of Hawaiiana in the world. These include the Library of Hawaii, the University of Hawaii Library, Cooke Library at Punahou School, and the libraries of the Bishop Museum, the Hawaiian Mission Children's Society, and the Hawaiian Historical Society. T h e author wishes to thank the staffs of these libraries for their help. T h e author wishes to thank particularly Professors A. Grove Day, Carl G. Stroven, and Katharine Luomala of the University of Hawaii, under whose direction this study Was originally made. AMOS P . LEIB

University of Hawaii October, 1948

3

THE IMPORTANT TRANSLATORS T H E CHIEF REGRET OF THE STUDENT

" ^ H P *

of Hawaiian mythology is that the work of collecting, writing down, and translating Hawaiian myths was extremely slow in getting under way. It was not until 1888, over a hundred years after the discovery of the Hawaiian Islands by Captain Cook, that the first book in English dealing exclusively with Hawaiian mythology was printed—The Legends and Myths of Hawaii, by King Kalakaua. During certain periods in the century after Cook, however, a considerable number of legends were collected and written in Hawaiian, a few accounts of the mythology were printed in the journals of missionaries and travelers, and a few studies of Hawaiian lore were made in languages other than English.

T H E EARLY VOYAGERS The early voyagers displayed little knowledge of the literature of the Hawaiian Islands, although they were somewhat more familiar with certain of the religious observances and the operations of the tabu, especially as they affected dealings with the natives. The first printed narrative legend of any importance is the epic "Song of Lono" in Byron's Voyage of H.M.S. Blonde to the Sandwich Islands (1826). This is credited by Byron to the American missionaries.1 The epic form, incidentally, is a rarity in Hawaiian poetry. Byron 1 George Anson, Lord Byron, Voyage of H. M. S. Bionde to the Sandwich Island< (London, 1826), pp. 19-21.

5

also retells briefly a few incidents from the legendary history of the Hawaiians, saying, "It is to be hoped that the missionaries . . . will obtain a correct knowledge of the creed and traditions of the Islanders." 2 Unfortunately, the missionaries were at first more anxious to supplant the native beliefs with new ones than to perpetuate the old ones, with the result that a good many of the legends became altered or were lost. However, the missionaries did a more thorough job of writing down the legends than did the explorers and voyagers, because they lived and worked with the natives over a longer period of time. WILLIAM ELLIS William Ellis, who made his missionary tour through Hawaii in 1823, is chronologically the first important source of Hawaiian mythology. Although a newcomer to Hawaii, Ellis was well acquainted with the Polynesian language and had no difficulty in conversing with and preaching to the Hawaiians in their own tongue. He found that the native lore contained many "fabulous wonders with which inquiring foreigners are often entertained during their stay among the islands." 8 Ellis evidently heard many legends from the Hawaiians, legends which at that time were in a relatively pure state. Had he been a trained folklorist, we might today have a vast quantity of Hawaiian mythology which became lost or adulterated between the time of Ellis and that of the great collectors of Hawaiian lore. But Ellis was a missionary, not a collector of legends. He cited legends partly for their intrinsic interest, but primarily to show the primitive state of the natives' beliefs—to point to the great need for the enlightenment that the missionaries could bring them. Although he deplored the content of the legends, he was able to find some comfort in the very fact that such legends existed: they showed that the Hawaiians had mental powers which might later be "employed on subjects more consistent with truth." 4 The number of Hawaiian legends given by Ellis is not great, and most of them must represent condensations of what was told him by the natives. None of the legends are given in the original Hawaiian. 'Ibid., p. 11, note. 'William Ellis, A Narrative of a Tour through Hawaii (reprint, Honolulu, 1917), p. 26. 4 Ibidp. 296. 6

Evidently Ellis heard the stories in Hawaiian and later wrote them in English in his journals. Most of Ellis' legends can be classed as briefs or precis. T h e legend given in greatest detail is that of Pele and Kahawali, found in the Tour on pages 219—223. This version appears to be the principal source for later writers, including Kalakaua. 5 In an attempt to show the falsity of the Hawaiians' beliefs, Ellis often provided his own logical, scientific explanation for a supernatural Hawaiian tale. Many of the Hawaiians remained skeptical of Ellis' explanations. Ellis' Tour contains some twenty legends, including the briefest items. With the exception of a few of the longer accounts, they are too condensed to stand alone as tales. Ellis' accounts are valuable chiefly in comparing or checking the main incidents of a legend as Ellis heard it with those of the same legend as received by later writers. In the late 1820's several editions of A Narrative of a Tour through Hawaii were printed in both England and America. A reprint appeared in Honolulu in 1917. In the 1830's, Ellis published his fourvolume Polynesian Researches, the fourth volume of which is almost identical with the Tour. In general, however, the Tour is of greater value to the student of Hawaii. Many of the interesting and charming details in the Tour are omitted from the Polynesian Researches, sometimes to the detriment of the meaning. THE LAHAINALUNA

GROUP

Very little work was done in translating Hawaiian mythology into English until late in the nineteenth century. About 1836, however, early in the history of Lahainaluna School on Maui, a movement was started, largely under the influence of the Reverend Sheldon Dibble, to write down in Hawaiian some of the material dealing with the native legendary history, customs, and other lore. After Dibble's death in 1843 this work was carried on, principally by two of his outstanding native pupils, David Malo and S. M. Kamakau. Much of this material was later used by translators. Believing that a book on Hawaiian history would be of great value. Dibble conducted at Lahainaluna during the years 1836—37 a sort of ' See p. 13 below. 7

seminar in Hawaiian history. His best students aided him in the task of collecting and verifying material. 6 Malo was one of the most important of these Hawaiian scholars. In 1838 the results of this research were published at the Lahainaluna press as Ka Moolelo Hawaii. A partial translation of this book made by the Reverend Reuben Tinker was issued serially in 1839 and 1840, the first four installments appearing in The Hawaiian Spectator and the last four in The Polynesian.7 In 1862 a translation into French was made by Jules Remy. 8 In 1841 the Royal Hawaiian Historical Society was formed at Lahainaluna, and counted among its charter members Dibble, Kamakau, Malo, and Kamehameha III. Some of their researches and the earlier researches printed as Ka Moolelo Hawaii were incorporated into Dibble's History of the Sandwich Islands ( 1 8 4 3 ) . 9 This volume contains no extended translations of Hawaiian legends, although it devotes some twenty pages to brief versions of the legends of early Hawaiian voyagers, the creation, the flood, Aukelenuiaiku, the early rulers, and the like. Following Dibble's death and the king's departure for Honolulu, the Historical Society ended its activities. However, the effect of the encouragement which Dibble had given his Hawaiian students and co-workers was still felt by Malo, Kamakau, and S. N. Haleole. Kamakau, who was born on Oahu on October 29, 1815, entered Lahainaluna in 1833. Although he began his Hawaiian researches under Dibble within a few years of his entrance, he did not print any of his material for thirty years. In June, 1865, he began publishing in Ka Nupepa Kuokoa articles on traditions and legends.10 His series of articles dealing with Hawaiian history, particularly from the late eighteenth century on, and especially treating of Kamehameha, began 'George Lecker, "Lahainaluna 1831—1877" (unpublished master's thesis. University of Hawaii, 1 9 3 8 ) , pp. 140—142; Sheldon Dibble, History of the Sandwich Islands (Lahainaluna, 1 8 4 3 ) , pp. iii—iv. 'Lecker, op. cit., pp. 141—145. " See p. 11 below. ' William D. Westervelt, " T h e First Hawaiian Historical Society," Hawaiian Historical Society, Twenty-first Annual Report ( 1 9 1 3 ) , pp. 8—11; Dibble, op. cit., p. iv. 10 Thomas G. T h r u m , "Brief Sketch of the Life and Labors of S. M. Kamakau, Annual Report Hawaiian Historian," Hawaiian Historical Society, Twenty-sixth ( 1 9 1 8 ) , p. 47.

8

appearing weekly in the same publication in October, 1866. When this newspaper ceased publication in January, 1869, the series continued in Ke Au Okoa, running until October of the same year. Kamakau next wrote a series of articles on ancient Hawaiian religion, customs, and legendary history, which ran in Ke Au Okoa until February, 1871. Kamakau's articles are all in Hawaiian, and no complete translation has been published, although the Bishop Museum possesses one in manuscript. However, many translators of Hawaiian legends give some indication of their indebtedness to these articles. In the footnotes to Hawaiian Mythology, Miss Beckwith refers to the issues of the Hawaiian newspapers in which the Kamakau versions of various legends can be found. T . G. T h r u m has compiled a complete descriptive list of the articles from 1866 to 1871. 11 Mary W . Pukui, Hawaiian translator at the Bishop Museum, considers Kamakau the best Hawaiian writer on tradition, history, and customs. 12 T h e increase in the amount of Hawaiian lore appearing in the native press in the 1860's and thereafter was at least in part the result of organized effort to collect and preserve such material. At Kamakau's instigation, a Hawaiian society was formed in April, 1863, to "collect material for publication in the native press at that time, and in aid of Fornander's researches."13 Thus, through Kamakau, the influence of the Lahainaluna group was carried over into Fornander's Polynesian Race and into that great repository of Hawaiian lore, the Pomander Collection.14 David Malo, another of Sheldon Dibble's proteges, entered Lahainaluna with the first pupils in 1831. He was then about 38 years old. Besides helping compile information for the 1838 Moolelo Hawaii and Dibble's History of the Sandwich Islands, Malo wrote his own Moolelo Hawaii in about 1840, at the request of the Reverend Lorrin Andrews. This is the book which was translated by 11

Ibid., pp. 5 3 - 6 1 .

"Information obtained from Mary W. Pukui at the Bishop Museum, April 3, 1947. u Fornander Collection of Hawaiian Antiquities and Folklore; Translation Revised and Illustrated with Notes by T. G. Thrum (Honolulu, 1 9 1 6 - 1 9 2 0 ) , vol. 6, p. 68 and note.

" S e e pp. 11—13 below for a discussion of Fornander and The Polynesian See pp. 19—21 below for a discussion of the Fornander Collection.

9

Race.

N. B. Emerson as Hawaiian Antiquities,15 In 1858 the Reverend John F. Pogue of Lahainaluna printed a third Mooleto Hawaii, based on the 1838 history, but including additional material. N. B. Emerson gives Malo a good deal of the credit for this, book. 18 S. N. Haleole, author of Laieikawai, was the third early student at Lahainaluna to achieve a reputation in Hawaiian literature. Haleole was born about 1819 and entered Lahainaluna in 1834. His famous book was published in 1863, following its appearance in serial form in the Kuokoa JAMES J. JARVES In 1843, James J. Jarves published a History of the Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands Embracing Their Antiquities, Mythology, Legends. . . . From the title, one might expect the book to contain a considerable number of Hawaiian legends, but this is not the case. The Hawaiian tales were not to Jarves' liking, and he apparently did not make an independent study of them. For most of the material in the dozen or so legends which he gives in very brief form, he seems to have been dependent on the scanty amount of material already published, particularly Ellis' Tour. A comparison of similar passages from Jarves and Ellis shows how heavily Jarves leaned on Ellis. Jarves' second book, Scenes and Scenery in the Sandwich Islands, contains less legendary material than his History, giving only three legends briefly. A third book, Kiana: A Tradition of Hawaii, is a highly romantic novel based on the tradition that some Spaniards were shipwrecked on Hawaii before the time of Cook. The original tradition is given in one paragraph of the preface, and there is only a small amount of well-known legendary material in the book proper. JULES REMY An unidentified student from Cambridge, Massachusetts, in a letter printed in The Friend in 1858 remarked: There is a suggestion that I should like to make, and that is, that someone should compile, and have published, a full account of the u

See p. 15 below for a discussion of Emerson's translation. N . B. Emerson, translator, Hawaiian Antiquities (Moolelo Hawaii), by David Malo (Honolulu, 1903), p. 11. 17 Beckwith, Laieikawai, pp. 293—294. For a discussion of the book and Miss Beckwith's translation, see pp. 27—28 below. M

10

Hawaiian mythology and institutions. . . . That of Jarvcs . . . is the best I have ever seen, but that comes far short of satisfying one who desires to understand the subject.18 The next year Jules Remy printed his Récits d'un Vieux Sauvage, a 67-page reprint of an address he had made before a French society in 1859. According to the author, the material was given him in one evening in 1853 by a Hawaiian named Kanuha, whom Remy believed to be at least 116 years old.19 Miss Beckwith says that the man was Namiki, the father of Kepelino.20 The subject matter falls into three main divisions : the first deals largely with the society and government of the early Hawaiians; the second contains the legendary history of certain chiefs, mostly of the island of Hawaii; and the third consists of the story and song of Kawelo, legendary king of Kauai. The book, although far from being a "full account of the Hawaiian mythology and institutions," was a valuable contribution to Hawaiian studies, and was several times translated into English. The first translation, by William T . Brigham, was privately printed in Boston in 1868 and reprinted by Charles NordhofF in 1874 as an appendix to his Northern California, Oregon, and the Sandwich Islands. For the song of Kawelo, Brigham went directly to the Hawaiian, feeling that Remy had made too free a translation. 21 Translations by William D. Alexander of portions of Remy's book appeared in Thrum's Annual, The Maile Quarterly, The Friend, and Paradise of the Pacific. In 1862, Remy printed a French translation of the 1838 Ka Moolelo Hawaii. This book was a "texte et traduction," with the French and the original Hawaiian versions on opposite pages. ABRAHAM

FORNANDER

Abraham Fornander, the greatest collector of Hawaiian lore, was born in Sweden on November 4, 1812. He first came to Hawaii in 1838, and returned in 1842 after going on a whaling cruise. Hawaii u

The Friend, n. s., 8 (August 1858), 59. Jules Remy (translated) in Charles Nordhoff, Northern California, Oregon, and the Sandwich Islands (New York, 1874), p. 228. " Martha W. Beckwith, Kepelino's Traditions of Hawaii (Honolulu, 1932), P. 4. "Nordhoff, p. 227. u

11

remained his home for the rest of his life, except for an interval when he prospected for gold in California. In Hawaii he was employed successively as coffee planter, surveyor, editor, inspector of schools, and judge.22 Fornander married a Hawaiian chiefess from Molokai, Pinao Alanakapu, and his three-volume work on the Polynesian race was dedicated to his daughter "as a reminder of her mother's ancestors and as a token of her father's love." The content of the work, of which the first volume was published in 1878 and the last in 1885, is indicated by its full title: An Account of the Polynesian Race: Its Origin and Migrations and the Ancient History of the Hawaiian People to the Times of Kamehameha I. For this work, Fornander credits as sources several natives whom he sent on tours of the Hawaiian Islands to collect all available Hawaiian lore. He also credits Kalakaua, Lorrin Andrews, Malo, Dibble, Dr. John Rae, Kamakau, Naihe, S. N. Hakuole, Kepelino, and Remy.28 In the first volume of the trilogy, Fornander attempted to show, through the use of folklore and language, the origin and migrations of the Polynesian race. The only Hawaiian legends used were those which, by their similarity to legends from other parts of the world, might be expected to give some clue to the past history of the Polynesian race. Most of these are evidently short paraphrases of the original legends, and not direct, full-length translations. In the second volume, Fornander used historical legends, chants, and genealogies to piece together, insofar as possible, a history of the Hawaiian branch of the Polynesian race. In preparing this volume, he had to select from frequently conflicting material, eliminating that which he felt to be entirely fictional. The third volume consists of a comparative vocabulary of Polynesian and Indo-European languages. The greater part of Fornander's vast manuscript collection of Hawaiian legends was not published in The Polynesian Race. The longest single translation included is the "Chant of Kualii," which is " "Obituary of Abraham Fornander. From Pacific Commercial Advertiser of November 2, A.D. 1887," and "Biography of Rev. Anders Fornander, D.D.," in Hawaiian Historical Society, Fourteenth Annual Report (1907), pp. 19—22. "Abraham Fornander, An Account of the Polynesian Race (London, 1878), vol. 1, pp. x—xii. "Hakuole" is probably a printer's error, and should read "Haleole." 12

inserted as an appendix to the second volume. For many years the collection was unread, except by a few researchers, and it remained untranslated, except for fragments largely in manuscript. Nor was it published until finally the Bishop Museum undertook the task of printing a translation, the Fornandec Collection of Hawaiian Antiquities and Folklore, completed in 1920. 24 Fornander's collection remains the most important single source of Hawaiian legends. KALAKAUA AND

DAGGETT

T h e first important book, entirely in English, to deal exclusively with Hawaiian legendary material was Kalakaua and Daggett's The Legends and Myths of Hawaii, published in 1888. According to the title page, the book is "by His Hawaiian Majesty Kalakaua. Edited and with an Introduction by Hon. R. M. Daggett, Late United States Minister to the Hawaiian Islands." Whether Kalakaua's contribution to the book was great enough to enable him to be called its author, except through the courtesy of Daggett, is doubtful. Unquestionably the king was familiar with many Hawaiian legends, and possessed genealogical material which was valuable in presenting some of the historical legends, but Daggett was probably the author. Miss Beckwith refers to the book as the collection of Daggett, 25 and certain points in the following discussion of style and content will show at least some non-Hawaiian influences. It is obvious that Kalakaua did not furnish all the legends in the book. T h e preface made acknowledgment for material to "H. R. H. Liliuokalani; General John Owen Dominis; His Excellency Walter M. Gibson; Professor W. D. Alexander; Mrs. E. Beckley, Government Librarian; Mr. W. James Smith, Secretary of the National Board of Education, and especially to the Hon. Abram [sic] Fornander." T o Gibson, Daggett was indebted for two previously published legends.26 Daggett failed entirely to credit Ellis with the story of Pele and Kahawali. T h a t he drew on Ellis directly or indirectly is obvious from a comparison of parallel passages. One purpose of Legends and Myths of Hawaii seems to have been to lend stature and dignity to the history of the Hawaiian race. Con" F o r a discussion of this translation, see pp. 19—21 below. "Beckwith, Laieikawai, p. 295. "Kenneth P. Emory, The Island of Lanai (Honolulu, 1924), p. 124. 13

sequently, political and historical accounts make up over five-sixths of the book, and the tales of fictional characters have been subordinated. Even Pele, the volcano goddess, is traced by Daggett to a historical twelfth-century Hawaiian woman. In "Hina, the Helen of Hawaii," Daggett omits the supernatural powers of Kana mentioned in other versions, and bases Kana's rescue of Hina on a Hawaiian version of the Trojan horse. Elsewhere in Legends and Myths, Daggett speaks of the Hawaiian Cain, the Hawaiian Noah, the Hawaiian Adam, the Hawaiian Aeolus, and even the Hawaiian Warwick. Daggett gives no definite indication of the exact Hawaiian sources of legends not traceable to previously published English works. Certainly the style throughout is far from that of a fairly literal translation of a primitive legend. Daggett's frequent insertion of editorial comment makes the reader feel even further removed from the Hawaiian original. Despite its somewhat ornate Victorian style, Daggett's book is quite readable. The main question is to what extent the book gives a true picture of Hawaiian legends. Thrum remarked, ". . . there is much therein that is wholly foreign to ancient Hawaiian customs and thought." 27 THE TWENTIETH-CENTURY

TRANSLATORS

A great resurgence of interest in Hawaiian folklore began in the early twentieth century. At least part of the interest was caused by Hawaii's annexation to the United States, for people on the mainland wanted to know more about their new island possessions. The funds of the Bureau of American Ethnology were made available for Hawaiian studies. These funds were used to finance the publication of N. B. Emerson's Unwritten Literature of Hawaii and Martha Warren Beckwith's Laieikawai. The most important twentieth-century translators of Hawaiian legends have been N. B. Emerson, Thomas G. Thrum, William D. Westervelt, William Hyde Rice, Laura C. S. Green, Martha Warren Beckwith, and Mary W. Pukui. N . B. E M E R S O N Nathaniel B. Emerson, the son of the Reverend John S. Emerson, was born at Waialua, Oahu, in 1839. He spent some years on the " T h o m a s G. Thrum, Hawaiian Folk Tales (Chicago, 1907), p. vi. 14

mainland, in college, in the Union army during the Civil War, in medical school, and in medical practice. Returning to Hawaii in 1878, he became inspector of lepers and leper stations for the kingdom. 28 Until his death in 1915, Emerson devoted much time to the study of Hawaiian literature, particularly Hawaiian poetry. Three of Emerson's brothers—Joseph S. Emerson, a government surveyor in Kona; the Reverend Oliver Pomeroy Emerson; and Samuel N. Emerson, an Oahu rancher—also published translations of Hawaiian literature.29 N. B. Emerson's first translation was David Malo's 1840 Moolelo Hawaii, which he completed in 1898, supplying it with copious notes.80 W. D. Alexander furnished an introduction and also added occasional notes when the Bishop Museum published the work in 1903 as Hawaiian Antiquities (Moolelo Hawaii). One might suppose that this first translation Would contain much Hawaiian legendary material because, of all the collectors of Hawaiian lore, few had so great an opportunity to gather and preserve legends as Malo. Unfortunately, however, Hawaiian Antiquities is disappointing in its legend content. The first four-fifths of the book contains little in the way of legends from the pen of David Malo; the text for the most part treats of the old Hawaiian life—social customs, religious observances, and sports. Only in the last forty pages does Malo give legends, since he was reluctant to include anything which he did not consider historically true. He had become a devout Christian and would have nothing to do with the impossible feats of pagan demi-gods or supernatural folk-heroes. For the most part, his legends deal with the chiefs of Hawaii. In his translation of Malo and in his two following books, Emerson's extensive notes were a major contribution to Hawaiian scholarship. Most of them explain the meanings of Hawaiian words. In a good many, however, Emerson alludes to legends, giving a number of them briefly and relating a few in some detail. Some of these probably exist nowhere else in print. Emerson's Unwritten Literature of Hawaii took him into the field of Hawaiian poetry, where he was an unrivaled collector. The book 28 W. D. Westervelt, "Dr. N. B. Emerson," in Hawaiian Historical Society, Twenty-fourth Annual Report (1916) , p. 16.

" See the Bibliography for a listing of these. See pp. 9 - 1 0 above. 15

is a treatment of the types of hula and the instruments, costumes, and songs of the hula. Although Emerson's own explanatory prose passages make up a large portion of the book, he considered the "songs and poetic pieces" the most important part of it. The poetry is printed both in Hawaiian and in English. Again, there ifc a good bit of concise legendary material scattered among the notes, and there are some references to legends or abbreviated accounts of legends in the text. Included in the legendary material in Unwritten Literature are numerous fragments of the Pele-Hiiaka legend. Emerson's next step was to collect all the material on it he could find, both prose and poetry, and incorporate it into his final book, Pele and Hiiaka, which was published in 1915, the year of his death. Pele and Hiiaka is not a single version of the legend, but a synthesis of song and story from many sources. In the preface Emerson mentions as sources articles in the Hawaiian newspapers, papers solicited from Hawaiians, and personal interviews. All of the songs, chants, and prayers appear in both Hawaiian and English. T h e prose portions, however, are not translations, but represent Emerson's synthesis. T h e result is one of the most literary as well as one of the most extended treatments in English of a single Hawaiian legend. An even longer prose work, Laieikawai, was translated by Miss Beckwith, but her translation was intended to be literal, rather than literary. 31 Emerson was as talented a writer of English as any who have written from direct contact with Hawaiian sources. One may criticize him for using in his prose passages figures of speech which seem foreign to Hawaiian tradition or for inserting occasional editorial comments. With his great knowledge of the Hawaiian language, customs, and legends, however, Emerson seems to have kept his account well within the spirit of the ancient Hawaiian tellers of tales. The verse translations by Emerson in Unwritten Literature and in Pele and Hiiaka were intended to be more than Word-for-word or line-for-line translations. T h e exact meaning of a Hawaiian word or phrase sometimes involves a lengthy explanation, which Emerson relegated to a footnote. In his verse translation he often used words which he believed would approximate the same connotation for the reader in English. Particularly is this true where the language is 31

For a discussion of Laieikawai, see pp. 27—28 below. 16

highly figurative. In general, Emerson did not attempt to put the poetry into a rigid English verse form, although if rhyme and meter seemed to add to the translation, he occasionally used them. Many Hawaiian authorities, however, including Mrs. Pukui, feel that Emerson came nowhere near achieving a good figurative translation of Hawaiian poetry. They feel that for all his intent, he was able to achieve a translation of the literal meaning but only a small portion of the figurative meaning. Theodore Kelsey stated that Emerson's greatness lay in his collection of Hawaiian poetry, but not in his translations, which are too literal, though he admitted that Emerson's translations were as good as or better than other standard existing translations of Hawaiian poetry. 32 T o show what might be done in the way of a figurative interpretation of a Hawaiian chant, Kelsey retranslated and discussed, with the aid of other authorities, several chants from Emerson. All in all, Emerson's Pele and Hiiaka is, as literature, one of the high points of Hawaiian material in English translation. It has much to recommend it, though perhaps few critics would give it such wholehearted adulation as did John MacMillan Brown, who termed it "an epic that ranks for beauty and variety of incident with the finest in the literature of the world." 3 3

THE

T H O M A S G. T H R U M : FORNANDER COLLECTION

Thomas G. Thrum, one of the most frequently cited authorities on Hawaiian lore, was born in Australia in 1842 and arrived in Honolulu in 1853. His formal schooling was not extensive, for he became a store clerk in Honolulu at the age of thirteen. After shipping aboard a whaler on a cruise that lasted from 1856 to 1859, Thrum again went into business in Honolulu. 34 In 1875, Thrum began publication of the Hawaiian Almanac and Annual, later known as The Hawaiian Annual. This publication, m Theodore Kelsey, "Unknown Poetry of Hawaii," Paradise of the Pacific, 53 (June 1 9 4 1 ) , 28. See also Kelsey, "Prince Lohi'au's Defiance," Paradise of the Pacific, 4 4 (August, September, October 1 9 3 1 ) . * John MacMillan Brown, Peoples and Problems of the Pacific (London, 1 9 2 7 ) , vol. 2, p. 1 2 0 . 3 4 Ralph S. Kuykendall, "Thomas George Thrum: A Sketch of His Life," Thrum's Annual for 1 9 3 3 , pp. 43—45.

17

which is commonly referred to as Thrum's Annual, appeared yearly under Thrum's editorship until his death in 1932, and is still published, although greatly changed in form and content. During the years in which Thrum was editor, the Annual was one of the most important publishing outlets for scholarly and semi-scholarly articles dealing with Hawaii. In 1888, Thrum helped found Paradise of the Pacific, although he was not connected with the periodical for very long. In the field of Hawaiian folklore, Thrum's real contribution is as editor, compiler, and publisher of translations, rather than translator. By providing in his Annual a place for the publication of such material, and perhaps by persuading authors to provide him with translations, he caused much legendary matter to appear in printed form. Like many editors who are in themselves editor, staff, and publisher, Thrum Wrote or rewrote a large portion of his own material. Some of the translations of legends in Thrum's Annual represent Thrum's own work, but Thrum usually left these without a by-line. Every few years, however, Thrum compiled a cumulated classified index to the Annual, in which he listed " T . G. T . " as author of a number of the articles dealing with Hawaiian legends.38 One of Thrum's greatest interests in Hawaiian research was the location and identification of as many as possible of the sites and structures of heiaus, the old Hawaiian temples. Especially between 1907 and 1917, Thrum published in his Annual a number of articles on heiaus, and descriptive lists of the heiaus and heiau sites on all the major Hawaiian islands. Often these articles and lists refer to or give a brief version of a legend connected with a certain heiau. For the student interested in place legends, these provide a convenient reference source. Thrum's first book on Hawaiian legends, Hawaiian Folk Tales, was published in 1907. As Thrum indicated in a note, the book consisted largely of tales that had previously been published in Thrum's Annual.M Of the 260 pages of translated material, only 35 pages were translated by Thrum. The rest of the book was credited to the Reverend A. O. Forbes, the Reverend C. M. Hyde, William Ellis, "See Thrum's Annual for 1924 (December 1923), pp. 171-183, for the last of these indexes. " Thrum, Hawaiian Folk Tales, p. vii. 18

J. S. Emerson, Mrs. E. N. Haley, N. B. Emerson, Mrs. E. M. Nakuina, W. M. Gibson, Joseph M. Poepoe, and M. K. Nakuina. Because of the number of contributors, the style of translation is uneven. T h r u m ' s second major volume, More Hawaiian Folk Tales, published in 1923, was similar to its predecessor in origin. Again, most of the legends were reprinted from Thrum's Annual. A number were translations from Hawaiian language newspapers of half a century earlier. For these, often no translator was given—perhaps they represent T h r u m ' s own work. T h e translators who are definitely credited by T h r u m for their contributions to this volume are A. F. Knudsen, Henry M. Lyman, W. D. Westervelt, J. H. Boyd, and Lahilahi Webb. Some of the chapters are reprinted or abridged from the Bishop Museum translation of the Fornander Collection, of which T h r u m was editor. In 1920 or 1921, T h r u m completed another work, "Ancient Hawaiian Mythology," which was never published. Much of the manuscript, a copy of which is in the possession of the University of Hawaii, consists of translations of Kamakau and the Fornander manuscripts. Very little of the material was used by T h r u m in either More Hawaiian Folk Tales or Thrum's Annual. T h r u m was a tireless collector and publisher of Hawaiiana, and was so well acquainted with the Hawaiian lore and language that the Bishop Museum appointed him editor of the Fornander Collection and later added him to their staff as an associate in folklore. However, he was not possessed of great literary accomplishments either as editor or translator. His lack of formal education is evident in the grammatical errors and stylistic roughnesses which often appear in his writing. It may be that some of these are a result of following the Hawaiian original too closely, but they still detract from the readability of the translations. T h e Fornander Collection of Hawaiian Antiquities and Folklore, published by the Bishop Museum between 1916 and 1920, is the greatest work with which T h r u m ' s name is connected. This most extensive single collection of Hawaiian folklore was published in three large volumes, each volume originally appearing in three installments, with English and Hawaiian on opposite pages.37 T h e original editor was W. D. Alexander, and according to T h r u m , most of the work w

For a discussion of the earlier history of this collection, see pp. 12—13 above. 19

was completed under Alexander's supervision.88 On Alexander's death in 1913, Thrum was appointed to complete the task of seeing the work through to publication. How much of the translation is actually Thrum's is not clear. Miss Beck with speaks of "the manuscript tales collected by Fornander, translated by John Wise, and now edited by Thrum for the Bishop Museum." 89 The title page of the Fornander Collection gives the following information: "Translation revised and illustrated with notes by Thomas G. Thrum." Thrum may not have been originally responsible for committing the scores of barbarisms of language that appear in the Fornander Collection translation, but certainly he was remiss as an editor for not correcting them before the manuscript was published. Although Miss Beckwith says of the Fornander Collection, "The prodigious nomenclature of Hawaiian tales, together with the extreme literalness of the translation, makes the stories far from easy reading," 40 the translation is not in its entirety literal. It is not, for example, so literal as Miss Beckwith's translation of Laieikawai (or so grammatical). Some of the non-literal translations come under the head of bowdlerizations. In at least one instance, a non-literal translation seems to have been used to relieve the monotony of the original. The notes to the Fornander Collection, which are Thrum's contribution, are of several sorts. Some explain Hawaiian terms or customs ; some seem superfluous; and some are dryly humorous. In spite of its many shortcomings, the Fornander Collection has much to recommend it. It contains more material than any other collection of Hawaiian folklore, although many of the individual legends are much shorter than they were in their original oral form. Perhaps its greatest recommendation is that the reader feels much more closely in contact with the original Hawaiian teller of tales than he does when reading most other translations. One reason for this is that the work is a translation, with the English and original Hawaiian on opposite pages. The translator under such limitations is at least required to give a close translation, if not a literal one. There is no opportunity for the translator to introduce, as Daggett did, extraneous " Fornander Collection, vol. 4, p. i. " Beckwith, Laieikawai, p. 295. 40 Martha W. Beckwith, Review of Fornander Collection, in American pologist, a. s., 24 (July-September 1922) : 380. 20

Anthro-

incidents in an attempt to better the story, or phrases foreign to the Hawaiian original in order to draw in an allusion from a foreign literature. For the most part, the legends are entirely separate; that is, there is no attempt to take different versions of the same legend and incorporate them into one account, pointing out where one version departs from another. Such treatment occurs frequently among Hawaiian legends in English translation, and when it does, the translator immediately interposes himself between the original Hawaiian narrator and the reader of the English text. It gives the latter the impression that the translator is telling him about Hawaiian legends, rather than translating them. T o an extent provided by few other translations, the Fornander Collection presents the legends with all their wealth (and monotony) of incident, and all their background of old Hawaiian life. Much of the original charm and not a little beauty come through in the translation. Because the Fornandec Collection possesses a great deal of positive merit, and because it is the greatest single repository' of Hawaiian folklore, it has held great attraction for students of Hawaiian literature, and those who have made rewritings in English of Hawaiian legends. Padraic Colum, for example, leaned more heavily on the Fornander Collection than on any other single source for his retellings of Hawaiian tales.41 There probably remain today no important untapped sources of Hawaiian legends. Whatever contributions to English literature may come out of Hawaiian legends in the future will very likely come from retranslations of existing Hawaiian material, or reworkings of existing translations. The Fornander Collection appears to be the most fruitful source for either of these forms of literary work. W I L L I A M D. W E S T E R V E L T The material which William D. Westervelt wrote and published on Hawaiian legends during the first quarter of the twentieth century surpasses, in quantity at least, the output of any other author on the subject. Between 1900 and 1925 more than a hundred articles by Westervelt appeared in Honolulu periodicals and annuals, particu" See pp. 32-33 below. 21

Iarly Paradise of the Pacific, The Mid-Pacific Magazine, The Friend, and the annual reports of the Hawaiian Historical Society. Many were later reprinted in the same or in other publications. From his articles, Mr. Westervelt selected and edited enough material for a half dozen books on Hawaiian legends, totaling over a thousand pages, printed between 1910 and 1923. William Drake Westervelt was born in Oberlin, Ohio, on December 26, 1849. He received both a B.A. and a B.D. degree at Oberlin College, and in 1926 an honorary D.D. degree. After serving as pastor at various churches on the mainland, he came to Hawaii in 1889 to spend two years studying mission work. He returned in 1899 to make Hawaii his permanent home. By daily study with a native Hawaiian and diligent research, he made himself an authority on the ancient customs, beliefs, history, and legends of Hawaii. He collected an extensive Hawaiiana library, which is now in the possession of the University of Hawaii. In his books Westervelt classified the legends to some extent; that is to say, a single book usually contains legends that are related to one another in type, leading character, or locale. His first book, Legends of Ma-ui ( 1 9 1 0 ) , contains legends of the god Maui and his immediate family. T h e legends are not all Hawaiian in origin; some come from other islands in Polynesia—Samoa, New Zealand, the Ellice Islands, Manihiki, and the Hervey Islands. Westervelt's second and smallest book was Around the Poi Bowl, and Legend of Paao ( 1 9 1 3 ) , reprinted from plates used by Cram's Magazine in 1899. It contains the account of Paao and his voyages and a group of brief legends drawn from Fornander's Polynesian Researches, which parallel Biblical accounts. In 1915, Westervelt published Legends of Old Honolulu and Legends of Cods and Ghosts. T h e first contains legends connected with places in Honolulu or elsewhere on Oahu. T h e second contains a number about spirits and a few miscellaneous tales, including that of Kalai-pahoa, several about shark-gods, and the story of Laka and the menehune. Hawaiian Legends of Volcanoes (1916) contains legends dealing with Pele and Hiiaka, and a discussion of Hawaiian geology. Westervelt's last book, Hawaiian Historical Legends ( 1 9 2 3 ) , presents legends of the god Maui, Aukele, and the early Hawaiian voyagers, and 22

a considerable amount of history from Cook's arrival in 1778 to the annexation of Hawaii. Westervelt wrote also a life of Kamehameha I, which appeared serially in Paradise of the Pacific between 1911 and 1914, and translated two books into Hawaiian. One of the principal criticisms which a student of legends might bring against Westervelt is that he often fails to indicate the exact source of his material. Evidently he was attempting to popularize Hawaiian legends, and consequently omitted the scholarly device of footnotes. One gathers that, in general, his sources were three: oral accounts from Hawaiian friends; published accounts in English; and, perhaps most important, published accounts in Hawaiian. In several of his introductions he makes general acknowledgment of the value of the Hawaiian language newspapers in his writings. Of previously published accounts in English, Westervelt refers to Fornander's Polynesian Researches and to the works of Remy, Ellis, A. O. Forbes, Thrum, and Kalakaua. Such acknowledgments, however, are infrequent. In general, Westervelt's point of view is that of collector, interpreter, and popularizer of legends, rather than that of translator. Westervelt did the same thing for Hawaiian mythology that Bulfinch did for the Greek. He collected, concentrated, organized, and presented the important episodes as stories of general interest. As a result Westervelt was probably the most successful commercially of all those who worked seriously with Hawaiian originals. Hawaiian Historical Legends was printed in three editions between 1923 and 1926. As translations, however, Westervelt's works are not always successful. Much of the time, the reader is conscious of the fact that he is not listening to the story-telling of a Hawaiian, but to Westervelt's interpretation of what the Hawaiian said, and how it is related to other Hawaiian legends or to legends from other parts of Polynesia. One feels reasonably certain, for example, that a Hawaiian narrator telling of Pele's coming to Hawaii would have told his audience on any one occasion only one version, and that, presumably, at some length. Westervelt gives two versions in less than four pages, ending the second with: "There is very little foundation for this legend." He then goes on to a third, which he terms "the most authoritative story of the coming of Pele to Hawaii." 42 " William D. Westervelt, Hawaiian Legends of Volcanoes (Boston and London,

1916), pp. 4-7.

23

Another type of spell-breaking interruption occurs in certain place legends. Westervelt interpolates remarks about the locale which immediately bring the reader back to the twentieth century. Although Westervelt's legends are abbreviated, and although the translator intrudes perhaps too frequently, many passages possess great merit. The following prose passage, presumably a translation of a Hawaiian chant, conveys a great deal of the style, content, and delightful imagery of this type of Hawaiian literature: Then she called for the kite-flying winds when the birds sport in the heavens and the surf lies quiet on incoming waves, and then she sang of the winds kolonahe, softly blowing; and the winds hunahuna, breaking into fragments; and the winds which carry the mist, the sprinkling shower, the falling rain, and the severe storm; the winds which touch the mountain-tops, and those which creep along the edge of the precipice, holding on by their fingers, and those which dash over the plains and along the sea-beach, blowing the waves into mist. Then she chanted how the caves in the seacoast were opened and the guardians of the winds lifted their calabashes and let loose evil winds, angry and destructive, to sweep over the homes of the people and tear in pieces their fruit-trees and houses.48 WILLIAM HYDE

RICE

William Hyde Rjce was far better equipped to translate Hawaiian legends than either Thrum or Westervelt. Westervelt did not take up the study of Hawaiian until relatively late in life, and although Thrum came to Hawaii as a boy, Hawaiian for him was an acquired language. Rice had no Hawaiian blood, but he was born and brought up in Hawaii among Hawaiian boys and by a Hawaiian nurse. "By instinct he was Hawaiian . . . from early childhood he could express himself more fluently in Hawaiian than in English." 44 "In fact, until he was twenty, he never thought in English, but always in Hawaiian, translating mentally into his mother tongue." 45 Rice, the son of a missionary teacher, was born on the Punahou campus on July 23, 1846. Eight years later the family moved to Kauai, which was Rice's home for the rest of his life. He was educated on Kauai, at Oahu College (Punahou School), and at Braton's Col" Ibid., p. 82. "Ethel M. Damon, Koamalu (Honolulu, 1931), p. 385. "William Hyde Rice, Hawaiian Legends (Honolulu, 1923), preface by Edith J. K. Rice, p. 3. 24

lege in Oakland, California. For most of his life he was actively engaged in ranching and plantation management on Kauai. In 1870, during the reign of Kamehameha V, he became the youngest member of the House of Representatives, and he served many subsequent terms in both the House and the Senate until 1898. In 1893, by appointment of Queen Liliuokalani, Rice became the last governor of Kauai.48 From youth Rice had heard the legends and chants as told by the old Hawaiians, and apparently was known even beyond his family circle as a teller of Hawaiian tales. Unfortunately, he did not put any of these legends into print until 1923, when his Hawaiian Legends appeared "under urgent pressure from his juniors and the director of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum." 47 It would be absurd to suppose that the fewer than two dozen legends in this book, some of them quite short, represent anything like the complete fund of Hawaiian legends that Rice had at his command. The method by which Rice gathered and translated material for his book is at least partially explained in the preface. Some of the legends he had heard as a boy; others are credited to native sources as late as 1912. Governor Paul Kanoa of Kauai and Francis Gay were perhaps the most important native informants. As is true of most similar translations, Rice's legends are probably all considerably shortened from the original oral Hawaiian versions, only six being more than a few pages in length. His coverage of the total field of Hawaiian legend is somewhat meager. Over half the legends are from Kauai sources, although some represent Kauai modifications of legends known throughout the Hawaiian group. Accounts of many of the important legendary heroes, such as Maui and Aukele, are entirely absent. The Pele—Hiiaka—Lohiau legend is given, but there is only one Kamapuaa legend, which is fairly short. The preface to Hawaiian Legends states that Rice tried to make his translations as literal as possible in order to retain the flavor, rhythm, and spirit of the original Hawaiian. He was also careful to avoid ideas or even figures of speech which were modern or alien to Hawaiian. His work does not have the breadth of material that the Fornandec Collection possesses, or, on the other hand, its awkwardness of expression. His translations are fairly literal, but he is not so slavishly "Ibid., p. 5.

"Damon, Koamalu, p. 382. 25

tied to his original that he is unable to write acceptable English. The stories are written in a reasonably straightforward, readable English prose, without any attempt at heightened style. The author has not printed various versions of the same legend one after the other and commented on them, and he has not injected comparisons with other mythologies. The reader is far less aware of the presence of the translator than he is with, for example, Westervelt. The Hawaiian nature similes, which some translators attempt to heighten, come through more pleasingly in Rice's simple style. Possibly às much for his avoidance of the errors made by other translators as for his positive merits. Rice has received praise in both scientific and literary journals. E. W. Gifford, reviewing Hawaiian Legends in The American Anthropologist, stated: "Mr. William Hyde Rice's Collection of Hawaiian Legends is all that could be asked for in the way of a fine series of tales. The stories bear the earmarks of careful recording and translating." 48 Padraic Colum, the most important reteller of Hawaiian legends, stated in The Literary Review: "These 'Hawaiian Legends' by William Hyde Rice have a literary quality and a distinct narrative flow." He particularly praised Rice's story of the menehune, which contained "passages which are by long odds the finest pieces of narrative writing that has [sic] come out of Hawaii." Of Rice's poetical translations, Colum said: "The translations that Mr. Rice has made of the verse passages are fine and spirited."" MARTHA WARREN

BECKWITH

Martha Warren Beckwith of Vassar College has been a lifelong student of the mythology and folklore of the Pacific, and especially of Hawaii. Her monumental Hawaiian Mythology deals more thoroughly with the subject than does any other book. Legends are classified according to type (a difficult task, since the types often overlap) and discussed under four main divisions: "The Gods," "Children of the Gods," "The Chiefs," and "Heroes and Lovers in Fiction." For each main section there are nine ot ten subdivisions of the material. Hawaiian Mythology is very inclusive: if several versions of a single Hawaiian legend occur in the literature, all are given, with the " E. W. Gifford, Review of Hawaiian Legends, in American Anthropologist, n. »., 25 (October-December 1923), 576. * Padraic Colum, "Hawaiian Lore," The Literary Review, 3 (June 9, 1923), 745-746. 26

sources identified in footnotes. Frequently similarities are pointed out between legends from Hawaii and those from other Pacific island groups. Because of the book's inclusiveness, briefs or abstracts, rather than complete legends, are given. Most of the legends come from printed English sources and therefore represent no new appearance in English. Some, however, from native informants or from manuscript translations of Hawaiian originals, appear for the first time in print. Because of their brevity, they lay no claim to literary prominence. A few minor points may be raised in discussing Miss Beckwith's methods and results. Her bibliography admittedly contains only the important primary sources of Hawaiian legends, but certain of the periodicals of Hawaii are absent—The Maile Quarterly and Paradise of the Pacific, for example. The Maile Quarterly is not a very fruitful source of legends, but it contains an early (1865) "Legend of Ai Kanaka." Paradise of the Pacific has printed many legends in its sixty years of publication, including most of those set down by W. D. Westervelt, which he later reprinted in his books. In several instances, Paradise seems to provide an earlier or more complete version of a legend than other sources.50 When one considers the hundreds of abstracts which this book required, one can understand why minor variances have crept into a few of the condensations. Since the source of the condensation is almost always given, such variances represent errors in thé condensation. Some are errors in the spelling of Hawaiian names. More serious, but not of major importance, are the errors of incident or in sequence of events which occasionally occur. A more complete index to Hawaiian Mythology would greatly increase the usefulness of the work. The index does not contain the names of the characters playing the "title roles" in a number of stories, so that all legends cannot be located by their main characters without some search. Of the minor characters, proportionately fewer are listed in the index. As a translator, Miss Beckwith is represented by two sizable works, The Hawaiian Romance of Laieikawai by S. N. Haleole and Kepe" An example of this is "Legend of Kauai," by R. S. Andrews (see Bibliography, below), an extended version of the legend of Kaililauokekoa, "from the Hawaiian of A. H. Ahaknelo." 27

lino's Traditions of Hawaii. Both are printed with English and Hawaiian on opposite pages. Both are valuable not only for the material translated, but also for the additional information in introductory sections, notes, and appendixes. Besides information about Haleole, the introductory section to Laieikawai contains a considerable treatment of the theological and social background of the story and an excellent discussion of the characteristics of Polynesian literature. T h e appendix contains abstracts of tales in the Fornander Collection, a contribution now superseded by the abstracts in Hawaiian Mythology. Appended to the translation of Kepelino are some previously unpublished translations of other legends. Laieikawai represents, according to the translator, the first attempt at presenting a Hawaiian story "complete in all its original dullness and unmodified to foreign taste." 51 She mentions that in the collections of T h r u m , Remy, Daggett, Emerson, Westervelt, and Fornander the stories are so cut down that the reader does not get the full picture of the native story-teller at work. T h e tale itself is full of repetition, confusion, and stray ends, and probably represents the Hawaiian author's synthesis of several wellknown themes from Hawaiian legends. As has been indicated, Miss Beckwith's purpose was to translate the tale as it was written, without making any changes or improvements, and the result is not interesting to the average reader. T h e style of the translation contributes little to the general interest of the story for perhaps the same reason—it adheres too closely to the original. T h e translation is so literal that the sentence structure is sometimes good Hawaiian but awkward English. This is not without its advantage—it enables the author to bring out the Hawaiian stylistic elements with greater frequency. Miss Beckwith's second translation was the controversial Kepelino's Traditions of Hawaii. T h e controversy concerns the authenticity of the original—whether the material is really old Hawaiian or whether it has been subjected to an alien influence. Much of it bears a striking resemblance to the Bible. T h e Hawaiian text was written by the Catholic Bishop Maigret, and was apparently either copied from an n

Beckwith, Laieikawai, pp. 2 9 5 - 2 9 6 . 28

original by Kepelino or taken down from dictation. Miss Beckwith devotes her preface to a sketch of Kepelino's life and a discussion of some of the problems regarding the authenticity of the text. Like the works of Malo, Remy, and Kamakau, Kepelino's Traditions contains much material on native social and religious customs, arts, sciences, and government, as well as legendary material. These legends, which contain the controversial sections of the book, include those of the creation of man, the expulsion of man from paradise, the flood, and the migration of the Hawaiians. Again, the prose translation follows the Hawaiian text so closely that the sentence structure is at times awkward. The passages in poetry seem to be of greater literary merit than those in prose. Miss Beckwith fortunately avoided the highly poetical language which some of the translators have used. A few examples of the translations of chants may be quoted: Moon:

Here am I, O God, 0 Ku, Kane, Lono, Here am I, a great moon, A torch for the night. 1 will stand and give light, Lest I sin Against you, 52 O Ku, Kane, Lono

Dead is Ka-ne-la'a-uli, u-li, u-li, Dead through the feast, feast, feast, Dead through transgressing the law, law, law, Here he is, dead, indeed! dead! dead! 68 L A U R A C . S. G R E E N A N D M A R Y W. P U K U I Miss Laura C. S. Green and Mrs. Mary W. Pukui worked together in translating Hawaiian legends, and each collaborated with Miss Beckwith. Both women were experts in the Hawaiian language. Miss Green was born in 1864 at Makawao, Maui, the daughter of a New England missionary family. She had a Hawaiian nurse, attended a Hawaiian church, and was active in work with and for the Hawaiians. In her early life she "thought, read, and prayed in Hawaiian." 5 4 "Beckwith, Kepelino's Traditions of Hawaii, p. 30. M Ibid., p. 42. " L a u r a C. Green, Hawaiian Stories and Wise Sayings (Poughkeepsie, preface. 29

1923),

Miss Green is listed as the author of three of the Publications of the Folklore Foundation, edited by Martha Warren Beckwith and published at Vassar College. These books are: Hawaiian Stories and Wise Sayings (1923), Folk-tales from Hawaii (1926), and Legend of Kawelo (1929). The majority of the legends in the first two books were contributions of Mrs. Pukui; the legend of Kawelo was dictated to Mr. Pukui by an old Hawaiian. Mrs. Pukui, who comes of Samoan, Hawaiian, and New England ancestry, was born in 1895 on the island of Hawaii. In the early 1920's, Miss Green started her on her career as a writer of folklore and as a Hawaiian translator, having been impressed by her large fund of Hawaiian stories and her thorough knowledge of Hawaiian. Most of the stories which Mrs. Pukui contributed Were told her by her relatives and friends. According to Mrs. Pukui, Miss Green was an excellent translator of Hawaiian, although she was somewhat weak in matters regarding the old Hawaiian religion. The method of translation was as follows: Mrs. Pukui gave her Hawaiian manuscript to Miss Green, who, after reading it, discussed it with Mrs. Pukui. Miss Green then made a translation of the story, which Mrs. Pukui checked over, making any necessary clarifications. Miss Beckwith, the editor, made very few changes. The footnotes to the books are the contributions of all three workers, and definite credit for a certain footnote is usually given to one or another of them. Besides acting as chief translator of these three books, Miss Green assisted Miss Beckwith in the translation of material (often legendary, and to some extent obtained from Mrs. Pukui) which Miss Beckwith used in articles published in The American Anthropologist. Mrs. Pukui herself compiled and translated Hawaiian Folk Tales, the fourth of the Hawaiian series edited and published by Miss Beckwith at Vassar. The tales in Hawaiian Stories and Wise Sayings and Folk-tales from Hawaii were combined into another book called Folk-Tales from Hawaii, which was published in Honolulu in 1928. The wise sayings, which comprise only a very small portion of the first volume, were omitted from this later book. The other two books of the series, Legend of Kawelo and Hawaiian Folk Tales, were likewise combined and published in Honolulu in 1936 as The Legend of Kawelo and 30

Other Hawaiian Folk Tales. T o this book were added a dozen pages of stories printed for the first time. Miss Green died in 1943, leaving Mrs. Pukui, Hawaiian translator at the Bishop Museum, and Miss Beckwith the only important living persons who have published translations of Hawaiian legends. Of the two, Mrs. Pukui is the only active translator, although her present translations exist only in manuscript. Most of the legends in the books by Miss Green and Mrs. Pukui give both English and Hawaiian on opposite pages, although there are some which were originally written down in English, and for which there exist no written Hawaiian originals. The great majority of them are what Mrs. Pukui calls "country tales"—short, simple episodes, often explanatory of place names; the type of story which might be told to amuse children. Most of these legends, then, do not belong to the most elevated type of Hawaiian prose. A notable exception is the Legend of Kawelo, which, by its length, content, and style, bears the characteristics of a rather fixed, formal, aristocratic epic. Miss Green stated that she "tried to keep the translation of the stories as literal as possible. . . . T o transcribe into English and yet keep the Hawaiian form and flavor was not always easy." 65 While her translations are not perhaps so smooth as those of William Hyde Rice, they are not nearly so awkward as those of Thrum and Miss Beckwith. On the other hand, Miss Green was translating from a definite text, printed along with the translation, whereas Rice did not print his text, and perhaps took minor liberties with it to achieve smoothness. In general, Mrs. Pukui uses simpler words and sentence structure than Miss Green. While her simplicity of structure at times becomes monotonous, it is appropriate to the stories. T H E R E T E L L E R S OF HAWAIIAN PADRAIC COLUM

LEGENDS:

Books on Hawaii and the files of Hawaiian magazines contain hundreds of retellings of Hawaiian legends. Many visitors to Hawaii who have written books on their stay have included incidents from Hawaiian legend to add color to their narratives. Even Mark Twain, in Letters from the Sandwich Islands, used a few short episodes from " Green, Hawaiian Stories and Wise Sayings, preface.

31

Hawaiian legend as a vehicle for his humor. Many visitors who apparently heard no worth-while legendary accounts went to various of the standard sources of Hawaiian legends and copied or retold material from them. Whole books of retellings have also appeared. Some were apparently written to catch the tourist market; some were written as children's books; others were "arty" books, with fancy paper, bindings, and illustrations. The only one of the many retellers of Hawaiian tales who will be treated in detail is the celebrated Irish writer, Padraic Colum. The other writers are treated in brief annotations in the Bibliography. Padraic Colum was brought to Hawaii in 1923 under the joint sponsorship of a folklore commission of the Hawaii Legislature and the Yale University Press. His purpose was to rewrite Hawaiian legends as "stories for children—primarily for the children of the Hawaiian Islands." 56 Out of his four-month stay came three books: At the Gateways of the Day (1924), The Bright Islands (1925), and Legends of Hawaii (1937). Of the nineteen legends in the third volume, only two do not appear in the earlier volumes. A few of the others are very slightly changed from his earlier versions. That Colum wished his books to be read by others than children is indicated by his prefaces and by the notes at the end of each book, where he deals with the sources and other information concerning the individual legends. Perhaps -he hoped that the stories would be read to children by adults. That he was looking beyond Hawaii for his market is indicated by his careful avoidance of Hawaiian words or expressions. Except for proper names and the names of certain Hawaiian flora and fauna, the only Hawaiian or Polynesian words used are tapu and mo-o. In contrast, Rice used kahuna, pali, imu, heiau, akua, mele, and other words which would mean more to many islandborn youngsters than any translation would. In the preface to the first volume, Colum stated: "Quite early in my researches I came to the conclusion that my work should be based on the Fornander Collection of Hawaiian Antiquities." 57 This plan seems to have been carried out, but in the preface to the last volume, Colum altered this statement to read: "Though I have dwelt on the "Padraic Colum, At the Gateways of the Day (New Haven, 1 9 2 4 ) , p. xvii. 57

Ibid., p. xvii. 32

impression that the Fornander Collection made on me, I did not draw the large part of my material from it." 5 8 Of the nineteen legends in Legends of Hawaii, one is not from a Hawaiian source, while seven are from the Fornander Collection and three are partly from the same source. T h e first two volumes give the Fornander Collection as source for more than half the legends that are Hawaiian in origin. Colum's other sources include Westervelt, Rice, Thrum, Emerson, Malo, Miss Green, and Miss Beckwith. In turning the material into stories for children, Colum first of all shortened or simplified the long Hawaiian names. He felt that one reason for the failure of people outside the Hawaiian Islands to read Hawaiian legends was the "untactful presentation of Hawaiian names." 59 T h u s Aukelenuiaiku is shortened to Aukele. Naturally, in reshaping the material for children's reading, Colum exercised a certain amount of censorship, some of which removes certain common Hawaiian elements from the stories and causes the Hawaiian to appear the happy and innocent, if not the noble, savage. Of course, the frequent references to sex and the examples of the laxity (by Western standards) of Polynesian morals are omitted. Colum also plays down the cruelty and bloodthirstiness of many of the characters. A comparison of parallel passages from Colum and his sources shows how Colum rephrased his material. In some instances he merely rearranged a sentence from the original, frequently adding a few adjectives. Sometimes he Wove a rather straightforward series of statements into a passage filled with parallelism and repetition of phrasing, two of his favorite devices. In still other instances, especially where the author condensed a long episode, the phrasing was completely changed from the original. T h e songs and chants are sometimes word-for-word as they are found in the originals, but sometimes the Irish poet made alterations of phrasing, meaning, or even content. In general it can be said that Colum remained sufficiently close to his sources to make whatever episodes he chose to rework correspond to the originals as far as the incident and much of the wording are concerned. As has been pointed out, though, he often omitted inci" Padraic Colum, Legends of Hawaii (New Haven, 1937) , p. xi. " C o l u m , "Hawaiian Lore," p. 745.

33

dents from a legend. Perhaps the greatest single criticism that has been leveled against Colum concerns the flavor he imparted to the legends, which many people feel is more Irish than Polynesian. In reviewing At the Gateways of the Day, Genevieve Taggard stated: "I mistrusted, in spite of the well known tales from the classics, the peculiar flavor of the Gaelic mind." She went on, however, to say that Colum is "an excellent storyteller, strong enough to hack his way through the thorny underbrush of the Fornander records, the encyclopaedic labors of Martha Warren Beckwith, and the scattered collections of Dr. Emerson, Thomas Thrum, and William D. Westervelt. For the first time, the tales are literature." 60 Some of Colum's stylistic devices may be close to certain Hawaiian devices, but perhaps not in the way he applied them. Mention has been made of his working a repetitious, rather rhythmical wording into a passage. Hawaiian legends are often repetitious in incident, and the poetry is often repetitious in Wording. Colum may have been attempting to combine the two. Another characteristic of Colum's style is his great liking for sentences beginning with "and" and "then." The Hawaiian legends were originally oral, and the continued use of "and" and "then" as sentence beginnings is in English more characteristic of talk than it is of writing. In that sense, Colum has used a style that may be considered fitting. However, if one considers that most of these incidents were originally not little stories told to children, but the fixed, though oral, literature of a race, perhaps the style is more fitting to Colum's intended audience than to his subject matter. Colum's books are probably the best available retellings for children, but many adult readers find difficulty in relishing his style for very long.

•"Genevieve Taggard in the New York Tribune, Oct. 12, 1924, quoted in Book Review Digest. 1924, p. 128. 34

C U R R E N T WORK IN HAWAIIAN

MYTHOLOGY

No important new books of translations of Hawaiian mythology have appeared in the last ten years. In 1940 Miss Beckwith published her Hawaiian Mythology, which, as has been noted, was an extensive treatment of the subject, containing many abstracts of old translations, but no substantial quantity of new ones. At present the only directed full-time work on the translation of Hawaiian originals, some of which are legends, is being done by Mrs. Pukui of the Bishop Museum. These translations, at least for the present, are not being published. There have, however, been frequent appearances, mostly retellings, of legends in local periodicals, particularly Paradise of the Pacific; and several books of retold legends have appeared. These books have for the most part been intended for children, although one of them, Ghost Dog and Other Hawaiian Legends, by Armitage, Berkey, and Judd, seems to have been written for a more general audience. It appeared during the war, presumably in response to the demand for souvenir Hawaiiana by the large number of servicemen and war workers then in Hawaii. Miss Caroline Curtis, aided by Mrs. Pukui, is currently working on further retellings for children. Mrs. Clarice B. Taylor, in her columns in the Star-Bulletin, is retelling a number of legends, and has included a small amount of new material. The number of people sufficiently familiar with the Hawaiian language to undertake new translations is decreasing. The greatest single source of untranslated Hawaiian legends would appear to be the old Hawaiian newpapers, on which Mrs. Pukui is now working. However, much of this material was used by such earlier translators as Westervelt and Thrum. It would seem likely that the greatest opportunity in putting Hawaiian mythology into English literature lies in the field of retelling.

35

ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF HAWAIIAN MYTHOLOGY T H E BIBLIOGRAPHY LISTS ALL T H E ITEMS

the author was able to locate which contain at least a passing mention of some incident in Hawaiian legend. Some of these are whole books of translations; others are complete articles; and others are extremely brief—one or two sentences. A statement of the limitations of this Bibliography and the method used in preparing it is given on pages 1—3. A general reference bibliography which includes not only the main sources of the following listings but also sources for biographical material on the translators is given on page 117. A FRIEND. Pele the Goddess of Fire. Hilo, 1907, 12 pp. A legend of Kamapuaa and Pele.

A HAOL£.

See BATES, GEORGE WASHINGTON.

A ROVING P R I N T E R .

See JONES, J O H N D .

ABBOTT, OSMER. Kaleleluaka [sic]. Hawaii's Young People, 3 (Dec., Jan., Feb., Mar., Apr., May, and June, 1898-1899), 3 3 38, 6 5 - 6 8 , 9 7 - 1 0 0 , 1 3 0 - 1 3 2 , 1 6 1 - 1 6 3 , 1 9 4 - 1 9 6 , 2 2 6 - 2 2 8 . An adaptation of N. B. Emerson's "The Story of Kalelealuaka." Much elaborated, a great deal of conversation added.

ACHELIS, THOMAS. Ubec Mythologie und Cultus von Braunschweig, 1895.

Hawaii.

Quotes some legends from Bastian, Ellis, Moerenhout, Fornander. Uses some material from other sources, but does not quote the legends in full.

ACKERMAN, R U T H , a n d O W E N CUNNINGHAM.

Ancient God, Maui,

Hero of Many Legends. Par. Pac., 58 (Oct. 1946), 31. Short retelling of Maui feats, from a radio broadcast. 37

ACKISS, SUSAN. 1938), 8.

Legend of the "Half-Flowers."

Islander, 2 (Dec.

Short legend of origin of naupaka.

Add Hawaiiana—Legend of Kana. Hawaiiana supplement, 29.

Par. Pac., 60 (July

1948),

Kana's sun-snaring, after W. H. Rice.

AHAKUELO, A. H.

See ANDREWS, R. S., "A Legend of Kauai."

AH NEE, ERNEST C. Lilinoe and the Sugar Cane Flowers. Press,1 15 (Feb. 1944), 4, 15, 19.

Paahao

Lilinoe wins archery contest and hand of prince in spite of evil sisters.

Punahele and the Robber Chief. 1944), 4 - 5 .

Paahao Press, 15 (Mar.

Punahele defeats robber Ha'iha'i.

AHUENA.

See TAYLOR, E M M A A H U E N A DAVISON.

Aiwohikupua and Hanailiki, Rejected Suitors for the Hand of Laieikawai. Thrum's Ann. 1928, pp. 79-87. A paraphrase or new translation of pp. 444—474 of Beckwith, Not nearly so literal a translation.

Laieihawai.

AKAMINE, SEISUKE. Lanai Lighthouse Forms Memorial to Kamehameha's Royal Playground. Hon. Adv., Sept. 18, 1939. Includes legend excerpts from Gibson, Emory.

AKANA, ROSALIND H. He Aloha N o Kauwiki: A Legend of Hana. Par. Pac., 60 (Jan. 1948), 11, 32.

Maui changes Kauwiki into a hill, his daughter Noenoe into rain. Not part of the usual Maui cycle.

ALEXANDER, H. F. Cycling Around Oahu. (Oct. 1914), 317-323.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 8

ALEXANDER, MARY CHARLOTTE.

of

Mentions legend of Kaliuwaa.

York, Cincinnati, Chicago, 1912.

The

Story

Hawaii.

New

Legendary material pp. 9—67; Hawaiiloa. Pele and Kahawali, Maui, Hiku and Kawelu, Paao, Umi, and others. Pp. 9—17 and 18—24 reprinted in Hawaii's Young People, 18 (Mar. 1913), 1 9 3 - 1 9 8 . Excerpts printed in Pac. Pac., 25 (Nov. 1912), 1 0 - 1 3 . Written for school children of Hawaii. Bibliography contains standard sources. a n d CHARLOTTE PEABODY DODGE.

Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1941.

Punahou

1841-1941.

Chapter 2 contains brief legends of origin of spring and rock on Punahou grounds. From Green and Pukui, Legend of Kawelo and Other Hawaiian Folk Tales, and other sources.

ALEXANDER, WILLIAM DEWITT.

[Address on the Fiftieth Anni-

versary of Punahou—June 1891.] 1

Excerpt, giving legend of

A monthly magazine published by the inmates of Oahu Prison. The volume numbers of this magazine run very irregularly. 38

Punahou, in James W . Girvin, The Master Honolulu, 1910.

Planter,

p.

Also reprinted in M. C. Alexander and C. P. Dodge, Punahou p. 36.

A Brief History and 1899.

of the Hawaiian People.

175n.

1841—1941,

N e w York, 1891

Includes legends of migration and legends of the gods. A11 quite brief. Sections including legends reprinted in Par. Pac., 5 (May, Aug., and Sept. 1892) , 1. 1, 5.

tr. History of U m i — H i s Birth and His Youth. JULES. A Legend of Pearl River. 1873),1-2.

Punahou

Reporter,

See REMY, 4 (May 19,

Legend of a shark who kills a princess, Papio; why leeward Oahu sharks do not attack men. Reprinted in Par. Pac., 3 (Nov. 1 8 9 0 ) , 1.

[Legend of Punahou Spring.] In: Oahu College. niscences of Punahou. Par. Pac., 8 (July 1 8 9 5 ) , 103.

Remi-

Article has no author; legend is given "as told by the historian Prof. W. D. Alexander."

T h e Origin of the Polynesian Race. and June 1 9 1 0 ) , 1 2 - 1 4 , 1 3 - 1 6 .

Par. Pac., 2 3 (May

Mentions menehune legends. Reprinted in abbreviated form as "Polynesian Races" in Mid-Pac. Mag., 5 (Mar. 1913), 2 8 5 - 2 8 8 .

Relations between the Hawaiian Islands and Spanish America in Early Times. Par. Pac., 5 (June 1 8 9 2 ) , 2. Hawaiian Historical Society Paper Number 1. Includes Hawaiian traditions of early foreigners. Reprinted in abbreviated form in Mid-Pac. Mag., 8 (Dec. 1914), 5 3 1 - 5 3 3 , as "The Spanish in the Pacific."

tr. Story and Songs of Kawelo. T h e Story of Umi. May 1 8 9 7 ) , 1 6 - 1 7 , 34.

Hawaii's

See REMY, JULES. Young

People,

1 (Apr. and

Supposedly Chapter 5 of Alexander's First Book in Hawaiian History. mation on the latter not available. (Unpublished?)

tr. Tales of a Venerable Savage.

Infor-

See REMY, JULES.

See LYONS, C. J., "The Song of Kualii, of Hawaii." All About

Hawaii.

Honolulu, 1928.

A tourist guide. Chapter 4, "Legends of Hawaii," gives legends connected with places; brief. Publication combined with Thrum's Annual in 1940.

ALLEN, BETTY. 1941.

Didja Ever See a Menehune?

Hon. Adv.,

July 27,

A synthesis of menehune episodes, written in a very light manner.

T h e Great Love Affair of Pele and Kamapuaa. Aug. 24, 1941.

Hon.

An outline of the Pele family and their connection with Kamapuaa. 39

Adv.,

Legends of Old Hawaii as Told by Tutu to Her Grandchildren. Honolulu, 1944.

Retellings for children of some of the old legends, plus some original stories.

ALLEN, MARTHA. Fire Goddess.

Islander, ¡2 (May 1939), 6.

A brief version of the Pele—Hiiaka tale.

Misspells Hiiaka throughout.

ALLEN, NORWOOD. Riding the Waves. Par. Pac., 44 (Sept. 1931) , 4-6. Mentions legendary surfing contests.

Ancient Hawaiian Civilization.

See HANDY, EDWARD S. C.

Ancient Heiau Is Rediscovered.

Par. Pac., 59 (Mar. 1947), 14-15.

Includes short accounts of Paao and Mookini heiau, from Westervelt.

ANDERSEN, JOHANNES C. The Feather Cloak of Hawaii. In: A. K. Laing, ed., Great Ghost Stories of the World, the Haunted Omnibus. New York, 1939, pp. 4 5 8 - 4 6 3 . The legend of Eleio, originally from the Fornander

Myths and Legends of the Polynesians.

Collection.

New York, 1928.

Legends from all Polynesia, including Hawaiian legends of early voyagers, Kelea and Kalamakua, menehune, Hina, Pele, feather cloak, Hiku and Kawelu (largely from Thrum, Hawaiian Folk Tales), water of Kane, and the hula. Preface states special indebtedness to Fornander, Kalakaua. Bibliography also includes Ellis, Thrum, Westervelt. Straightforward, readable reworkings.

ANDERSON, ISABEL. The Spell of the Hawaiian Islands and the Philippines. Boston, 1916. Retellings of legends of creation, bird-man of the Pali (from Westervelt), coming of the Hawaiians, chants from Fornander and Emerson, legends of Pele, shark-man. Pp. 4 - 5 , 20, 23, 3 0 - 3 1 , 4 1 - 4 7 .

ANDERSON, MARY E. Scenes in the Hawaiian Islands and California. Boston, 1865.

Very short legends of a tall chief (p. 118) and Kaliuwaa (pp. 1 8 8 - 1 8 9 ) .

ANDREWS, LORRIN. Haui Ka Lani by Keaulumoku. Islander, 1 ( 1 8 7 5 ) , 31, 36, 42, 47, 55, 64, 72, 79-80, 89, 97, 104.

A long poem praising the chief (Kamehameha) and prophesying his victories. Translation not completed before Andrews' death. Edited by S. B. Dole.

ANDREWS, ROBERT STANDARD.

A Legend of Kauai.

Par. Pac., 2 4

(Feb., Mar., Apr., and May 1911), 15-18, 12-13, 19-22, 1 3 15. From the Hawaiian of A. H. Ahakuelo, written in 1901. Legend of Kaililauokekoa, similar to Dickey version in outline, but more detailed. A fairly good story.

A N R E P - E L E M P T , REINHOLD. Mythology, p. 105.

APO, LILY G. 2-3.

Die Sandwich-Inseln.

Legends of Kauai.

Paahao Press, 13 (May 1946),

Three short legends, without proper names of characters. 40

Leipzig, 1885.

APO, SAMUEL U. Kaiiwi, the Sacred Owl. Paahao Press, 13 (JuneJuly 1946), 2 - 3 . Legend connected with Battle of the Sand Hills between Kamehameha and Kahekili.

ARCALA, PETE. Old Hawaii: The Story of Umi. Paahao Press, 14 (Feb. 1943), 15. Short history of Umi.

ARMITAGE, GEORGE T .

Hawaii,

U.S.A.

See DAVIS, ROBERT H.,

a n d GEORGE T . ARMITAGE.

Hawaiian Queeriosities.

Honolulu, 1943.

Some legends in capsule form.

and HENRY P. JUDD. Ghost Dog and Other Legends. Helen Lamar Berkey, ed. Honolulu, 1944.

Hawaiian

The legends, mostly from standard sources, were collected and briefed by Judd. Armitage then rewrote the shorter legends, and Mrs. Berkey rewrote the longer ones. None is over five pages long. See p. 34 above for further comment.

ASHDOWN, INEZ. A Glance at Early Hawaiian History. 59 (June 1947), Hawaiiana supplement, pp. 18—19.

Par. Pac.,

Gives brief accounts of early legendary history.

[AUSTIN, FRANKLIN H.] ("The Editor.") Ancient and Modern Hawaii. Par. Pac., 12 (Nov. 1899), 167-168. Treats a few early Hawaiian voyagers. talks with old natives.

B., E. M . B . , J. E .

Indebted to Fornander, Kalakaua,

See NAKUINA, EMMA METCALF BECKLEY. See BRUMAGHIM, J . E .

BAIROS, MARGARET (PEGGY) . Heroines in Legend. 12 (Sept. 1945), 2 - 3 , 20.

Paahao Press,

Includes brief accounts of legends of Hina, Laieikawai, Hiku and Kawelu, Luukia, Hiiaka. Seem to be taken from Colum.

It Can Happen in Legend. Hon. Star-Bull., May 13, 1939.

Brief accounts of legends of Moe Moe, Maui, Kana, Kaulu, Kawelo, Kamehameha, Hina, Laieikawai, Hiku and Kawelu, Moikeha, Pele and Hiiaka. Reprinted in Paahao Press, 9 (Sept., Oct., and Nov. 1939), 14-15, 32; 2 2 23; 2 2 - 2 3 , 33; and 10 (Dec. 1939-Jan. 1940), 4 6 - 4 7 . Reprinted partially in Paahao Press, 12 (July and Aug. 1945), 2 - 3 , 20; 2 - 3 , 20.

Legendary Hawaii.

Hon. Adv., Sept. 8, 1936.

Briefs of many Hawaiian legends.

BAKER, ALBERT S. Ahua a Umi.

Thrum's Ann. 1917, pp. 62-70.

Mostly description of a heiaa, includes a little legendary material connected with it. Reprinted in Par. Pac., 31 (Nov. 1 9 1 8 ) , 1 6 - 1 8 .

The Kona Coast.

Thrum's Ann. 1921, pp. 80-85.

Includes legend of Kipahoehoe Arch.

41

BAKER, GEORGE E. Ancient Legend of Paumulu. (Aug. 1947), 30-31.

Par. Pac., 59

Jealous daughter of shark-god turns Kanakaokai into stone figure on windward Oahu. Mr. Baker stated in an interview that his legendary material comes from printed sources and from native Hawaiians, including Mrs. Pukui.

Momihewa, the Evil Beauty. 11,32.

Par. Pac., 59 (Nov. 1947),

Kuahi, a shark-god, transforms girl into a poisonous fish.

BANKS, CHARLES EUGENE. T h e Hawaiian Rainbow.

(Apr. 1926), 3 - 4 .

Par. Pac., 3 9

Includes a well-written version of the legend of Kahala-o-Puna.

In Those Days Olopana Was King of Oahu. (Mar. 1926), 26-28. Legend of Kamapuaa and Olopana. 314—322, made more readable.

Par. Pac., 39

From Fornander Collection, vol. 5, pp.

The Barking Sands of Kauai. Par. Pac., 41 (Aug. 1928), 19. Short legendary explanation of why the sands bark.

BARNET, JO. Maui: A Legend.

Authentic?

Par. Pac., 4 (Oct. 1891), 1.

Thirty-two-line undistinguished narrative poem of Maui's sun-snaring.

BARROT, ADOLPHE. Visit of the French Sloop of War Bonite, to the Sandwich Islands, in 183 6. Translated from the French of Adolphe Barrot, for the Friend. Friend, 8 (Jan.-Oct. 1850). Monthly installments. August 1, 1850, p. 58 contains legend of why the sun always shines on Oahu. Reprinted in Thrum's Ann. 1925, p. 79, as "Tradition of the Sun."

BASTIAN, ADOLPH. Die Heilige Sage der Polynesien Kosmogonie und Theogonie. Leipzig, 1881.

Hawaiian material, pp. 63—175. A good portion is devoted to "He Pule Haiau" (heiau?), the Hawaiian creation song (the "Kumulipo"). Cf. Kalakaua, He Kumulipo, etc.

Zur Kenntnis Hawaii's. Nachträge und Ergänzungen zu des Inselgruppen in Oceanien. Berlin, 1883. Much of the material deals with forms of worship and gods. ian.

Not all Hawai-

BATES, GEORGE WASHINGTON ( A H ä o l e ) . A Legend of the Wailua

River. Par. Pac., 48 (Sept. 1936), 23. From Sandwich Island Notes, pp. 190—191.

Sandwich Island Notes.

New York, 1854.

Contains legends of Pele and Kahawali (from Ellis) , cruel chief, Wailua River, Haena Caves, Pele, Kamehameha, origin of Hawaiian race (from Hawaiian Spectator), Maui finding fire, flood, creation of man, origin of tabu system (from Spectator). Mostly brief. Found on pp. 1 0 7 - 1 1 0 , 180, 190-192, 211, 215, 2 1 7 - 2 1 9 , 342n, 390, 398, 4 0 5 - 4 0 6 , 4 1 4 - 4 1 5 . 42

BEALE, THOMAS.

The Natural

History

of the Sperm

Whale . . . to

Which Is Added a Sketch of a South-Sea Whaling Voyage . . . in Which the Author Was Personally Engaged. Second ed., London, 1839. Pp. 245—259 contain "Kinau and Tuanoa: a Tale of the Sandwich Islands." Kelkuewa, an enchanter, helps Kinau free her beloved, Tuanoa, from the evil chief, Nahi. Sounds more like contemporary fiction than legend. Details of geography are poor. Plagiarized by John D. Jones (A Roving Printer), in Life and Adventures in the South Pacific. (See.)

BECHTEL, JIM. Mysteries of Sacred Falls. 1 9 4 7 ) , 2 9 - 3 0 , 32.

Par. Pac., 59 (June

Retells story of Kamapuaa.

BECHTINGER, DR. J. 1869.

Ein Jahr auf den Sandwich

Inseln.

Wien,

Mythology, very brief, pp. 113—115. BECKLEY, EMMA METCALF. BECKLEY. BECKLEY, FRED.

See

NAKUINA,

EMMA

METCALF

See KEKAHUNA, HENRY E . , " T h e M a g i c

Love

Wind." BECKWITH, MARTHA WARREN. For a discussion of Miss Beckwith and her works, see pp. 26—31 above.

Hawaiian Mythology.

New Haven, 1940.

Hawaiian Riddles and Proverbs. 332-333.

Friend, 102 (Feb. 1 9 3 2 ) ,

Contains some material on legends in which riddles appear, and proverbs referring to legends.

Hawaiian Riddling. Amer. Anthrop., 311-331.

2 4 (July-Sept. 1 9 2 2 ) ,

Gives legends, including one previously unpublished, involving riddling contests.

The Hawaiian Romance of Laieikawai with Introduction and Translation by Martha W. Beckwith. In: Thirty-third Ann. Rpt. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Washington, 1 9 i 9 . For Hawaiian text, see HALEOLE, S. N., Laieikawai.

Hawaiian Shark Aumakua. Dec. 1 9 1 7 ) , 5 0 3 - 5 1 7 .

Amer.

Anthrop.,

18 (Oct.—

Mentions and uses shark-god legends and beliefs from Thrum, N . B. Emerson, Malo, and native informants.

ed.

Hawaiian

String Games.

See EMERSON, JOSEPH S.

ed. Kepelino's Traditions of Hawaii. Honolulu, 1932. Polynesian Mythology. Jour. Polynesian Soc., 49 (Mar. 1940), 19-35. General remarks on Polynesian mythology and its problems. ences to Hawaiian legends.

43

Frequent refer-

Polynesian Story Composition. (Dec. 1 9 4 4 ) , 1 7 7 - 2 0 3 .

Jour. Polynesian

Soc., 53

Compares various Polynesian versions (including Hawaiian) of a type of legend. a n d LAURA C. S. GREEN.

See GREEN, LAURA C . S., a n d

MARTHA WARREN BECKWITH, "Hawaiian Customs and Beliefs Relating to Birth and Infancy," "Hawaiian Customs and Beliefs Relating to Sickness and Death," and "Hawaiian Household Customs." BENNETT, C. C. Life on the Sandwich Islands.

San Francisco, 1893.

Aikanaka legend, pp. 11—12.

BENNETT, WENDELL C. Archaeology of Kauai. Mus. Bull. No. 80. Honolulu, 1931.

Bernice P. Bishop

Briefs of menehune legends and a few others.

BERKEY, HELEN LAMAR, ed. Legends.

Ghost

Dog and Other

Hawaiian

See ARMITAGE, G . T . , a n d H . P . JUDD.

BIDDLE, VIRGINIA HAMILL. 51 (Feb. 1 9 3 9 ) , 9 - 1 0 .

Kauai—the Garden Island.

Par. Pac.,

Retells menehune lore in one paragraph.

BIRD, ISABELLA L .

See BISHOP, ISABELLA L . BIRD.

[BISHOP], ISABELLA L . BIRD.

The

Hawaiian

Archipelago:

Months among the Palm Groves, Coral Reefs and Volcanoes the Sandwich Islands. Sixth ed., N e w York, 1886.

Six

of

Brief tales of Umi and Hooku, p. 101.

BLACK, RUTH EMENS. Maui's Road through the Clouds. Par. Pac., 46 (Oct. 1 9 3 4 ) , 25. Includes short retelling of Maui's sun-snaring.

BLACKMAN, DOROTHY. T h e Legend of the Barking Sands. Pac., 48 (Feb. 1 9 3 6 ) , 8.

Par.

King of Oahu battles king of Kauai at Barking Sands over the latter's wife. Since then the sands have barked. (Authentic?) Reprinted in Paahao Press, 13 (Nov. 1946), 3, 21, as "Barking Sands."

BLACKMAN, LEOPOLD. Kaupeepee; an Idyll of Hawaii: into Verse. Honolulu, 1902.

Rendered

The story of Kana, Niheu, and the rescue of Hina in over 1,000 lines of uninspired blank verse. Closest perhaps to Kalakaua version, but varies in having Kana killed; Kaupeepee (the abductor) becomes the tragic hero.

BLAKE, THOMAS EDWARD. Hawaiian Surf board.

Honolulu, 1935.

Pp. 5—32 deal with "ancient Hawaiian legends of surf-riding." Legends of Umi, Pamana and Keaka, Lonoikamakahiki, Kawelo, Laiekawahe [sic], Nani and Moloa, and other shorter ones. Sources not given for all; some are from "Hawaiian Folk Lore [sic] by Fornander."

BLANDING, DON.

Hula Moons.

New York, 1930.

Contains legends from island of Maui: sun-snaring, Popoalaia, shark-man, fish of Hana. Found on pp. 120, 125-128, 129-132, 1 3 3 - 1 3 7 .

44

[Bones of Human Used for House and Fence.] ( N o title, no author.) Thrum's Ann. 1907, p. 105. Oral history, late eighteenth century.

BOWLES, M. E. The "Hura-Hura'-' of the Spirits: a Legend of Punch-Bowl. Polynesian, n.s., 2 (Nov. 1, 1 8 4 5 ) . Prisoners of war sacrificed at Punchbowl; their ghosts dance.

BOWMAN, NINA.

T h e Bones of Pali.

Par. Pac., 4 4 (Feb.

1931),

1 3 - 1 4 , 32. Pali's bones are used by Umi for fishhooks. Pali's sons are unsuccessful in revenge. A readable story.

Kailepulepule.

Par. Pac., 34 (Nov. 1 9 2 1 ) , 18.

Tradition of a shark, written by a fifteen-year-old.

[BOYD, JAMES H . ] Tradition of the wizard stones Ka-pae-mahu, on the Waikiki sea-beach premises of Hon. A. S. Cleghorn, courtesy of James H. Boyd. Thrum's Ann. 1907, pp. 1 3 9 - 1 4 1 . BRIGHAM, WILLIAM TUFTS. The Ancient Hawaiian House. ice P. Bishop Mus. Mem. 2 ( 3 ) . Honolulu, 1908.

Bern-

Pp. 108—109 contain material about the Hale Iwi from Fornander manuscripts. P. 11 7 gives legend of origin of fire.

tr. Contributions Brilliant Hotel Inaugural.

of a Venerable Savage.

Thrum's Ann. 1928, pp. 3 0 - 3 4 .

Gives story of Waikiki heiau.

BROAD, EWENE. 1 9 4 4 ) , 8, 17.

See REMY, JULES.

Quotes Fornander.

T w i n Statues of Lava.

Paahao Press, 15 (Nov.

Legend as told by Broad's grandmother. Twin sisters make Pele angry, are turned to stone on beach of Makalawaena, Kona.

BROOKS, MARY LOU HARNESBERGER.

Fair.

H o w I S a w H a w a i i at t h e

Par. Pac., 29 (Apr. 1 9 1 6 ) , 1 8 - 2 1 .

Gives condensed legends of Hiku and Kawelu, Kala, Kamehameha, and Kaalialii.

BROWN, GRANVILLE. The Ghosts on Punchbowl. (Sept. 1 9 4 1 ) , 1 1 - 1 2 .

Par. Pac., 53

An abridgement of Westervelt's " T h e Ghost Dance on Punchbowl," in Legends of Old Honolulu.

BROWN, JOHN MACMILLAN. Mythology of the Pacific (Vulcanism in Pacific Ocean Legends). Mid-Pac. Mag., 19 (Jan., Feb., Mar., Apr., May, June 1 9 2 0 ) , 3 3 - 3 8 , 1 4 7 - 1 5 2 , 2 5 3 - 2 5 8 , 3 4 5 - 3 4 8 , 447-452, 563-569. This material is the same as Vol. 2, Book 4, Chapters 4—9, of Brown's Peoples and Problems of the Pacific.

Peoples and Problems of the Pacific. 2 vols., London, 1927.

"This book consists of articles written during the last fifteen years . . . to various journals . . . and of addresses." Lists ten periodicals in which they appeared. As sources for Hawaiian material, Brown mentions Rice, N. B. Emer45

son, J. S. Emerson, Thrum, and Westervelt. Vol. 2, 1—31, consists largely of retelling and commenting on legends from Rice. Vol. 2, 93—123, gives retellings of legends from all Polynesia connected with volcanic action. This latter section, containing some Hawaiian material, is the same as Brown's articles (see above) in Mid-Pacific Magazine.

BROWNE, GEORGE WALDO.

1900.

The Paradise of the Pacific.

Boston,

A travel-history book. Gives brief versions of Maui snaring the sun, coming of Hawaiians, early rulers of Hawaii, Pele and Kahawali, burial, creation, flood. Found on pp. 20-21, 24-26, 30, 35-36, 59-60, and 61-64.

BRUMAGHIM, J. E. Chain of Craters. Paahao Press, 11 (July 1940), 6-7.

Includes legend of naupaha. According to Paahao Press, 11 (June 1940), 32, author was "formerly ranger naturalist in the Hawaii National Park."

Historic Trails of Hawaii. Paahao Press, 11 (Oct., Nov., and Dec. 1940), 4 - 6 ; 2 - 3 , 30; 12-13, 41.

Part of this reprinted in Paahao Press, 12 (Sept. 1945) ,4—5, 21. Contains brief accounts of legends connected with places on the island of Hawaii.

Spirits of Old Hawaii. 6-7, 30-31.

Paahao Press, 12 (Mar. 1941),

Reprinted in Paahao Press, 15 (Sept. 1944),8-9, 20-21. A few short legends, some modern, of appearances of ghosts, menehune, Pele.

True Tales of Old Hawaii. Paahao Press, 12 (Jan. 1941), 6 - 7 , 27-28. Reprinted in Paahao Press, 16 (May 1945), 2—3, 20—21. of Paao, Spanish discovery.

BRYAN, EDWIN HORACE. Ancient Hawaiian Life.

Includes legends

Honolulu, 1938.

Gives very few legends, and those are brief: legendary runners, origin of the hula, and gods. Found on pp. 48, 54, and 60—62. Has a bibliography of language, literature, and myths on p. 56; an extensive Hawaiiana bibliography on pp. 73-102.

7-10.

Early History of Hawaii.

Pan-Pac., 4 (Jan.—Mar. 1940),

Very brief treatment of early migrations, old-time chiefs.

Kaula—An Island of Hawaii. 27, 38-39.

Par. Pac., 50 (Apr. 1938),

Includes legendary mention of Kaula, its "birth."

BRYAN, L. W. Akaka Falls Park, Hawaii's New Recreation Area. Par. Pac., 36 (June 1923), 27. Several brief legends.

BRYAN, WILLIAM ALANSON. lulu, 1915.

Natural History of Hawaii.

Includes retellings of legends of Pele, Maui, and naupaka. 91, 139, 196-197. 326-328.

Found on pp. 89—

BRYAN, WILLIAM S.( ed. Our Islands and Their People. St. Louis, New York, etc., 1899.

Hawaiian legendary material: Vol. 2, 506-510, 529-533, 538. workings from other sources, including Alexander and Ellis. 46

Hono-

2 vols., All re-

BUCK, PETER H. The Hawaiians Arrive in Hawaii. (Dec. 1939), 6-8.

Par. Pac., 51

Includes legends of early settlers, the menehune.

Vikings of the Sunrise.

New York, 1938.

Gives legends of the menehune, Maui, origin of islands, creation, migrations, voyages. Sources include Kamakau, Malo, Kepelino, Fornander, "Kumulipo" chant.

Whence the Hawaiians.

Par. Pac., 50 (Dec. 1938), 7 - 9 .

Includes brief versions of migration legends.

In: Ancient Hawaiian Civilization. S. C., ed.

See HANDY, EDWARD

BURBANK, MARY A. Ka Hala o Puna (A Free Adaptation of the Story in "The Owls of Honolulu," by W. D. Westervelt.) Par. Pac., 32 (May 1919), 7.

Forty-four lines of verse. Actions in narrative are unmotivated, poetry is weak.

BURTNETT, GERRY. The Friendly Isle of Molokai. (Apr. 1940), 17-18.

Par. Pac., 52

Includes brief legends of Molokai kahuna.

BYRON, GEORGE ANSON.

wich Islands.

Voyage

London, 1826.

of H. M. S. Blonde

Legendary material, pp. 4—6, 11, 19—21.

CABRAL, ELMA T .

Awapuhi.

to the Sand-

See pp. 5—6 above.

Honolulu, 1947.

Original tale for children with menehune legend background.

CADWELL, HELEN GRACE.

Hawaiian Music.

Mid-Pac.

Mag.,

23

(Jan. 1 9 2 2 ) , 6 3 - 6 7 . Includes brief account of tradition of Laa's drum.

CAMPBELL, ARCHIBALD. A Voyage Round the World from to 1812. Edinburgh, 1816.

1806

P. 175, legend of flood.

CAPELAS, DOROTHY. 1921), 26-27.

The Legend of Akaka.

Par. Pac., 34 (May

Legend of Akaka Falls, Hawaii.

CAREY, E. ELLSWORTH.

The Ancient Hawaiians.

Californian, 3

(Apr. 1 8 9 3 ) , 5 3 9 - 5 5 2 . Includes traditions of migrations, legends similar to Biblical accounts.

The Ancient Hawaiians and the Tabu. (Mar. 1920), 275-279.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 19

Parallels drawn between Hawaiian and Biblical creation and flood accounts, pp. 2 7 5 - 2 7 6 .

Kaala, the Flower of Lanai. 24 (Aug. 1894), 117-130.

Overland Monthly,

2d series,

Plagiarized from Walter M. Gibson, "Puhiokaala or the Spouting Cave of Kaala." (See.)

47

CARTWRIGHT, BRUCE. The Legend of Hawaii-loa. sian Soc., 38 (June 1929), 105-121.

Jour. Polyne-

Discusses the Fornander Collection version of the account.

The Pele Family.

Par. Pac., 50 (Feb. 1938), 15.

Small amount of general information about the clan.

Place Names in Old Honolulu.

18-20.

No detailed narrative.

Par. Pac., 50 (Jan. 1938),

Includes many brief legends connected with places in Honolulu.

Punia-iki—a Legend of Honolulu. 1937), 25-27.

Par. Pac., 49 (Dec.

Legends of Kuula, Aiai, Punia-iki, from various sources.

Some Aliis of the Migratory Period. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Occas. Papers, 10 ( 7 ) . Honolulu, 1933.

Deals with genealogies as found in Fornander, Polynesian Race; Fornander Collection; and Malo. No narrative legends.

When Warring Chiefs of Little Kingdoms Struggled for Supremacy on Isle That now Seats Hawaii's Capital. Par. Pac., 37 (May 1924), 7-8, 2 5 - 2 9 . "Legendary history of the rulers and wars and rebellions and reforms" on Oahu from the time of Laa-mai-kahiki to 1778. Very factual in style.

K. Kalelealuaka: A Legend. (May 1944), 2 - 3 , 20-21.

CASH, CHARLES

Paahao Press, 15

Kalelealuaka pretends to sleep all the time, is really Paoa's chief warrior.

Pele and Hiiaka. Paahao Press, 14 (July, Aug., Sept., Oct., and Nov. 1943), 14-15, 20; 14-15, 20; 14-15, 20; 14-15; 14, 19.

Reprinted in Paahao Press, 13 (June-July, Aug., Oct. 1946), 8 - 9 , 2 5 - 2 6 ; 2—3, 18; 2—3, 26. A condensed, poorly written, and poorly proof-read account of the legend. " T h e author, through his studies and travels among the Hawaiian Islands, has compiled hundreds of chants and legends from reluctant old Hawaiians; and is rated as one of the three greatest masters living today." (?)

CHICKERING, WILLIAM H .

New York, 1941.

Within

the Sound of These

Waves.

Pp. 7—112 contain historical legends: Umi, Hakau, Liloa, Lonoikamakahiki, Alapai. Very readable rewritings of the main facts of the legends, with imaginative descriptions and conversations added. No indication of sources used.

Heavenly Hana. June 13, 1948.

Hon. Adv.,

CHUN, ELLA.

Sunday

Polynesian,

Includes brief retellings of legends of Wainapanapa Cave, Kauiki Hill.

T o the House of the Sun. June 22, 1947. Includes Maui sun-snaring legend.

CLARK, SYDNEY

1939.

A.

Hon. Adv., Sunday

Polynesian,

Mentions Colum as source.

Hawaii with Sydney A. Clark.

New York,

Brief accounts of legends of creation, Pele, Maui's sun-snaring. pp. 7 3 - 7 5 , 252.

48

Found on

CLARK, THOMAS BLAKE.

Paradise Limited.

N e w York, 1 9 4 1 .

Pp. 17—18 contain creation legend, from Lahilahi Webb.

CLARKE, F. L. Hale-a-ka-la. (May 1 8 8 9 ) , 4 8 0 - 4 8 4 .

Overland

Monthly,

2d series, 13

Brief version of Maui's sun-snaring, p. 480. Other vague legendary references passim.

The Story of the Princess Loe. series, 11 (Feb. 1 8 8 8 ) , 1 9 8 - 2 0 6 .

Overland

Monthly,

2d

Legend of Loe and Kanui, apparently a blend of authentic legend, history (Captain Cook), and fiction. Quite romantic.

CLARKE, JANE COMSTOCK. Hebrew and Hawaiian Poetry. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Thirty-fourth Ann. Rpt., pp. 20—32. Honolulu, 1926. A comparison of the two.

Examples quoted, legends referred to.

CLOSSON, M A B E L H . Mrs. Closson's stories all seem to be elaborations on well-known Hawaiian stories or themes, written in a sort of poetic prose.

Kaiana and the Shark-God. 23 (Jan. 1 8 9 4 ) , 9 0 - 1 0 0 .

Overland Monthly,

2d series,

Kaiana rescues Melekule from the shark-god by stealing shark-god's magic girdle.

Pele's Last Appearance. (Mar. 1 8 9 2 ) , 3 1 8 - 3 2 7 .

Overland

The Soul of Kaiulani. (Dec. 1 8 9 3 ) , 5 7 3 - 5 7 9 .

Overland

Pele's holua race against Umikula of Oabu.

Monthly,

2d series, 19

Calls the holua "papaha."

Monthly,

2d series, 22

Supposedly the legendary explanation of why the barking sands of Kauai bark: a rival of Pele was interred there by Pele through jealousy. Authentic?

The Stone Maiden: a Legend of Ancient Maui. Monthly, 2d series, 19 (Feb. 1 8 9 2 ) , 1 3 0 - 1 3 7 .

Overland

Kealili is turned into stone by Umi, brother of Pele. Kealili's husband, Keoni, is in love with Pele. Explains why Pele left Maui for Hawaii. A real part of the Pele cycle?

Treasure Cave on Oahu. (June 1 8 9 2 ) , 5 7 7 - 5 8 6 .

Overland Monthly,

Seems to be a "legend" of recent manufacture. Keoua of Hawaii), Kahavari, and Kaiwili.

2d series, 19

Deals with Nalimu (son of

COAN, HARRIET F . All the legends by Miss Coan were written for school children.

Elepaio and the Canoe Log. (June 1 9 0 6 ) , 2 9 1 - 2 9 3 .

Hawaii's Young

People,

10

Hina in Trouble. Hawaii's Young People, 10 (May 1 9 0 6 ) , 257-259. Maui's rescue of Hina. 49

The Holua Race. Hawaii's Young People, 1 (Oct. 1897),

81-82.

Reprinted ill Hawaii's Young People, 10 (Dec. 1905), 101-103; also 16 (Mar. 1911), 211-214. A version of the PeWKahawali legend "told to the writer by a Hawaiian resident of Kapoho."

Makalii or the Pleiades. 1900). 70.

Hawaii's Young People, 4 (Jan.

Maui and the Alae Birds of Hala'i Hill. People, 1 (Apr. 1897), 20-21.

Hawaii's

Young

Reprinted in Hawaii's Young People, 10 (Apr. 1906), 225-227; 16 (Mar. 1911), 214-216; 19 (Mar. 1914), 203-205; and 21 (June 1920), 1 4 16. Maui finds fire.

Maui and the Sun. Hawaii's Young People, 1 (June 1897), 50-51.

Reprinted in Hawaii's Young People, 10 (Mar. 1906), 206-209; 19 (Mar. 1914), 207-209; and 21 (Oct. 1920), 2-4.

The Use of Legendary and Historic Lore in Primary Grades. Hawaii's Young People, 5 (Dec. 1900), 120-123. Abridgement of original in Hawaii Herald, Oct. 4, 1900.

Why the Hawaiians Revere the Owl. People, 4 (Dec. 1899), 4 4 - 4 5 .

Hawaii's

Young

Legend of Kapoi, Kakuhihewa, and an owl.

The Woman in the Moon. Hawaii's Young People, 4 (Jan. 1900), 94-95. [COAN, TITUS.] The Greatest Volcano in the World. Harper's New Monthly Mag., 37 (Sept. 1868), 553-559. Includes Pele—Kamapuaa legend.

COLUM, PADRAIC. For a discussion of Colum and his works, see pp. 31—34 above.

America in Polynesia, Part III. 1924), 3 9 5 - 3 9 7 .

Nation,

118 (Apr. 9,

Includes brief of legend of Aukele, general remarks about Hawaiian legends. Partially reprinted in Par. Pac., 37 (May 1924), 18-19, as "Minstrels of Old Hawaii Knew Dame Nature's Middle Name."

At the Gateways of the Day. The Bright Islands. Hawaiian Lore.

New Haven, 1924.

New Haven, 1925.

Lit. Rev., 3 (June 9, 1923), 745-746.

For the most part a review of Rice's Hawaiian Legends. Includes some general remarks on Hawaiian translations. Quotes part of Rice's menehune legend, and part of a chant. Reprinted in Hon. Star-Bull., June 30, 1923, as "Padraic Colum Writes on Folklore of Old Hawaii." In Hon. Adv., July 1, 1923, as "Padraic Colum Reviews Hawaiian Legends of William Hyde Rice."

Legends of Hawaii.

New Haven, 1937. 50

Orpheus: Myths of the World.

New York, 1930.

Pp. 254—260, "Maui the Fire-Bringer" abridged from Colum, At the Gateways of the Day (source is Westervelt). Pp. 261—271, "Pe-le, Hawaii's Goddess of Fire," condensed from Emerson's Pete and Hiiaka. Leaves most of the quoted poetry as Emerson translated it.

CONNOR, GRACE BROOKS.

T h e King's Shadow.

Par. Pac.,

39

(Aug. 1 9 2 6 ) , 3 - 1 0 . Mentions a small amount of legendary material about the Mookini temple.

CORNELL, CLARA HOLMES.

Story of Kekoona Fish-Pond.

Par.

Pac., 46 (June 1934), 29-32.

Gives legend of Kaiwiopele hill and fishpond of Kuula, as told by a guide.

CRAFT, MABEL CLARE.

See DEERING, MABEL C . C .

CRAWFORD, MINNIE LEOLA. cisco, 1911.

Seven Weeks in Hawaii.

San Fran-

P. 55, brief account of Kahala, the Manoa princess.

CuLIN, STEWART. Hawaiian Games. (Apr. 1899), 203n.

Amer. Anthrop.,

n.s., 1

Origin of Makahiki games.

CUMMINGS, HELEN. 1940), 75-76.

The Dance of the Gods.

Par. Pac., 52 (Dec.

Briefly retells legend of origin of hula.

CUNNINGHAM, OWEN. NINGHAM.

See ACKERMAN, RUTH, a n d O W E N C U N -

Curiosities of Kauai. Par. Pac., 5 (May 1892), 2.

Reprint of short legends of caves of Haena, from "Island Notes."

Curiosities of Puna.

(?)

Par. Pac., 14 (Sept. 1901), 10-11.

Includes short legend of Spaniard and Puna maiden.

CURTIS, CAROLINE. In: Beryl Parker and Paul McKee, and Byways. Boston, New York, etc., 1938.

Highways

A reader for fifth- or sixth-grade children. Includes a shark legend and several Pele legends; retelling by Caroline Curtis.

a n d MARY (KAWENA) WIGGIN PUKUI. See PUKUI, MARY (KAWENA) WIGGIN, a n d CAROLINE CURTIS, Hawaii Long Ago

and Legends of Oahu.

CURTIS, MATTOON M. Ancient Hawaiian Theories as to the Value and Origin of Things. Thrum's Ann. 1919, pp. 79—93.

Deals with creation myths, nature of Hawaiian deities. Gives bibliographic reference to standard sources, including Malo, Bastian, Tregear, Liliuokalani, Dixon, Fornander.

D., E. Naupaka: A Legend of Love. Hawaiiana supplement, p. 10.

Includes brief retelling of naupaka legend.

51

Par. Pac., 59 (Oct. 1947),

[DAGGETT, ROLLIN MALLORY.]

Legends

and Myths

The Fables and Folklore of a Strange People. See pp. 1 3 - 1 4 above. An Outline of Hawaiian History. 1915),18-23.

of

Hawaii.

New York, 1888.

Par. Pac., 28 (Feb.

Covers material of pp. 16—30 in introduction to his Legends and Myths of Hawaii. There have been a few changes from the original.

DAHLGREN, ERICK WLLHELM. Were the Hawaiian Islands Visited by the Spaniards before Their Discovery by Captain Cook in 1778? Stockholm, 1916. Mentions legends of early appearance of white man, pp. 17—18; gives some legends more fully, pp. 139—149. Quotes Ellis, Kotzebue, Fornander, Jarves, and others.

DAINGERFIELD, LAWRENCE H. Kauai—the Island of Surprises. Par. Pac., 32 (Sept. 1919), 9 - 1 3 . Reprinted in Par. Pac., 45 (Nov. 1933), 2 7 - 3 0 . a runner; of brother and sister turned to stone.

Includes brief legends of

DAMON, ETHEL M. Kauai, the Garden Island. Par. Pac., 58 (Apr. 1946), 4 - 5 , 28. Brief mention of several Kauai legends.

Koamalu; a Story of Pioneers on Kauai and of What Built in That Island Garden. 2 vols. Honolulu, 1931.

They

Treats Kauai legends on pp. 193, 237, 3 8 1 - 3 8 8 , 3 9 3 - 4 0 0 . Valuable for biographical material on William Hyde Rice. See pp. 24—26 above.

Mighty Men in Kauai Legend. 78-80.

Par. Pac., 56 (Dec. 1944),

Several Kauai legends, including the legend of Kawelo from the Green—Pukui version.

Other Legends. In: "Legends of Ka-Puna-Hou." 94 (Mar. 1924), 73-74.

Friend,

Retelling of legends by E. M. Nakuina (from Thrum's Hawaiian Folk Tales), Judge A. F. Judd, and W. D. Alexander. Whole article reprinted in Par. Pac., 37 (May 1924), 2 0 - 2 1 , as "Origin of the Spring and Other Legends of Ka-Puna-Hou."

DAVIS, ROBERT HOBART, a n d GEORGE T .

U.S.A.

New York, 1941.

ARMITAGE.

Hawaii,

Pp. 181-184, legends of voyages of Paao, Moikeha, Kila. Pp. 2 1 5 - 2 1 8 , legend of Iao and Puuokamoa—the origin of the lao Needle—as told by an 80-year-old Hawaiian woman.

DAY, EMILY FOSTER (Mrs. Frank R. Day). The Menehunes; Their Adventures with the Fishermen and How They Built Their Canoe. San Francisco, 1905. Menehane build canoe for Laka after first interfering. "cute" style.

No sources given.

In

The Princess of Manoa, and Other Romantic Tales from the Folk-lore of Old Hawaii. San Francisco and New York, 1906. A very "arty" book, full of non-Hawaiian figures of speech.

52

Incidents in

some legends seem to have been changed to make a better story; some names are shortened. Includes legends of Kahalaopuna, Pele, Hainakolo, Hiku and Kawelu, Kaululaau, and others. Cites Fornander, Daggett, and various native friends as sources, but does not seem to have adhered closely to them.

The Deeds of Maui. Ka Leo o Hawaii, Apr. 2, 1931.

In an "Interpretation of Things Hawaiian" column. Maui's fire discovery, drawn from Westervelt, "Maui the Demi-God," and Lawrence, Old-Time Hawaiians.

DEERING, MABEL CLARE (CRAFT) .

1899.

Hawaii

Nei.

San Francisco,

P. 141, legend of chief's bones ground and mixed in poi; p. 171, legend of falls in Wailuku River. Pp. 183—197 contain miscellaneous legends under "Legends and Folk-lore." Hiku and Kawelu legend given at greater length than any of the others. Preface credits Liliuokalani, Daggett, and Fornander's Polynesian Race.

DEGENER, OTTO. Ferns and Flowering Plants of Hawaii National Park. Honolulu, 1930.

Includes legends of Maui's sun-snaring and fire-finding, a brief version of the legend of the naupaka. Found on pp. 141-142, 2 1 6 - 2 1 7 , 294.

Plants of Hawaii National Park Illustrative of Plants and Customs of the South Seas. Ann Arbor, 1945. A photolithoprint of Ferns and Flowering Plants of Hawaii National Content and paging remain the same.

DE LA VERGNE, GEORGE HARRISON. Hawaiian Sketches.

cisco, 1898.

Park.

San Fran-

" T h e Legend of Haleakala," pp. 53—72. Reprinted in Six Prize Hawaiian Stories of the Kilohana Art League, Honolulu, 1899, pp. 24—43. Does not seem authentic. Deals with several canoe-loads of American Indians who landed in Hawaii before coming of white men.

DE VIS-NORTON, LIONEL W . The material by de Vis-Norton is of three types: (1) stories intended for children, characterized by the overuse of whimsey and infantilisms; (2) Hawaiian tales for adults, characterized by archaic language and heightened style; (3) descriptions of certain parts of the islands, including many passing references to place legends.

And There Lived a Dragon. A Legend of Rainbow Falls, Hilo, Hawaii. Par. Pac., 34 (Jan. 1921), 17-21. Legends of Maui snaring sun and slaying Kuna.

Overwritten.

Another Letter to Elsie. Par. Pac., 34 (June 1921), 13-17.

Legend of Maui finding fire, written for children.

28.

The City of Dead Dreams. Par. Pac., 31 (Nov. 1918), 2 6 -

Brief legendary material passim.

28.

The Chosen of the Gods. Par. Pac., 32 (May 1919), 2 5 -

Exploits of Kamehameha.

Archaic language.

53

From Hilo Northward to Akaka. 1921), 49-52.

Par. Pac.,

3 4 (Mar.

Includes reference to legends of Maui, the flood.

T h e Goddess of Dread. Par. Pac., 31 (Feb. 1 9 1 8 ) , 2 2 - 2 4 . Pele legends, treated rather factually.

T h e Greater Love.

Par. Pac., 4 0 (Feb. 1 9 2 7 ) , 1 9 - 2 3 .

Legend or fiction about dedication of Keawe's temple.

T h e Heiaus of Hawaii.

Overwritten.

Par. Pac., 29 (Jan. 1 9 1 6 ) , 1 7 - 2 0 .

Gives brief accounts of legendary founding of some of the heiaus. written.

Here Comes the Bogey-Man. 21-24.

Over-

Par. Pac., 31 (May 1 9 1 8 ) ,

Childish version of the legend of Laka and the menehune, with a great deal of extraneous material. Reprinted with little change as " T h e Luck of Laka," Par. Pac., 38 (Dec. 1 9 2 5 ) , 7 9 - 8 2 .

Hilo Chief City of Paradise. 75-80.

Par. Pac., 2 8 (Dec. 1 9 1 5 ) ,

Includes short legends of Naha Stone, Maui's deeds, Pele and Kahawali, and wrestler.

Hualalai the Slighted.

Par. Pac., 33 (June 1 9 2 0 ) , 1 3 - 1 7 .

Includes a menehune episode and a Pele legend of the time of Kamehameha.

Imu o Umi.

Par. Pac., 3 4 (Aug. 1 9 2 1 ) , 9 - 1 3 .

Legend of the surfing contest between Umi and Paiea.

Kahavari, A Legend of Puna. 41-46.

Par. Pac., 41 (Dec. 1 9 2 8 ) ,

Archaic style.

T h e King of the Mountains. 10-14.

Par. Pac., 38 (Aug. 1 9 2 5 ) ,

Story of Umi, principally his early life, in archaic style.

T h e King's Mercy.

Par. Pac., 3 3 (May 1 9 2 0 ) , 9 - 1 3 .

Accounts of Kamehameha and Keoua, Law of Mamalahoa.

Lau-ka-ieie.

Par. Pac., 33 (Dec. 1 9 2 0 ) , 6 5 - 6 9 .

Childless couple, Kaukini and Pokahi, get child (Lau-ka-ieie) from Ku and Hina. Overwritten.

A Letter to Elsie.

Par. Pac., 3 4 (Feb. 1 9 2 1 ) , 2 1 - 2 4 .

Pele and warriors fight Pii-ka-lalau (a moo) and Pueo, the owl god. children.

T h e Luck of Laka. Bogey-Man."

See DE VlS-NORTON, "Here Comes the

T h e Mercy of the King. 54-58. Legends of Kamehameha.

For

Hon. Mercury,

1 (June 1 9 2 9 ) ,

Cf. " T h e King's Mercy," above.

54

The Miracle of Milu.

Par. Pac., 39 (Dec. 1926), 4 9 - 5 5 .

Although the characters have no names, this seems to be an adaptation of the Hiku and Kawelu legend.

Pele Comes to Hawaii. Par. Pac., 33 (Mar. 1920), 38-42.

Pele comes to Hawaii and goes from island to island, pursued by Namakaokahai. (From legend of Aukelenuiaiku.)

Pele's Puna.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 13 (Jan. 1918), 85-87.

Poor treatment of a few Hawaiian legends'.

Personally Conducting. Par. Pac., 29 (Nov. 1916), 12-15.

P. 14 mentions a few legends of island of Hawaii.

Quo Vadit? Par. Pac., 31 (Dec. 1918), 4 0 - 4 5 .

Includes legend of sacrifices made by Umi at Mookini temple.

A Random Ramble in Kohala. 1917),157-161. Legends passim—Kamehameha,

Mid-Pac. Mag., 13 (Feb.

Keoua, and others.

The Romance of the Great Naha Stone. Par. Pac., 36 (Dec. 1923), 5 7 - 6 0 .

For a large part, identical with de Vis-Norton's The Story of the Naha Stone.

The Story of the Naha Stone.

Hilo, undated.

A pamphlet. Story rendered in Hawaiian by the Rev. Stephen Desha, translated at the instance of the Hilo Board of Trade, adapted by de Vis-Norton. Kamehameha moves the Naha Stone, fulfills the prophecy by becoming ruler of Hawaii. More restrained than most of de Vis-Norton's writing. A slightly different version appears in Mid-Pac. Mag., 12 (Dec. 1 9 1 6 ) , 593—596.

T o a Kiddie—An Island "Once Upon A Time." Par. Pac., 40 (Dec. 1927), 78-83. An account in "kiddie-style" of Pii, Koa, Kau, and a dragon. legend?

Authentic

The Valley of the Dead. Mid-Pac. Mag., 11 (Feb. 1916), 135-139.

Includes brief versions of legends of Waipio Valley: Milu, Umi, Nanaue the shark-man, Hakau.

Vengeance Is Mine. Par. Pac., 31 (Sept. 1918), 8, 18-20.

Probably de Vis-Norton's fiction. Uses no proper names of characters.

The Vengeance of Pele; a Tale of Hualalai. (June 1918), 19-23.

Par. Pac., 31

Not very good unrhymed verse in Hiawatha style, with moralizing ending. For children. Main narrative may be imaginary, but authentic legends are treated passim.

DIBBLE, SHELDON. For a discussion of Dibble and his works, see pp. 7—9 above.

Biblical Parallels with Hawaiian Traditions. (May 1891), 3.

Par. Pac., 4

An extract from Dibble, History of the Sandwich Islands. Reprinted in "Hebrew and Hawaiian Parallelisms," Par. Pac., 22 (Oct. 1 9 0 9 ) , 1 0 - 1 2 , where it is erroneously attributed to Dibble, History of the American Mission. 55

History of the Sandwich Islands.

Lahainaluna, 1843.

Reprinted, Honolulu, 1909. Pp. 1 0 - 3 0 of the 1843 edition contain brief versions of legends of early voyagers, creation, flood, Aukelenuiaiku, and others.

Ka Moolelo Hawaii.

Lahainaluna, 1838.

Hawaiian history book in Hawaiian. Translation by Reuben Tinker: in Hawaiian Spectator, 2 (Jan., Apr., July, and Oct. 1839), 5 8 - 7 7 , 2 1 1 - 2 3 1 , 3 3 4 - 3 4 0 , 4 3 8 - 4 4 7 ; continued in Polynesian, 1 (Aug. 1, 8, 15, and 22, 1840), 29, 31, 37, 41. Contains short accounts of legends of origin, early white visitors, ruling kings.

DICKEY, JUDGE LYLE A.

Legendary Kauai.

Mid-Pac.

Mag.,

15

(May 1918), 487-489. A reprint of pp. 14—17 of Dickey, "Stories of Wailua, Kauai."

Stories of Wailua, Kauai. In: Hawaiian Hist. Soc., fifth Ann. Rpt., pp. 1 4 - 3 6 . Honolulu, 1917.

Twenty-

A collection of legends and parts of legends dealing with the Wailua district. All seem to be condensed, although the legends of Kawelo and Kaililauokekoa are each three pages long. Some seem to be Kauai adaptations of legends from other Hawaiian islands. Sources are unidentified, the author "in general preferring the oral to the printed source."

String Figures from Hawaii, Including Some from New Hebrides and Gilbert Islands. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. No. 54. Honolulu, 1928. Contains translations of chants that accompany making of the figures, briefs of some of the Fornander legends alluded to in chants or names of figures.

Did Fair-Faced Castaways Land on Hawaii before Capt. Cook? Pac., 4 2 (Oct. 1 9 2 9 ) , 5 - 8 , 2 8 - 3 0 .

Par.

Supposedly from a manuscript in the Archives. Fiction? Includes brief legend of early Spaniards, told by a native guide.

DILLINGHAM, EMMA L., and others. Six Prize Stories of the Kilohana Art League. See DE LA VERGNE, GEORGE HARRISON; also MAURICIO.

DLXON, ROLAND B. Long Voyages of the Polynesians. Amer. Soc. Proc., 7 4 (July 1 9 3 4 ) , 1 6 7 - 1 7 5 .

Phil.

Mentions legends of voyages; gives none in detail.

Oceanic [Mythology]. Boston, 1916.

In: The Mythology

of All Races, 9.

Polynesian legends found on pp. 1—99. Hawaiian mythology on pp. 15—16, 20, 24, 26, 39, 4 4 - 4 5 , 4 9 - 5 0 , 75-76, 8 8 - 9 1 , and in notes at back of book. All are condensed versions. Gives an extensive bibliography, pp. 348— 364, but is not as complete on Hawaii as Beckwith is. Standard sources for material: Bastian, Fornander, Ellis, Malo, Thrum, Westervelt, Forbes, J. S. Emerson, E. M. Nakuina.

DODGE, CHARLOTTE PEABODY.

See ALEXANDER, MARY CHAR-

LOTTE, and CHARLOTTE DODGE, Punahou 1841-1941. DOLE, CHARLES SUMNER. A Garden Spot of Kauai. Par. Pac., 43 (Nov. 1 9 3 0 ) , 1 3 - 1 6 . .Brief place legends passim.

56

National Park for Garden Island. Par. Pac., 29 (Dec. 1 9 1 6 ) , 50-54. Includes short versions of Kauai place legends.

DOLE, SANFORD B., ed. Haui ka Lani by Keaulumoku, translated by Lorrin Andrews. See ANDREWS, "Haui ka Lani." V

A Hookupu. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Twenty-foucth Rpt., pp. 1 8 - 2 0 . Honolulu, 1916.

Ann.

"An Incident of the Conquest of Oahu by Kamehameha I." The romance of one of Kamehameha's officers.

Story of Paao. In: Hawaiian Club Papers, pp. 13—17. Boston, 1868. Written in a fairly good imitation of Biblical style.

Voyages of the Ancient Hawaiians. Papers, pp. 4—7. Boston, 1868.

From Kamakau.

In: Hawaiian

Voyagers include Papa, Kaulu, Hema, and Paumakua. "Voyages of the Ancient Hawaiians."

DOYLE, EMMA LYONS.

Club

From Kamakau.

Kamapuaa, the Hog-God.

Cf.

Par. Pac., 32

(Jan. 1 9 1 9 ) , 2 1 - 2 3 . Kamapuaa's rivalry with Olopana, written in verse of Hiawatha style.

DUDLEY, REES THOMPSON. Hawaii, Brief Sketches of the Lore and History of the Islands. [Los Angeles], undated. Los Angeles Steamship Company literature. of the Hawaiians.

DUMONT D'URVILLE, JULES S. C. Monde. 2 vols. Paris, 1834.

Includes legends of Pele, coming

Voyage Pittoresque

Autour

du

Vol. 1, 406—476, deals with Hawaii. Some legends, including Kana, Kamapii-kai, Pele, Kamapuaa, Pele and Kahawali, historical traditions, legend of Lono. Found on pp. 422, 423, 4 2 8 - 4 2 9 , 4 3 3 - 4 3 4 , 4 4 1 - 4 4 2 .

EARL, DAVID. History and Legend of Hawaiian Mullet, Choice Denizen of Ancient Fish Ponds. Par. Pac., 41 (Aug. 1928) , 1 4 15. One page of legends of building of fishponds by menehune, spawning pilgrimage of mullet. Gives some of his sources.

Ehus—the Red Heads of Hawaii.

Par. Pac., 49 (Oct. 1 9 3 7 ) , 8.

Includes brief legends of foreigners before Cook.

ELLIS, WILLIAM. For a discussion of Ellis and his works, see pp. 6—7 above.

A Narrative of a Tour through Hawaii. don 1827 edition, Honolulu, 1917.

Reprint of Lon-

For reprinted fragment see Par. Pac., 36 (May 1 9 2 3 ) , 8—9.

Polynesian Researches during a Residence of Nearly Eight Years in the Society and Sandwich Islands. 4 vols. London, 1853. T h e Story of the Volcano. Par. Pac., 3 (Oct. 1 8 9 0 ) , 1. An abridged extract from Ellis, Narrative of a Tour.... of Kilauea, Pele and Kamapuaa.

57

Includes brief legends

See "A Story of the Holua." EMERSON, JOSEPH S. The Bow and Arrow in Hawaii. Mag., 20 (Oct. 1920), 345-347.

Mid-Pac.

Devotes one paragraph to legend of Pikoi-ka-alala, the Hawaiian archer. »

The Four Great Gods of Polynesia. 1923), 3 - 7 .

Par. Pac., 36 (May

Includes many legends (not all Hawaiian) of Polynesian gods. Much of the material is from Jour. Polynesian Soc., Alexander, Malo, N. B. Emerson, and Ellis. Also some new material from native informants.

Hawaiian String Games.

Poughkeepsie, 1924.

Collected by Emerson, edited by Martha W. Beckwith. Gives chants that accompany making of string figures, brief accounts of a few legends connected with figures.

Kahunas and Kahunaism. Mid-Pac. Mag., 31 (June 1926), 503-512. Legendary material about Kiha-wahine (quoted from Kepelino). chants and prayers.

Also some

Legends and Cradle Song. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Twenty seventh Ann. Rpt., pp. 31-35. Honolulu, 1919.

Contents: "A Story of the Hawaiian God Kane" (from a native informant), " T h e Story of Kumauna" (a retelling), and "A Hawaiian Cradle Song." Rather good.

The Lesser Hawaiian Gods. In: Hawaiian Hist. Soc. Papers, 2, 1-24. Honolulu, 1892.

Gives some brief legends, translates a half-dozen prayers. Mostly deals with forms, manifestations, and worship of gods. Sources include Alexander, N. B. Emerson, Lyons, E. M. Nakuina, Poepoe, and Hawaiian friends. A portion of this reprinted in Par. Pac., 5 (Sept., Oct., Nov., and Dec. 1 8 9 2 ) , 2, 2, 2, 2.

The Myth of Hiku and Kawelu, with Notes by W. D. Alexander. Thrum's Ann. 1883, pp. 36-39. This version is the basis for many retellings. Straightforward and unornamented. Source was a native guide. Notes are quotations from Ellis, Dibble, and others.

The Origin of the Spring. In: "Legends of Ka-Puna-Hou," Friend, 94 (Mar. 1924), 73. Reprinted in Par. Pac., 37 (May 1 9 2 4 ) , 20. ing Punahou for awa water.

The Story of a Cowry. 237-241.

Short version of Kane creat-

Mid-Pac. Mag., 19 (Mar. 1920),

About a cowry which was attractive to squid; its theft by one of Umi's men, and its return to the original owner. Interesting. Not a direct translation; contains interpolated explanatory material.

EMERSON, NATHANIEL B . For a discussion of Emerson and his works, see pp. 14—17 above.

Early Polynesian Voyages Were Perilous Adventures. "Long Voyages of the Ancient Hawaiians," below. 58

See

Early Voyagers of the Pacific Ocean. of the Ancient Hawaiians," below. Hawaiian Antiquities (Moolelo Honolulu, 1903.

See "Long Voyages

Hawaii) by David

Malo.

"Translated from the Hawaiian by Dr. N. B. Emerson."

Long Voyages of the Ancient Hawaiians. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Fifth Ann. Rpt., part 1. Honolulu [1893].

Thorough, well-written accounts of early Hawaiian voyagers. Credits as sources works, mostly unpublished in English, of Kamakau, Malo, and E. Helekunihi. Part reprinted in Par. Pac., 7 (Feb. 1894), 22-23, as "Early Voyagers of the Pacific Ocean"; in Mid-Pac. Mag.. 6 (July 1913), 85-88, as "Long Voyages of the Ancient Polynesians"; and in Thrum's Ann. 1938, pp. 59—68, as "Early Polynesian Voyages Were Perilous Adventures."

Long Voyages of the Ancient Polynesians. Voyages of the Ancient Hawaiians," above.

See "Long

The Maiden That Came Back: a Legend of Molokai. MidPac. Mag., 4 (July 1912), 67-71.

A good rendering of the legend of Hiku and Kawelu. Reprinted in T . K. K. [Toyo Risen Kaisha] Topics. 2 (Nov. 1913), 19-22.

Pakua the Outlaw: A Peep into Ancient Hawaii. Overland Monthly, 2d series, 25 (June 1895), 638-644.

"A chapter from 'Iwaina the Athlete,' a forthcoming novel." Seems to be Emerson's fiction, rather than legend. Pakua kills King Piilani for revenge.

Pete and Hiiaka; a Myth from Hawaii.

Honolulu, 1915.

The Poetry of Hawaii. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Eleventh Ann. Rpt., pp. 12-22. Honolulu, 1904. The Story of Kalelealuaka: a Hawaiian Legend. Thrum's Ann. 1885, pp. 30-46. Cf. Abbott, Osmer, "Kaleleluaka."

Training the Hula Dancer. Mid-Pac. Mag., 11 (May 1916), 457-463. Some references to Pele legend.

Hula.

Unwritten Literature of Hawaii; the Sacred Songs of the Washington, 1909.

Some selections reprinted in Par. Pac., 26 (June 1913), 1 0 - 1 4 ; and 33 (Mar. 1920), 43-46.

EMERSON, OLIVER POMEROY. T h e B a d B o y of Lahaina, the G o b l i n -

Killer of Lanai. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Twenty-ninth pp. 16-19. Honolulu, 1921.

Ann.

Rpt.,

Legend of Kaululaau as told by a native of Lanai, plus some of the Fornander version of the legend. A good story.

EMERSON, S. N. 114-128.

Aiai, Son of Kuula.

Thrum's Ann. 1902, pp.

Completion by Emerson of the translation of M. K. Nakuina's "Ku-ula, the Fish God of Hawaii." (See.) A rather monotonous and grammatically poor listing of the fishing stations set up by Aiai, and a legend of his son, Puniaiki. 59

EMORY, KENNETH P. Archaeology of Nihoa and Necker Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 53. Honolulu, 1928. Pp. 8—9, translation from Kamakau of chant referring to Nihoa. 121, abstracts of Fornander material.

Islands. Pp. 120—

Footprints in Maui Lava Flows. Par. Pac., 35 (July 1 9 2 2 ) , 29-30. Mention of tradition that footprints were caused by menehune.

T h e Hawaiian God 'Io. 1942), 200-207.

Jour. Polynesian

Mostly a discussion of the nature of the god.

Soc., 51 (Sept.

Uses legends as references.

The Island of Lanai: a Survey of Native Culture. P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 12. Honolulu, 1924.

Bernice

Pp. 11—3 7 contain tradition, history, origin of place names. From O. P. Emerson, N. B. Emerson, Fornander, Gibson, and native informants.

Ruins at Kee, Haena, Kauai: Thrum's Ann. 1929, pp. 8 8 - 9 4 .

Famous Court of Lohiau.

Mentions connection of Pele—Lohiau myth with ruins.

EVANS, MARGARET O. Pele, Fire Goddess, as Dream-Bride of King of Kauai. Par. Pac., 38 (Jan. 1 9 2 5 ) , 4 - 6 . Part of Pele—Hiiaka—Lohiau legend.

FARIS, JOHN T .

The Paradise of the Pacific.

New York, 1929.

Index lists over 70 legends, most of which are briefs. Bibliography includes Fornander, Colum, Rice, Maguire, Kalakaua, Westervelt, Hapai, Emerson, Day, and Thrum.

FARLEY, J. K. pp. 9 2 - 9 3 .

Notes on Maulili Pool, Koloa. Thrum's Ann.

1907,

Briefly mentions legends connected with pool.

T h e Pictured Ledge of Kauai. 119-125.

Thrum's

Ann.

1898, pp.

Gives several traditions of arrival of foreigners before Cook.

FERGUSSON, ERNA.

Our Hawaii.

New York, 1942.

Gives very brief legends of Kamapuaa, origin of hula, birthstones, Kalaipahoa, sun-snaring, Lanikaula, Lanai. Found on pp. 62—63, 79, 191, 217, 219— 220, 251, 2 7 0 - 2 7 1 . Sources include Beckwith, N. B. Emerson, Fornander.

A Few Interesting Oddities to Intrigue the Tourist. (Aug. 1 9 4 8 ) , Hawaiiana supplement, p. 18.

Par. Pac., 60

Includes Visitors Bureau brief of menehune feats.

FIELD, W . H. Iao Valley, the Yosemite of Hawaii. Mid-Pac. 3 (Feb. 1 9 1 2 ) , 1 4 9 - 1 5 3 .

Mag.,

Includes short account of Luahinepii and her leap from Iao Needle.

FLEMING, MARTHA FOSS. Old Trails of Maui,

[n.p.]

1933.

A pamphlet. Historical legends passim. Quotes from Fornander, Malo. condensed version printed in Par. Pac., 58 (Oct. 1 9 4 6 ) , 6—8.

A

FORBES, ANDERSON OLIVER. Ai Kanaka, a Legend of Molokai. See "The Legend of Ai Kanaka," below. 60

Hawaiian Tradition of Pele and the Deluge. Thrum's Ann. 1880, pp. 61-62. Reprinted in Hawaii's Young People, 5 (Nov. 1900), 8 4 - 8 5 ; 16 (Sept. 1910), 1 1 - 1 3 : 17 (Mar. 1912), 1 9 7 - 1 9 8 ; 19 (Mar. 1914), 2 1 0 - 2 1 1 ; 21 (June 1920), 7 - 8 .

Hawaiian Tradition of the Origin of Fire. 1879, pp. 59-60.

Thrum's

Ann.

Reprinted in Thrum's Ann. 1936, pp. 98—99; in Hawaii's Young People, 5 (Oct. 1900), 3 9 - 4 0 .

[

18-21.

] The Legend of Ai Kanaka. Maile Quart., 1 (Sept. 1865),

Apparently by Forbes, since it is essentially the same as "Ai Kanaka, a Legend of Molokai," credited to Forbes in Thrum, Hawaiian Folk Tales, pp. 186— 192. Reprinted in Par. Pac., 4 (Feb. 1891), 1; 26 (Dec. 1 9 1 3 ) , 2 7 - 2 9 . Part of the legend quoted by E. S. Goodhue in "The Other Side of Molokai," Mid-Pac. Mag., 17 (Feb. 1919), 150-151.

The Legend of Kapeepeekauila; or "The Rocks of Kana." Punch Bowl, 1 (Apr. and May 1870), 74-75, 82-83. Reprinted in Thrum's Ann. 1882, pp. 36—42; Hawaii's Young People, 5 (Jan. and Feb. 1901), 136-139, 172-174. A version of Kana's rescue of Hina. Inconsistent in use of thee and you.

p. 59.

Legend of Maui—Snaring of the Sun. Thrum's Ann. 1881,

Reprinted in Par. Pac., 6 (Sept. 1893), 129-130, in " T h e House of the Sun"; 31 (Dec. 1918), 9 0 - 9 1 , in "Maui the Island that Was Twins." Also in Hawaii's Young People, 5 (Jan. 1901), 148—149. Fairly good short version of the legend.

FORBES, KATE MARCIA.

The Volcano

Kilauea.

Honolulu, 1915.

Pp. 7—10, "The Legend of Madame Pele, or Kilauea," deals with the migrations of Pele.

FORBES, M. R. 6-7.

Hawaiian Antiquities.

Par. Pac., 3 (Feb. 1890),

Gives legend of Pele and Kahawali.

FORNANDER, ABRAHAM. For a discussion of Fornander and his works, see pp. 9, 11—13, and 19—21 above.

An Account of the Polynesian Race. 1878-1885.

3 vols.

London,

Index compiled by John F. G. Stokes (Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Spec. Pub. No. 4, Honolulu, 1909) is useful when consulting Fornander's Polynesian Race as a reference.

Fornander Collection of Hawaiian Antiquities and Folklore. Translation Revised and Illustrated with Notes by T . G. Thrum. Honolulu, 1916-1920. See pp. 19—21 above.

Hawaiian Traditions.

Lippincott's, 7 (Apr. 1894), 531.

Discusses similarities between Hawaiian and Biblical accounts. 61

waii.

Hawaii-Loa Traditional Discoverer and First Settler of HaThrum's Ann. 1923, pp. 3 0 - 4 3 .

Almost entirely quoted from Fornander, Polynesian Race and Fornander Collection.

Story of Kahahana. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Fourteenth Rpt., pp.14-18. Honolulu, 1907.

Ann.

A Tradition of the Advent of Foreigners. 1894, p. 118.

Ann.

Gives traditions of eighteenth-century Oahu chiefs: .Peleioholani, Kumahana, Kahahana. Left unfinished by Fornander.

Thrum's

Reprinted from Fornander, Polynesian Race, vol. 2, 81—82.

FOWKE, GERARD. Archaeological Investigations. Pp. 180—181 give tradition of "rain heiau."

FRANCK, HARRY A.

Roaming in Hawaii.

FREAR, WALTER F .

Napali.

Washington, 1922.

New York, 1937.

Very brief legends of Pele, Pao-ma'i, Lanikaula, birthstone, Anahola, Kamapuaa, Pele. Found on pp. 28-29, 157, 173, 308, 309, 311, 312.

27.

Mid-Pac.

Mag.,

1 (Jan. 1 9 1 1 ) ,

19-

Includes legend of king of Nualolo winning hand of daughter of king of Kauai.

FRIEND, A .

See A FRIEND.

FUJITA, FUMIKO. An Offering to Pele. Par. Pac., 58 (Sept. 1 9 4 6 ) , 30. Includes brief Pele legends.

The Garden Island.

Par. Pac., 4 (Nov. 1 8 9 1 ) , 6.

Refers to Pele starting volcanoes first on Kauai.

GESSLER, CLIFFORD. 1937.

Hawaii, Isles of Enchantment.

New York,

Includes brief legends of creation (after Prince Kuhio), origin of Mokolii, cave in Kualoa, Kaliuwaa, Maui's sun-snaring. Found on pp. 173, 205, 206, 207, 260. Bibliography.

[GIBSON, WALTER MURRAY.]

1873.

Keahiakawelo.

Nuhou,

May

13,

Legend about the prophet Kawelo of Lanai, whose sacred fire went out. Credited to Gibson in Emory's Island of Lanai.

[ [

] Lanai. Nuhou, Sept. 9, 12, 16, 1873.

Refers to a few Lanai legends. Credited to Gibson by Emory.

] Puhiokaala, or The Spouting Cave of Kaala. Mar. 21, 25, 28, Apr. 1, 4, 11, 25, 1873.

Nuhou,

Rather flowery treatment of legend of Kaala and Kaaialii, supposedly of time of Kamehameha I. "Partly written in 1868 during a visit of His Majesty Kamehameha V on Lanai, and at his request; and a portion of it was published in the Hawaiian." Hawaiian, 1 (Sept. 15 and Oct. 15, 1872), 80, 89—90, contains the first half of the legend. Complete legend reprinted in: The Hawaiian Kingdom Statistical and Commercial Directory and Tourists' 62

Guide, 1880/1881, pp. 6 2 1 - 6 3 3 , as "Legend of the Spouting Cave of Kaala, by the Shepherd of Lanai"; Par. Pac., 4 and 5 (Nov. and Dec. 1891; Jan., Feb., Mar., and Apr. 1892), 2, 6, 2, 2, 2, 2; and condensed in Thrum's Ann. 1906, pp. 122—140, as "Kaala and Kaaialii, a Legend of Lanai." Also plagiarized by E. Ellsworth Carey, as "Kaala, the Flower of Lanai." (See.)

[

] T o m b of Puupehe. Hawaiian Gazette, 3 (Mar. 6, 1 8 6 7 ) , 1. Legend of Makakehau and his love, Puupehe, written for the Gazette by "a resident of Lanai." Credited to Gibson by Emory in The Island of Lanai. Reprinted in Hon. Adv., June 27, 1909; and June 27, 1939.

GILMAN, GORHAM DRUMMER. Extract from a Journal Written in His Youth Entitled "Rustications on Kauai and Niihau in the Summer of 1845." Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Fifteenth Ann. Rpt., pp. 5 2 - 5 5 . Honolulu, 1908.

An abbreviated account, but apparently one of the first in English, of the Pele—Hiiaka—Lohiau legend.

GIRVIN, JAMES W. Kaleilehua: A Maui Story. Par. Pac., 13 (Sept. 1900). 3-4.

An account connected with the battle of the Wailuku on Maui. Pure history? A portion reprinted as "Iao Valley" in Par. Pac., 16 (Jan. 1 9 0 3 ) , 15—16. Reprinted in full in Par. Pac., 30 (Apr. 1917), 2 3 - 2 4 .

See ALEXANDER, WILLIAM DEWITT,

Fiftieth Anniversary of Punahou." Glimpses of Hawaii.

"Address o n the

Paahao Press, 15 (Dec. 1 9 4 4 ) .

Briefs of a number of legends, "through the courtesy of the Hawaiian Tourist Bureau."

Glimpses of Old Hawaii: Legends of Hawaii. Gods of Hawaii."

See "Legends and

GODDARD, FRED L. The Sacred Falls of Kaliuwaa. (Oct. 1 9 2 3 ) , 28.

Par. Pac., 36

Contains one-paragraph version of Kamapuaa legend.

Gods and Goddesses of Old Hawaii Important. Polynesian, Apr. 4, 1948.

Hon. Adv.,

Sunday

Includes Visitors Bureau condensations of Oahu menehune legend, legends of Pueo.

The Gods of Ancient Time.

Thrum's Ann. 1927, pp. 74—79.

"Translation from a Hawaiian's contribution some sixty-five years ago." Several legendary doings of Kane and Lono, very literally translated.

GOODHUE, EDWARD S. cinnati, 1900.

Beneath Hawaiian Palms and Stars.

Cin-

Includes brief legends of Lanai goblins, Laa, Umi, and other legendary history. Found on pp. 82, 83, 1 6 3 - 1 6 7 .

First Hawaiian Missionaries. 20-22.

Par. Pac., 29 (Nov. 1 9 1 6 ) ,

Menehune lore, as if being told to a modern child. 63

H o w Halcmanu of Molokai W o n Pretty Kapua. 41 (Aug. 1 9 2 8 ) , 2 2 - 2 4 .

Par. Pac.,

Puniwali's Petrified Pudding. 1917), 265-269.

14 (Sept.

Kamapulii, a kahuna, acts as Dorothy Dix for Halemanu. hue's fiction?

Mid-Pac.

Legend or Good-

Mag.,

Very light and chatty, mostly the author's own contribution. Attributes Hawaiian volcanoes to Puniwali, a giant who had enslaved the menehune.

GOODRICH, JOSEPH KING.

The Coming Hawaii.

Chicago, 1914.

Pp. 4—9, 12, give legends of arrival of Hawaiians, flood, white men before Cook. Chapter 12, "Myths and Legends," contains accounts of Pele, Kamapuaa, Waikelenuiaiku, Kana's rescue of Hina. In the last, he calls Kana Paulakai, explaining in a footnote, "my notes are not altogether legible." Bibliography includes Alexander, Bates, Ellis, N. B. Emerson, Fornander, Gowen, Jarves, Kalakaua, and Thrum.

GORDON-CUMMING, CONSTANCE F. Fire Fountains. burgh and London, 1883.

2 vols.

Edin-

Includes legends of reproductive stones, Pele, Maui's fire-finding (orally from A. O. Forbes), gods. All quite brief. Found in vol. 1, 4 0 - 4 1 , 151-154, 181—183; vol. 2, 19—25. Book as a whole seems to contain many inaccuracies.

GOWEN, HERBERT HENRY. New York, 1908.

Hawaiian

Idylls

of Love and

Death.

Book includes legends of Kiha-pu, Kalaipahoa, spouting cave of Lanai, and others. "Concerned mainly with incidents bearing on the career of Kamehameha I." Book as a whole seems to be a combination of legend, history, and fiction. Some of the stories make fairly good reading, but they do not appear to be direct translations from Hawaiian originals. Author inserts many of his own observations and quotations from other literature. Individual stories reprinted: "Story of Kiha-pu," Par. Pac.. 24 (June 1911), 1 6 - 1 8 ; "Ye Olden Oahu," Par. Pac., 22 (Aug. 1 9 0 9 ) , 1 7 - 1 9 ; "Lono's Last Martyr," Par. Pac., 22 (Sept. 1909), 1 6 - 1 9 ; "The Poison God of Molokai," Par. Pac., 22 (Nov. 1 9 0 9 ) , 14-16.

The Napoleon of the Pacific, Kamehameha the Great. York, 1919.

New

Kamehameha's life, at least some of which is legendary. Refers also to some earlier legends. Sources include Kalakaua, Fornander, Ellis, Jarves, and Dibble.

T h e Rise and Decline of the Hawaiian Monarchy. Mag., 35 (Mar. 1 9 2 8 ) , 2 1 7 - 2 3 2 . Some legendary material on p. 221. publication.

Vancouver and Hawaii. 451-457.

Mid-Pac.

Written nearly 40 years before date of

Canad. Mag.,

2 (Mar.

1894),

Mentions legends of foreigners before Cook. GREEN, LAURA C . S . For a discussion of Miss Green and her works, see pp. 29—31 above.

Folk-tales from Hawaii.

Poughkeepsie, 1926.

Collected and translated by Miss Green; edited by Martha Warren Beckwith.

64

Folk-Tales

from Hawaii.

Honolulu, 1928.

Collected and translated by Miss Gteen; edited by Miss Beckwith.

Hawaiian Stories and Wise Sayings.

Poughkeepsie, 1923.

Collected and translated by Miss Green; edited by Miss Beckwith.

Legend of Kawelo.

Poughkeepsie, 1929.

Translated by Miss Green; edited by Miss Beckwith.

and MARTHA WARREN BECKWITH. Hawaiian Customs and

Beliefs Relating to Birth and Infancy. Amer. Anthrop., 1924), 230-246.

26 (Apr.

Contains references to legends which illustrate beliefs and customs, from Fornander Collection, Malo, Ellis, Laieihawai, J. Emerson, and Pukui.

and Hawaiian Customs and Beliefs Relating to Sickness and Death. Amer. Anthrop., 28 (Jan. 1 9 2 6 ) , 1 7 6 - 2 0 8 . Contains references to legends which illustrate beliefs and customs, from Thrum, Rice, Westervelt, Fornander. Laieikawai, and others. Pp. 183—184 contain a translation by Green of " T h e Hidden Bones."

and Hawaiian Household Customs. Amer. 30 (Jan.—Mar. 1 9 2 8 ) , 1 - 1 7 .

Anthrop.,

Contains translation and text of a story told by Mrs. Pukui, legend of KuMauna as written down for the authors by J. S. Emerson, brief references to other legends.

and MARY K. PUKUI. The Legend of Kawelo and Other Hawaiian Folk Tales. Honolulu, 1936. GRIFFISS, TOWNSEND. York. 1930.

When You Go to Hawaii.

Boston and New

Works in brief accounts of many place legends throughout the book. legend of the Manoa princess, pp. 87—90, from A. P. Taylor.

H., B. F.

A Trip to Kauai.

Quotes

Par. Pac., 25 (Feb. 1 9 1 2 ) , 1 3 - 1 6 .

Mentions legend of Wailua Falls.

HALE, EVERETTE. 1 9 4 0 ) , 29.

T h e Catch of the Gods.

Par. Pac., 52 (Oct.

A reprint of chapter 8 of Maguire's Kona Legends.

HALE, HORATIO. Ethnology and Philology. ing Expedition, 6. Philadelphia, 1846.

United States

Explor-

P. 23 gives Maui sun-snaring legend from Tinker's translation of Moolelo Hawaii, in Hawaiian Spectator, 1 (Apr. 1939), 218, n6.

Haleakala Is One of World's Great Travel Thrills. (July 1 9 4 7 ) , Hawaiiana supplement, p. 19.

Par. Pac., 59

Includes short retelling of Maui's sun-snaring.

HALEOLE, S. N. Ke Kaao o Laieikawai; Kawahineokaliula. Honolulu, 1863.

ka Hiwahiwa

o Paliuli,

For translation see Beckwith, The Hawaiian Romance of Laieikawai. pp. 8, 10, 2 7 - 2 8 above. 65

See also

HALL, EDWIN O. Notes of a Tour around Oahu. tator, 2 (Jan. 1839), 94-112.

Hawaiian Spec-

Includes legend of Kamapuaa, pp. 106—108.

HALL, JACK. T h e G o d o f t h e W a t e r f a l l . Par. Pac., 4 1 ( J a n . 25-32. Melodramatic fiction, making use of a few brief legends.

HALTON, FRED J.

Pele's Pilgrimage.

1928),

Mid-Pac. Mag., 15 (Apr.

1918), 371-373. For the most part a retelling of the Pele—Hiiaka—Lohiau legend.

Traditions and Wonders of Hawaii. (May 1918), 4 5 7 - 4 6 1 .

Mid-Pac. Mag., 15

Includes legend of Kahalaopuna, the Manoa princess.

Hamakua and Hilo Coast.

Par. Pac., 9 (Nov. 1896), 163.

Includes story of Kalanikupule stealing Kamehameha's daughter at Cocoanut Island, Hilo.

Hana of Historic Tradition and Romance. 64-69.

Thrum's Ann. 1919, pp.

Deals with part Hana plays in history and legend; including legends of Umi, Hanaiakamalama, Laieikawai, Kihapiilani.

HANDY, EDWARD S. CRAIGHILL, ed.

Honolulu, 1933.

Ancient Hawaiian

Civilization.

A series of lectures given at Kamehameha Schools by Handy, Emory, Bryan, Buck, Wise, and others. No detailed legends; references to legends passim.

The Hawaiian Cult of Io. Jour. Polynesian Soc., 50 (Sept. 1941), 134-159. References to legends passim. of the deity.

Mostly prayers, chants, discussion of the nature

Polynesian Religion. Honolulu, 1927.

Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 34.

References to legends passim.

HAOL£, A .

See BATES, GEORGE WASHINGTON.

HAPAI, CHARLOTTE. T h e Kite of Maui. Par. Pac., 3 3 (Jan. 1 9 2 0 ) , 31. A different version of Maui's kite-flying from that which appears in Hapai, Legends of the Wailuku.

The Last of Kuna. Par. Pac., 33 (Feb. 1920), 2 6 - 2 7 .

Same as in Hapai, Legends of the

Wailuku.

Legends of the Wailuku.

Honolulu, 1920.

Ten short legends, of which six deal with the usual deeds of Maui. involve Hina, Paoa, and Kamehameha. "As told by old Hawaiians."

Others

HAPAI, HARRIET. Legend of the Hills: Story of the Three Cones Which Stand Back of Hilo. Hawaii's Young People, 8 (Nov. 1903), 61-65. 66

HARDY, F. W. Picturesque Maui. Par. Pac., 8 (July 1895), 97-98. Legends of Wainapanapa pool; Pamano's murder by his uncle.

HARMON, PHILIP.

Naupaka.

Par. Pac., 59 (Dec. 1 9 4 7 ) , 3 6 - 3 7 .

A modern story, into which is woven the naupaka legend.

HART, L. W. 22-23.

Kauai's Sacred Stones.

Par. Pac., 20 (Dec. 1907),

Gives brief tradition of battle between Kauai and Oahu.

Hawaii and Its Places of Interest. Par. Pac., 2 (Apr. 1889), 1. Gives legends of Halai Hills, reprinted from Hilo Record.

A Hawaiian Legend. Friend, n.s., 8 (Sept. 3, 1859), 69.

How two fishermen caused the islands to break apart, forming six islands from two. From the Pac. Com. Adv.

Hawaiian Legends of Undoubted Antiquity Tell of the Flood, the Ark, and the Whale.

See HYDE, CHARLES M.,

"Fornander's

Account of Hawaii Legends Resembling Old Testament History."

Hawaiian Legends: Through the Courtesy of the Hawaiian Tourist Bureau. Paahao Press, 9 (Mar. 1939), 19, 38.

Short legends of Pikoiakaalala, Pele and Kahawali, Maui's sun-snaring, Lahaina mountains.

Hawaiian Legends Told by Punahou Children. Par. Pac., 42 (June and July 1929), 19-20, 27. A dozen short legends told by ten- to twelve-year-olds. to have been made up by the children.

Most of them seem

An Hawaiian Ogre. Par. Pac., 4 (Mar. 1891), 1.

The story of Kalo Aikanaka, a cannibal of Oahu, "as preserved by a missionary residing near the spot where the chief once lived."

The Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands. N.Y. 123-143.

Quart., 4 (Apr. 1855),

Pp. 130—131 include some mythology from Jarves.

The Hawaiian People. Pac. Com. Adv., 50th Anniversary Number, July 2, 1906, p. 49. Brief retellings of legends of early voyages, Spanish discovery.

Hawaiian Superstitions. Islander, 1 (Oct. 1, 1875), 208-209. Includes Pele—Kamapuaa legend.

Hawaiian Tourfax Annual, 1. Honolulu, 1937.

Pp. 65—67 give briefs of a number of Hawaiian legends and a short legend bibliography.

Hawaii-Loa Traditional Discoverer and First Settler of Hawaii. See FORNANDER, ABRAHAM.

Hawaii's Sports of Kings: Surfing—Thrill of a Lifetime. Par. Pac., 60 (July 1948), Hawaiiana supplement, p. 7. Includes short version of Umi's surfing contest. 67

HAYNE, JULIEN DARWIN.

Creation.

Na-kupuna;

the Hawaiian

San Francisco, 1896.

Legend

An extended poem, containing little or no genuine Hawaiian material. printed in The Hawaiian, 1 (Feb.-Mar. 1 8 9 6 ) 7 1 5 - 7 5 2 .

HEATH, FRANCIS R.

Mokumanu.

Islander,

of Also

3 (Jan. 1 9 4 0 ) , 6, 18.

Sea god changes woman and daughter to turtle and shark.

Hebrew and Hawaiian Parallelisms. See DlBBLE, S., "Biblical Parallels with Hawaiian Traditions." The Heiau at Wailua.

Kauai, 1934.

A pamphlet, containing brief references to legends. Quotes a short chant from Green, Legend of Kawelo.

Heinz Hawaiian Scrapbook.

[Honolulu], [n.d.].

A pamphlet, containing short items of Hawaiiana used on radio programs. Includes briefs of legends of Honuaula, Pikoiakaalala, Wailua.

HE KANAKA. (Pseud.) Pepe and Nui: the Hero and Leander of Hawaii. Hawaiian, 1 (May 1895).

Romantic tale of the love of Nui and Pepe, the daughter of Kawelo, a prophet of Lanai.

The Puhonua of the Waipio: A Tale of Ancient Hawaii. Hawaiian, 1 (Aug. 1895), 215-231.

Story of the love of Mohailani, chief of Maui, for Manu, the daughter of the kahuna Opunui.

HENRY, TEUIRA. Ancient Tahiti. No. 48. Honolulu, 1928.

Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull.

Gives brief versions of many Hawaiian legends, comparing them with Tahitian legends.

Comparative Hawaiian and Tahitian Folk-Lore. Young People, 6 (May 1902), 258-263.

Hawaii's

Mostly Tahitian.

Tahitian Folklore Compared with the Samoan and Hawaiian. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Fifth Ann. Rpt., pp. 16—21. Honolulu, 1898.

Shows connection between Tahitian lore and some Hawaiian material from Fornander's Polynesian Race.

HENSHAW, HENRY WETHERBEE.

Honolulu, 1902.

Birds of the Hawaiian

Islands.

Reprints Poepoe's""Battle of the Owls" on pp. 78—79.

Hiiaka and Lohiau; Condensed Version of Hawaii's Popular Legend. Thrum's Ann. 1929, pp. 95-103. No source given; perhaps condensed from N. B. Emerson.

HILL, EDWIN R.

Keeau at Midnight.

Par. Pac., 4 3 (Mar. 1 9 3 0 ) ,

26, 32. Legend of eel-man of Waianae and his love. the middle. 68

No ending, the legend stops in

HILL, NORA K. Hiilei, the Dragon's Bride. 1922),138-139.

Par. Pac., 35 (Dec.

Tale of Hiilei's marriage to Ku-aha-ilo, in verse of the Hiawatha style.

Hilo and Hawaii Island.

Par. Pac., 30 (Dec. 1917), 65-70.

Includes briefs of legends of Rainbow Falls, Law of the Splintered Paddle, Naha Stone, Halai Hills, Waka and Laieikawai.

HIONA, TOM. Hawaii and the Monarchy. Paahao Press, 16 (MayJune 1948), 24. Brief accounts of early legendary history.

HITCHCOCK, CHARLES H. Hawaii and Its Volcanoes. 1909. Gives several Pele legends, using Kalakaua as one source. 164-165, 177-178.

HOAG, JUNIUS C., and ERNEST B. HOAG.

Overland Monthly, 39; 16-17.

Honolulu,

Found on pp. 148,

Pele, Goddess of Kilauea.

2d series, 81 (May and June 1923), 26-27,

A condensed rewriting of " T h e Apotheosis of Pele," from Kalakaua, Legends and Myths of Hawaii. Does not credit Kalakaua as source.

HOFFA, HELYNN.

T h e Princess and the Rainbow. Hon. Adv.,

day Polynesian, Apr. 11, 1948.

Tale of Princess Ua, brought up by gods in Waimea Canyon. writing.

The

Sun-

A modern

HOFGAARD, JUDGE CHRISTOPHER. W h o Were the Menehunes?

Pac., 41_ (May 1928), 9 - 1 3 .

Par.

Contains accounts of numerous menehune feats; compares the menehune with trolls and brownies. "Read before the Kauai Historical Society . . . and before the Hawaiian Historical Society."

HOPKINS, MANLEY. Hawaii: The Past, Present, and Future of Its Island Kingdom. London, 1862.

Pp. 57—83 contain accounts of traditions resembling Biblical accounts, migrations, early discoveries. Sources include Ellis and Dibble. Legend of migration and legend of Lono from Hopkins quoted in " T h e Hawaiian Islands," in Eclectic Mag., 57 (Nov. 1 8 6 2 ) , 3 1 7 - 3 2 6 ; from The London Quarterly.

HORNE, BEATRICE CLEMENT.

(July 1940), 12, 17, 20.

T h e Origin of the Hula.

Islander, 3

Begins with legendary account of origin.

How Kapalaoa, North Kona, Got Its Name. Friend, 99 (June 1929), 139. Old woman turns chiefess Kauaiwa to stone.

How Pele Located on Hawaii.

See THRUM, T . G.

HOWELL, H. SPENCER. An Island Paradise. Pp. 63—71 contain Pele legend, after Kalakaua.

Something about Hawaii. 427-434.

Mentions legend of Spanish discovery. 69

Toronto, 1892.

Canad. Mag., 1 (Aug. 1893),

Humuhumunukunukuapuaa. Hawaii's Young People, 4 (Dcc. 1899), 54-55. About Kamapuaa and Pele; written by school children. Rewritten and condensed in Hawaii's Young People, 30 (Dec. 1920), 8 - 9 .

HURUM, ALF. The Pig-God Trail. Par. Pac., 50 (Dcc. 1938), 72. Includes brief version of Kamapuaa at Kaliuwaa.

HYDE, CHARLES MCEWEN.

Fornander's Account of Hawaiian Leg-

ends Resembling Old Testament History. pp. 138-148.

Thrum's Ann.

1900,

Revised from an account in the 1881 Saturday Press. Excerpts from this reprinted in Par. Pac., 28 (Sept. 1915), 1 0 - 1 6 ; 45 (Oct. 1 9 3 2 ) , 1 7 - 2 1 .

From Notts on Molokai, by Rev. C. M. Hyde, D.D. Friend, 53 (Oct. 1895), 80. Includes brief accounts of legends of Kalaipahoa, Umikupa the ulu player, and caterpillar man.

maika

Iao Valley. Par. Pac., 16 (Jan. 1903), 15-16. See GLRVLN, JAMES W„ "Kaleilehua: a Maui Story." In Ancient Time.

Thrum's Ann. 1932, p. 115.

One-sentence filler about Limaloa, god of Mana, Kauai.

Interesting Hawaiian Discovery. Thrum's Ann. 1900, pp. 126—128. P. 128 gives and questions authenticity of legendary account of arrival of Indians.

IRWIN, BERNICE PIILANI COOK.

In Menehune

1936.

Land.

Honolulu,

Contemporary fiction, in the style of ancient legends. "They are really just make-up stories." Condensed version of "Black Sands of Kalapana" from this book appears in The Islander, 3 (Jan. 1940), 3.

Island Folklore Contains Many Legends of Pele. Hon. Adv., Polynesian, July 25, 1948.

Sunday

Legends after Rice.

IslandBrief of Kauai: Hanalei. Par. guarding Pac., 2 caves. (Nov. 1889), 2. mention of legend of moo I VERS, JULIA CRAWFORD.

40 (Feb. 1927), 10-15.

T h e Love of Prince Lohiau.

Par. Pac.,

A version of the Pele—Hiiaka—Lohiau legend.

J., A. F. 9.

Incidents in Hawaiian History.

Friend, 49 (Jan. 1891),

Orally preserved history of alii before Kamehameha I.

JAMES, NEILL. Haleakala, Maui's Great House of the Sun. Pac., 39 (Feb. 1926), 12-15. Includes legend of Haleakala as told by a Japanese guide.

JARVES, JAMES JACKSON. For a discussion of Jarves and his works, see p. 10 above. 70

Par.

Early Hawaiian Traditions.

Par. Pac., 4 (Apr. 1 8 9 1 ) , 1.

Taken from Jarves, History of the Hawaiian Islands. . . .

Hawaiian Mythology.

Par. Pac., 4 (May 1 8 9 1 ) , 2.

Taken from Jarves, History of the Hawaiian Islands. . . .

History of the Hawaiian Islands, Embracing Their ties, Mythology, and Legends. . . . London, 1843.

Antiqui-

Several other editions were printed in Boston and Honolulu.

1857.

Kiana:

a Tradition

of Hawaii.

Boston and Cambridge,

Fiction, but has legend of Spanish castaways in preface, legend of Lono on pp. 53—54, legends of flood and Maui, on pp. 95—96. Earlier abbreviated version of novel appeared in The Polynesian. Novel reprinted in full in monthly installments. Par. Pac., 2 3 - 2 5 (Sept. 1910-June 1 9 1 2 ) .

Scenes and Scenery in the Sandwich Islands.

Boston, 1844.

Brief legends and comment: Aikanaka, Kamapuaa, "a legend" of Kauai. Found on pp. 72-74, 119-120.

Whence the Hawaiian.

Par. Pac., 23 (Mar. 1 9 1 0 ) , 1 7 - 1 9 .

Taken from Jarves, History of the Hawaiian Islands. . . .

JOHNSTONE, ARTHUR. Sorcerer's Island: A Legendary Tale of Ancient Hawaii in English Garb. Par. Pac., 2 2 (Feb., Mar., Apr. 1909),17-21, 20-25,16-21. Style archaic and over-heightened. Time of action contemporary with Kamehameha. Legend or Johnstone's fiction?

Storied Nuuanu.

Thrum's Ann. 1908, pp. 160—167.

Brief legends of menehune, p. 163.

[JONES, JOHN D . ] A ROVING PRINTER. Life and Adventure South Pacific. New York, 1861.

in the

Pp. 332—343 contain "Legend of Kinau and Tuanoa: a Tale of the Sandwich Islands." P. 331 states that it was "related to us by an old native." This is false; it is plagiarized, with very minor changes, from Beale, The Natural History of the Sperm Whale. (See.)

JUDD, HENRY P. Hawaiian Proverbs and Riddles. Mus. Bull. 77. Honolulu, 1930.

Bernice P. Bishop

Abstracts passim of legends alluded to in proverbs.

and GEORGE T . ARMITAGE. Ghost Dog and Other ian Legends.

Hawai-

See ARMITAGE, GEORGE T . , a n d HENRY P . JUDD.

JUDD, ROBERT. W h y It Rains When You Pick a Lehua Blossom. Par. Pac., 4 4 (July 1 9 3 1 ) , 21. Short legend of young chief, Okanapua.

K., H. The Heiau of Pepeekeo. 1920), 2-3. Menehune build heiau.

11.

Pi's Auwae.

Hawaii's Young People, 21 (May

Adapted from Westervelt and M. S. Lawrence.

Hawaii's Young People, 21 (June 1 9 2 0 ) , 1 0 -

Rewritten for children from Thrum's Hawaiian Folk 71

Tales.

K., W. F. Kaliuwaa Valley.

Par. Pac., 3 (Mar. 1890), 4.

Refers to Kamapuaa's birth there.

Ka Wai Kui a Kekcla. See KELLEY, RICHARD S., "Kekela's WonderWell." KAAIHUE, H. L. Battle of Iao Valley. Paahao Press, 12 (Oct. 1945) , 2 - 3 , 20.

Contains account of Kamehameha's invasion of Maui; also a legend of the water-nymph Waimoe and her lover, Mano.

Kaala and Kaaialii, a Legend of Lanai: Condensed from the Nu Hou Version of 1 8 7 3 .

See GIBSON, WALTER MURRAY, "Puhiokaala,

or The Spouting Cave of Kaala."

Kahekili. Hawaii's Young People, 5 (Oct., Nov., Dec. 1900; Jan. 1901), 4 7 - 4 9 , 79-81, 105-107, 133-135. Orally preserved history.

[Kahuku, Origin of.] p. 178.

(No title, no author.)

Thrums

Ann. 1902,

Brief legendary account.

Kaililauokekoa, Chiefess of Kapaa, and the Lute Kanikawai.

See

THRUM, T . G.

KAIPU, EMMA. The Legend of Na-Iwi-O-Pae. 1898),117-118.

Par. Pac., 11 (Aug.

Legend of fishhooks made from bones of slain chief in the days of Umi.

KAIWI, J. H. Story of the Race of Menehunes of Kauai. Ann. 1921, pp. 114-118.

Thrum's

Characteristics and labors of the menehune. "Translation of contribution by J. H. Kaiwi. . . free translation to lessen tautology of the original."

KALAKAUA, DAVID. For a discussion of Kalakaua and his works, see pp. 13—14 above.

He Kumulipo no Ka-I-i-Mamao a ia Alapai Wahine. Honolulu, 1889.

An account of the creation, composed by Keaulumoku in 1700. For translation, see Liliuokalani, An Account of the Creation of the World.

The Legends and Myths of Hawaii. The Fables and Folklore of a Strange People. New York, 1888. Kalama-i-nuu.

Par. Pac., 45 (Sept. 1933), 23-25.

Legend of a female moo who was a good surf-rider, and her surf-riding lover, Pua-ai-koae. No author: "Extract from Kamakau and also told to me by my nurse Ku-a-Kaha."

Kalaniopuu. Hawaii's Young People, 4 (Mar. and Apr. 1900), 146-148, 171-174. "Adapted from Fornander's History."

Kaliuwaa Falls—Sacred Falls.

Par. Pac., 50 (Mar. 1938), 33.

Includes brief legend of Kamapuaa.

72

KAMAAINA. Gods of Old Hawaii.

Paahao Press, 12 (June 1941),

4 - 5 , 26. Deeds of Maui.

Gods of Old Hawaii—A Legend. Paahao Press, 15 (JuneJuly 1944), 2 - 3 , 30. A retelling of several common legends: Pele, Hiiaka, Kahalaopuna, Pueo.

K.AMAKAU, S. M . For a discussion of Kamakau and his works, see pp. 7—9 above. Kamakau's writings, all in Hawaiian, have been used by many writers. The following is not a complete list of translations from Kamakau; many translators have not definitely credited him as source. Thrum and Westervelt drew heavily on Kamakau.

Hawaiian Antiquities: Customs at Death; Notable Traditional Burial Caves. Thrum's Ann. 1932, pp. 104-111.

Some legends; traditions of burials. Translation credited to Thrum by Bryan in bibliography of Ancient Hawaiian Life.

[

] Kalama-i-nuu.

(See.)

Kelea, the Surf Rider.

Thrum's Ann. 1931, pp. 58-62.

Kelea attracts a new husband, King Kalamakua, by her surfing prowess. Translator not given.

New Light on Things Ancient, Translated from S. M. Kamakau, in the Kuokoa, Jan. 10, 1867. Thrum's Ann. 1933, pp. 60-63.

Rather rambling treatment of similarity between Hawaiian and New Zealand place names. Includes references to legends; part of chant of Kualii.

Song for Kualii.

See LYONS, C. J.

See DOLE, S. B., "Voyages of the Ancient Hawaiians," and "Story of Paao." Kamakau's Account of Captain Cook. See WESTERVELT, W. D„ "Captain Cook's Discovery of the Hawaiian Islands." Kamehameha—Man and Myth. Paahao Press, 11 (June 1940), 1 4 15, 33. Fact and tradition about Kamehameha.

Kane-au-kai.

Par. Pac., 2 (Nov. 1889), 1.

Legend of a stone fish-god near Waimea, Oahu.

Kane's Water of Everlasting Life.

Thrum's Ann. 1930, pp. 93—96.

An episode condensed from the Fornander Collection legend of Aukelenuiaiku. Fair condensation, but omits many interesting details, and is sometimes ungrammatical.

KAOAO, BEN.

See KEA'UNUI, L. M., "Tradition of the Kaumaka-

ulaula Temple." Kauai's William Tell. Par. Pac., 59 (July 1947), Hawaiiana supplement, p. 25. Visitors Bureau condensation of Pikoiakaalala legend. Reprinted in Hon.

73

Adv.,

Sunday Polynesian, Jan. 25, 1948, as "Kauai's William Tell Could Put Arrows Right in Target." Reprinted in Par. Pac.. 60 (July 1948), Hawaiiana supplement, p. 28, as "Legend of Kauai."

Kau-lu-laau. Par. Pac., 32 (Oct. 1919), 24. Kaululaau frees Isle of Demons of demoqs.

Kauwalua—the House of Bones at Moanalua. 1936), 15.

Par. Pac., 48 (Nov.

Gives tradition of bone house, quoting from unidentified source.

Keanini-ula-o-ka-lani; Oahu Version of a Popular Hawaiian Legend. Thrum's Ann. 1914, pp. 196-201. KEAULUMOKU. Hawaiian composer (1700) of account of creation translated by Liliuokalani (see). Author of "Haui Ka Lani." See ANDREWS, LORRIN.

KEA'UNUI, L. M. Tradition of the Kaumakaulaula Temple. As Narrated for the Annual by Ben. Kaao, of Punaluu. Written by L. M. Kea'unui. Thrum's Ann. 1916, pp. 92-95.

Rather rambling remarks about legendary incidents connected with the temple:

IKeaunui Cuts Pearl Harbor Channel.] Thrum's Ann. 1894, p. 10.

(No title, no author.)

Two-sentence filler.

KEITH, MAX.

Keaka, The Hawaiian Fish Boy.

Honolulu, 1946.

Modern child's tale, with Kamapuaa legend as background.

KEKAHUNA, HENRY. 1946), 31.

The Magic Love Wind.

Par. Pac., 58 (Feb.

Condensation of a translation by Fred Beckley of "Ka Makani Kaili Aloha." Magic calabash aids husband in regaining erring wife.

Kelea, the Surf Rider. See KAMAKAU, S. M. KELIIPIO, L. D. See NAKUINA, M. D., "Hawaiian Fish Stories and Superstitions." KELLEY, RICHARD S.

Kekela's Wonder-Well.

Par. Pac., 29 (May

1916),11. Legend of origin of a well in Ka-u. Reprinted in Lit. Digest, 54 (May 19, 1917), 15. 44, as "Ka Wai Kui a Kekela." Cf. Wilcox, Johanna N., "Ka Wai Ku'i o Kekela."

KELSEY, THEODORE. A Hilo Legend.

Thrum's Ann. 1926, p. 98.

Brief, rather pointless legend connected with Hilo place names.

Legend of the Hilo Hills.

Par. Pac., 38 (Nov. 1925), 16.

The Maui and Hina legend, from several different sources.

Prince Lohi'au's Defiance. Par. Pac., 44 (Aug., Sept., and Oct. 1931), 8 - 1 3 ; 2 8 - 3 1 ; 15-18, 20. A 20-line mele from N. B. Emerson's Unwritten Literature, retranslated, analyzed, and annotated. Author aided by Fred Beckley, John Wise, and others.

74

T h e Prophetic Vision.

Par. Pac., 56 (Feb. 1 9 4 4 ) , 1 9 - 2 1 .

A retranslation and explanation of the opening two lines of "Ha'ui Ka Lani." Legendary material passim.

Some of Our Hawaiian Words. Par. Pac., 3 4 (May 1 9 2 1 ) , 13-15. Includes reference to legends of Maui, Pele.

26.

Stand T h o u Still O Sun!

Par. Pac., 57 (May 1 9 4 5 ) , 2 3 -

Interpretation of a prayer by Hiiaka; gives a part of the Pele—Hiiaka legend.

U n k n o w n Poetry of Hawaii. 2 6 - 2 8 , 31.

Par. Pac., 53 (June 1 9 4 1 ) ,

A re-interpretation and discussion of the esoteric meaning of a chant from N. B. Emerson's Pele and Hiiaka.

KENN, CHARLES W . 28.

Body Building.

Par. Pac., 5 4 (July 1 9 4 2 ) ,

Brief versions of legends of Eleio the runner, and Puueo the puhenehene player.

A Fishing Legend of Honolulu. Par. Pac., 54 (Oct. 1 9 4 2 ) , 10, 32. Legend of Aiai, Kuula, and their magic fishhook.

Keep Hawaii Hawaiian.

Par. Pac., 47 (June 1 9 3 5 ) , 9—14.

Includes brief traditions of foreigners before Cook; legend of origin of lei.

Legend of the First Feather Cloak. 1 9 4 3 ) , 15.

Par. Pac., 55 (May

Eleio the runner is given feather cloak for restoring maiden to life.

The Mene-hune.

Par. Pac., 53 (Oct. 1 9 4 1 ) , 2 6 - 2 8 .

Oahu Is a Rock.

Par. Pac., 58 (Dec. 1 9 4 5 ) , 38.

A discussion of various authorities' opinions on who the menehane were. Legend of Oahu-nui the cannibal.

"Pearl Harbor" and Hawaiian Prophecies. 1945), 15-16.

Par. Pac., (Oct.

Includes legends of shark goddess Kaahupahau; prophecy of Kaopulupulu. Reprinted in Paahao Press, 16 (Jan. 1948), 12-13, 22.

T h e Tradition of the Ilima Blossom. 1 9 4 2 ) , 29.

Par. Pac., 5 4 (Aug.

Ilima appears in Wahiawa where chief's daughter is buried.

KEOLA, JAMES N. K. Old Lahaina. Mid-Pac. Mag., 10 (Dec. 1 9 1 5 ) , 569-575. Includes legend of origin of name; brief account of battle of Lahaina in 1738.

KEPELINO. See BECKWITH, M. W., Kepelino's Traditions of Hawaii; YSENDOORN, FATHER REGINALD, "The Song of Creation." Kila.

Hawaii's Young People, 9 (May 1 9 0 5 ) , 2 3 8 - 2 3 9 . Written for children. 75

Kilohana Art League. See DE LA VERGNE, GEORGE H.; MAURICIO. KINNEY, HENRY WALSWORTH. The Beauty Realm of Puna. Pac., 3 0 (Apr. 1 9 1 7 ) , 1 4 - 1 6 .

Par.

From Kinney, The Island of Hawaii.

Hawaiian Roads and Trails. 1915) , 3 6 5 - 3 6 9 .

Mid-Pac.

Mag.,

10 (Oct.

From Kinney, The Island of Hawaii.

The Island of Hawaii.

[San Francisco], 1913.

Gives many brief versions throughout the book of legends connected with places on Hawaii. Legend of Rainbow Falls quoted by E. A. Corey in "Hiking in Hawaii—Easy and Otherwise," Mid-Pac. Mag., 26 (Dec. 1923), 553.

12.

The Kalapana Country.

Par. Pac., 26 (Nov. 1 9 1 3 ) , 1 0 -

Includes a legend quoted from Kinney, The Island of Hawaii.

Kau and Her Deserts in Hawaii. 1916), 473-475.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 12 (Nov.

From Kinney, The Island of Hawaii.

Land of "The Bird of Paradise." Mid-Pac. Mag., 12 (Oct. 1916), 385-387. From Kinney, The Island of Hawaii.

135.

Round About Hilo.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 7 (Feb. 1 9 1 4 ) , 1 3 1 -

From Kinney, The Island of Hawaii.

KLRCHOFF, THEODOR. Eine Reise nach Hawaii.

Altona, 1890.

Pele legend, pp. 75—76.

KNUDSEN, AUGUSTUS F. pp. 1 4 5 - 1 4 7 . How Ola became king.

Story of King Ola.

Thrum's Ann.

1915,

Reprinted in Par. Pac., 37 (July 1924), 24.

KNUDSEN, ERIC ALFRED. Hawaiian Tales T o l d by Teller of Hawaiian Tales. [Honolulu], [ 1 9 4 5 - 1 9 4 6 ] . Reprints of a year's series of weekly radio broadcasts by Knudsen. clude retellings of many Hawaiian legends.

8-9.

Kawelu—the Shark God.

They in-

Paahao Press, 16 (Mar. 1 9 4 8 ) ,

About a shark-man who lived in Wailua River, Kauai.

T h e Modest Warrior. 1 9 4 8 ) , 1 2 - 1 3 , 2 1 ; 10.

Paahao Press, 16 (Apr., May—June

Reprint of No. 39 in "Hawaiian Tales Told by Teller of Hawaiian Tales" series.

Koloa, Kauai.

Par. Pac., 5 (July 1 8 9 2 ) , 6.

Gives a few brief legends of the region. "Selected."

76

KOSCH, KERMIT.

Conquering Sacrcd Falls.

Par. Pac., 46 (Apr.

1934), 7-10. Includes short version of Kamapuaa legend.

Investigating Hawaiian Legends and Stories. Mid-Pac. Mag., 46 (Dec. 1933), 526-532.

A rather rambling treatment of certain legends—Pele, Kane, Kalepeamoa the fisherman—and certain historical events. Reprinted in Par. Pac., 46 (Jan. 1934), 2 8 - 3 1 .

K.OTZEBUE, OTTO VON. Reise um die Welt in den Jahren 1823, 25 und 26. V o l . 2 . Weimar, 1830.

24,

Pp. 88—89 contain legend of Lono; p. 90 contains legend of white men before Cook.

KRÄMER, DR. AUGUSTIN FRIEDRICH.

und Samoa.

Stuttgart, 1906.

Hawaii,

Ostromikronesien,

Kanai legends on pp. 88, 97.

Ku-a-nu'u-anu and Pa-ka'a.

See THRUM, T . G.

Kukaniloko: Famed Birthplace of Aliis; Oahu's Traditional Mecca of Ancient Times. See THRUM, T . G. Ku-ula, the Fish God of Hawaii.

See NAKUINA, M. D.

L., A. Kamapuaa the Hog God. 1920),11-14.

Hawaii's Young People, 20 (Mar.

LAINE, R. W. Who Discovered the Hawaiian Islands? Par. Pac., 1 (June 1888), 4. Short article; refers to traditions of white men before Cook.

[Lanai, Traditions of.]

Thrum's Ann. 1907, pp. 8 - 9 .

Brief legendary accounts, used as space fillers.

LANG, MARION LOUISE.

(Aug. 1939), 28.

Naupaka—Half Flower.

Par. Pac.,

51

Short; attempt at "artiness." Reprinted in Par. Pac., 55 (June 1 9 4 3 ) , 38, as "Legend of the Naupaka."

LAWRENCE, MARY STEBBINS.

Old-Time

Hawaiians.

First ed.,

Boston, 1912; third ed., revised and enlarged, Honolulu, 1939.

Written for children of Hawaii. In first edition, legends are given of early voyagers, Maui's fire-finding (in form of a modern play), Umi, and Kamehameha. Found on pp. 16-21, 3 7 - 3 9 , 9 3 - 9 7 , 9 8 - 1 0 0 . Third edition also includes, pp. 36—50, legends of Maui, menehune, and Pele. Pp. 1—15 of first edition, "Keikiwai the Water Baby," reprinted in Hawaii's Young People, 18 (Mar. 1913), 1 9 0 - 2 0 9 . This last is historical fiction of the days of the early voyagers, and not real legend.

Stories of the Volcano Goddess, with a Brief Description of the Volcano and How to Get There. Honolulu, 1912. Five Pele legends, apparently retellings.

[Laws, Ancient.] Very brief.

(No title, no author.) Thrum's Ann. 1908, p. 8.

Credits Kualii with a law usually credited to Kamehameha. 77

The Legend of Ai Kanaka. Legend of Halai.

See FORBES, A. O.

Par. Pac., 8 (Apr. 1 8 9 5 ) , 57.

Brief account of origin of Hilo hills.

Legend of Hills and Mountains. Mar. 21, 1948.

Hon. Adv.,

Sunday

Polynesian,

Short legend of father, mother, daughter, and four suitors transformed into West Maui hills.

The Legend of Kaneaukai—as Related by Residents of Waialua District, Oahu. See THRUM, T . G. Legend of Kanehunamoku, The Phantom Isle; Home of the Menehunes and Mu's. See THRUM, T . G. Legend of Kauai. Par. Pac., 60 (July 1 9 4 8 ) , Hawaiiana supplement, p. 28. Essentially a reprint of "Kauai's William Tell"

The Legend of Lizard Rock. supplement, p. 27.

(see).

Par. Pac., 60 (June 1 9 4 8 ) ,

Hawaiiana

Short tale, apparently of Molokai.

Legend of Makaha Valley.

Par. Pac., 11 (Feb. 1 8 9 8 ) , 25.

Mentions the valley as legendary burial place of chief Naakaapilipili.

A Legend of Pearl River. The Legend of Pu-Ahuula.

See ALEXANDER, W . D. [Honolulu], 1921.

On program of a pageant given by the Dramatic and Story Telling League to the delegates of the Pan-Pacific Educational Conference, Library of Hawaii, Aug. 14, 1921. Legend of Kihanuilulumoku-wahine, an eel goddess of Manoa Valley. One page. Cf. Taylor, Emma A., " T h e Legend of Puahuula."

Legend of Pupu-hulu-ana.

Thrum's

Ann. 1926, pp. 92—95.

Rather rambling and incoherent account of a famine and Pupuhuluana's voyage to Olo-lo-i-me-hani (America!) for food. Translated from the Kuokoa of Aug. 12, 1865.

Legend of the Caves at Haena, Kauai. See RlCE, W . H. Legend of the Ghosts of the Hilo Hills. See WESTERVELT, W . D. Legend of the Kahili. Paahao Press, 14 (Mar.-Apr. 1 9 4 7 ) , 4 - 5 , 27. Includes legend of king of Maui who offered Lonoikamakahiki his kingdom for two kahilis.

Legend or Fact, Here's Tale of Hawaii's Birth. Polynesian, Mar. 14, 1948.

Hon. Adv.,

Sunday

Legends and Gods of Hawaii. 160.

1940—41, pp. 1 5 2 -

Visitors Bureau condensation of Maui's fishing up islands.

Thrum's

Ann.

Brief versions of several dozen common legends. Some reprinted from Hawaiian T oarfax Ann. Partially reprinted in Paahao Press, 12 (June 1 9 4 5 ) , 4—5, as "Glimpses of Old Hawaii: Legends of Hawaii." Others in Paahao Press, 16 (Feb. 1 9 4 5 ) , 6, 14. 78

[ Legends of Foreigners before Cook. ] (No title, no author. ) Ann. 1894, pp. 7, 8.

Thrum's

Very brief.

Legends of Hawaii Are Colorful, Imaginative. Polynesian, June 27, 1948.

Hon. Adv.,

Sunday

Reprints Rice legends of "Puu ka Mo-o" and " T h e Bird Man." Gives also short legends of Pele, Umi, and Heeia as jumping-off place of souls.

The Legends of Hawaii—Fascinating Bits of Folklore. Par. Pac., 60 (July 1948), Hawaiiana supplement, pp. 10—11.

Visitors Bureau short versions of legends of flying man, Kamapuaa, Maui deeds, shark-man, Kewalo [sic], menehune.

Legends of Ka-Puna-Hou. See EMERSON, J. S., "The Origin of the Spring"; and DAMON, ETHEL M., "Other Legends." Legends of Old Hawaii.

Paahao Press, 13 (Nov. 1942), 15-16.

Apparently reprints of tourist bureau condensations of legends of the islands of Maui and Hawaii.

Legends of Old Hawaii Still Figure in Everyday Life of the Islands. Par. Pac., 59 (Oct. 1947), Hawaiiana supplement, p. 11. Brief references to several common legends.

From Thrum's

Annual.

Legendes des Iles Hawaii, Tirées de Fornander et Commentées avec une Réponse à M. de Quatrefages. Niort, 1884.

LESSON, A .

Fragments of legends from Fornander's Polynesian Race relating to the migration of the Hawaiians.

Les Polynésiens: Leur Origine, Leurs Migrations, Langage. 4 vols. Paris, 1880.

Leur

Vol. 2, Book 2, Chap. 1 (pp. 151-194) deals with Hawaii. Contains legends of migration, arrival of white men, voyages, and a Hawaiian chant.

LILIUOKALANI. An Account of the Creation of the World ing to Hawaiian Tradition. Boston, 1897.

Accord-

Translated from the Hawaiian Kumutipo, printed in 1889. See KALAKAUA, He Kumalipo, etc., for Hawaiian edition. Traditional account of creation,and a large amount of genealogy. One of the longest existing Hawaiian poems. Translation made while the queen was imprisoned.

Hawaiian Tradition of the Creation. (Apr. 1913), 375-379.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 5

A portion of the Kumulipo translation, with some introductory remarks.

Limu Make, or The Legend of the Deadly Moss. People, 21 (Sept. 1920), 2 - 4 .

Hawaii's

Young

Shark-man and his revenge.

Little Isles of Necker and Nihoa May Reveal Mysteries of Pacific Life 2000 Years Ago. Par. Pac., 36 (Aug. 1923), 2 2 - 2 3 .

From Hon. Star-Bull., June 21, 1923. P. 23, "Necker's Place in Legend," gives reference to legend of Aukelenuiaiku. 79

LONDON, CHARMIAN (MRS. JACK L O N D O N ) .

The

London, 1923.

New

Hawaii.

Contains brief version of the legend of the Wahaula Temple; small amount of menehune lore from Thrum. Found on pp. 191—192, 195.

LONDON, JACK.

The House of the Sun.

Mid-Pac.

Mag., 9 (June

1915), 591-596. Gives two-paragraph treatment of Maui's sun-snaring.

Lono and Kaikalani. Hawaii's Jan. 1 8 9 8 ) , 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 , 117.

Young

People,

1 (Nov. 1897 and

Condensed and simplified for children from Kalakaua, Legends and Myths of Hawaii.

Lono i Kahikini.

Ka Leo o Hawaii, May 13, 1931.

In "An Interpretation of Things Hawaiian" column.

LONOHIWA, DAVID M. Story of Kahuilaokalani. People, 5 (Apr. 1 9 0 1 ) , 2 2 7 - 2 3 0 .

Hawaii's

LOVSTAD, LYDIA. Kaululaau. 1900), 108-110.

People,

Young

Origin of Kalaipahoa grove. Somewhat confusing. Reprinted by Westervelt in " T h e Legend Trees of Hawaii," third installment. (See.)

Fairly good version of this legend.

Hawaii's

Young

5 (Dec.

Written for children.

Luahoomoe, the Avenged Priest. Thrum's Ann. 1924, pp. 127—133. "A condensed account of a widely known early tradition."

LUOMALA, KATHARINE. A Hero Among Gods. (Summer, 1 9 4 0 ) , 2 5 - 2 7 .

Internatl.

Quart.

Deeds of Maui, as told in Hawaii, retold in modern prose. See also WILLIAMS, JOHN, "Maui Hero Among Gods—His Biography Planned."

Notes on the Development of Polynesian Hero-cycles. Polynesian Soc., 49 ( 1 9 4 0 ) , 3 6 7 - 3 7 4 . General remarks, mostly on the Maui and Tahaki cycles. to Hawaii.

Jour.

Very few references

Oceanic, American Indian, and African Myths of Snaring the Sun. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 168. Honolulu, 1940. Gives synopses of various versions of the legend, including Hawaiian variants. Bibliography.

Polynesian Literature. In: Encyclopedia of Literature, Joseph T . Shipley, ed. 2 vols. New York, 1946. A discussion of general Polynesian literature; refers to some Hawaiian legends. Vol. 2, 7 7 2 - 7 8 9 .

LYDGATE, REV. JOHN MORTIMER. The Affairs of the Wainiha Hui. Thrum's Ann. 1913, pp. 1 3 5 - 1 3 7 . Pp. 126—127 contain menehune lore.

553.

The Caves of Ha6na. Mid-Pac. Mag., 9 (June 1 9 1 5 ) , 5 5 1 -

Legend of the Wet Caves (prince and mermaid) ; Lohiau. 80

Charm and Romance of Haena, Kauai. 1922),146-148.

Par. Pac., 35 (Dec.

Includes legends of Haena caves; gods turned to stone; Pele—Hiiaka—Lohiau.

A Forgotten Corner of Kauai. 1915), 4 9 3 - 4 9 6 .

Mid-Pac. Mag., 9 (May

Includes legend of bow the demigods Kane, Loa, and Kauwa were turned to stone.

The Last King of Kauai. Mid-Pac. Mag., 13 (June 1917), 549-555. The life of Kaumualii.

Mostly historical, from contemporary accounts.

Legend of the Floating Island, a Kauai Version Narrated by Mrs. S. Polani of Kapaa. Thrum's Ann. 1924, pp. 134-137. Keawe-ahu's stay on the floating island.

48.

Story ends abruptly.

Legendary Secret of Fire. Par. Pac., 32 (Dec. 1919), 4 7 -

Legend of Maui's fire-finding, in informal modern English.

The Mermaid of Haena: A Hawaiian Legend. 29 (Aug. 1916), 22-23.

Par. Pac.,

An elaboration and ornamentation of Lydgate's " T h e Caves of Haena."

A Page out of the Olden Time. Par. Pac., 29 (May 1916), 18-20. Legends and history of district of Waialua-kai, Kauai. Maui finding fire.

What to See on Kauai.

Includes legend of

Par. Pac., 27 (Jan. 1914) , 14-20.

Reprinted, Par. Pac., 27 (Dec. 1914), 26—29. and their chief, Oola; Pohakuokane.

Includes legends of menehune

The Winning of the Mu-ai-maia Maiden. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Twenty-ninth Ann Rpt., pp. 25-31. Honolulu, 1921.

About the Mu-ai-maias, a small, shy menehune-like people who lived in a valley on Kauai. A bird-catcher marries one of them; their daughter marries a prince.

LYMAN, HENRY MUNSON.

Kai a Kahinalii and Ulu's Sacrifice:

Hawaiian Legends of the Deluge. 97.

Thrum's Ann. 1910, pp. 89—

"From the Williams Quarterly, June, 1858." fruit. Good.

Legend of Paalua and Kawelu. 98-105.

The flood; origin of bread-

Thrum's Ann. 1909, pp.

"From the Williams Quarterly of June, 1858." Paalua has to play hide-andseek to win Kawelu.

LYMAN, LILIAN [SIC].

(Mar. 1890), 2.

T h e Fairies of Mauna Kea.

A very ornate treatment of fairies (menehune.') on Hawaii. authentic.

81

Par. Pac.,

3

Does not sound

LYONS, CURTIS JERE. S o n g for Kualii: Mele C o m p o s e d i n H o n o r of Kualii ( b y K u m a h u k i a and H e ' c a ) . Islander, 1 (Sept. 24—Oct. 29, 1 8 7 5 ) , 1 9 3 - 1 9 5 , 2 0 2 - 2 0 3 , 2 1 0 - 2 1 1 , 2 1 7 - 2 1 8 , 2 2 5 - 2 2 7 . 230-233, 239-241. Translated from Ka Nupepa Kuokoa, 7. Translation unfinished; untranslated remainder is in Kuokoa, 7, May 1868. One of the best examples of long Hawaiian mele. Both English and Hawaiian texts given. The translation differs from the ones found in Fornander, Polynesian Race and in the Fornandec Collection. Lyons' translation is also found in the Journal of the Polynesian Society, 2 (1893), 160-178, as "The Song of Kualii, of Hawaii, Sandwich Islands, translated by C. J. Lyons, with an Introduction by W. D. Alexander." The introduction alone, by Alexander, was printed in The Friend, 49 (Nov. 1891), 84—85. According to the introduction, the translation was made in 1868 with the help of S. M. Kamakau. M . , E.

T h e Battle of the O w l s .

See POEPOE, J. M .

M . , J. H . Legends of H a w a i i . Paahao Press, 1 2 ( N o v . 1 9 4 5 ) , 2 - 3 . Short legends of Rainbow Falls, Umi, owl god, a cannibal kupua, and menehune. M . , L . T h e Story of Paao. Hawaii's Young People, 2 1 ( M a r . 1 9 2 0 ) , 14-16. A condensation of "The Story of Paao" (see) in Hawaii's Young People, Vol. 16. MCALLISTER, J. GILBERT. Archaeology of Kahoolawe. Bernice P . Bishop Mus. Bull. 115. Honolulu, 1933. Pp. 6—7 mention legends from Fornander and Malo, referring to Kahoolawe. Archaeology of Oahu. Bernice P . B i s h o p M u s . B u l l . 1 0 4 . Honolulu, 1933. Includes many brief accounts from standard sources of legends connected with places on Oahu. MACCAUGHEY, VAUGHAN. In the M o h o - k e a Caldera. Mag., 15 ( J u n e 1 9 1 8 ) , 5 6 3 - 5 6 5 . Includes mention of battle between Kamehameha and Keoua.

Mid-Pac.

T h e K u k u i Forests of H a w a i i . Par. Pac., 2 5 ( J u n e 1 9 1 2 ) , 14-16. Includes short legend of the kukui and the color of its leaves. N a t u r e T h e m e s in A n c i e n t H a w a i i a n Poetry. (July 1 9 1 7 ) , 2 0 5 - 2 1 0 . Not available for inspection.

Poetry,

10

V a l l e y s of Kauai. Par. Pac., 3 0 (Dec. 1 9 1 7 ) , 2 7 - 3 6 . Passing reference to legends connected with stones; a synopsis of N. B. Emerson's Pele and Hiiaka. MCCLELLAN, EDWIN NORTH. K i n g s of O a h u Ere K a m e h a m e h a R u l e d . Par. Pac., 4 8 (Feb. 1 9 3 6 ) , 2 2 - 2 3 . Traditions of Oahu kings from Haka to Kamehameha I. Legendary W a i - m o m i . Par. Pac., 4 8 (Sept. 1 9 3 6 ) , Retellings of several legends connected with Pearl Harbor. 82

8-10.

Living Tombs.

Par. Pac., 40 (Aug. 1 9 2 7 ) , 1 7 - 2 0 .

A rewriting of the legend of the chief whose ground bones were mixed with poi served at a laaa.

T h e Trojan Shark of Waikiki. 17-18.

Par. Pac., 40 (Feb. 1 9 2 7 ) ,

Short legend, apparently adapted from Fornander.

MCDONALD, SHOEMAKER. Hawaiian Holua—Snowless Sledding. Par. Pac., 51 (Dec. 1 9 3 9 ) , 77. Refers to several legendary holua contests.

M C G U I R E , THOMAS R . L . Mr. McGuire, the author of a group of stories of which only a few have been published, has constructed his own "legends" about a few sketchy traditions of places in Hawaii. Some of the background material may belong to real Hawaiian legend, but the narrative is largely McGuire's invention.

H o w Kamehameha's Pasture Got a Wall. day Polynesian, May 9, 1948. 11,

Menehune Legends. 1948.

Hon. Adv.,

Sun-

Hon. Adv., Sunday Polynesian,

July

Menehunes of the Friendly Isle. nesian, Aug. 22, 1948.

Hon. Adv., Sunday

MCKAUGHAN, HENRIETTA." Our Miracle Men: Par. Pac., 47 (Dec. 1 9 3 5 ) , 1 7 - 1 9 .

Poly-

the. Menehunes.

Retelling of several menehune episodes.

MACKENZIE, DONALD A. Myths and Traditions Islands. London, 1931.

of the South Sea

An explanatory and comparative treatment of Polynesian mythology. Includes briefs of many Hawaiian legends passim. Sources include Fornander, Westervelt, Malo, Ellis.

MCMAHON, PATRICK MAURICE. A Romance of Madam Pele, the Hawaiian Goddess of Fire. Par. Pac., 36 (May 1 9 2 3 ) , 23. A page of light jingle, partly in Irish dialect, about Pele and Kamapuaa.

Kauai.

The Tragic Fate of Luukia the Beautiful Dancing Girl of Hon. Mercury, 2 (Mar. 1 9 3 0 ) , 3 0 6 - 3 1 0 .

Legend of Luukia's coming to Hawaii to dance before Pele; Pele's revenge for broken vow. In "poetical" style. See MAURICIO.

MACPHEE, KATHERINE D . 50 (Feb. 1 9 3 8 ) , 2 1 - 2 2 .

The Brocken of Haleakala.

Par. Pac.,

Retells Maui's sun-snaring.

MAGUIRE, MRS. ELIZA D. (Aug. 1 9 3 0 ) , 14.

The Cave of Makalei.

Reprinted from Maguire, Kona Legends.

83

Par. Pac., 43

The Hill of Moemoe.

Par. Pac., 43 (Nov. 1930), 17-19.

Reprinted from Maguire, Kona Legends.

Kona Legends.

Honolulu, 1926.

Ten short legends and stories, told by old Kona people in 1886 and translated by Mrs. Maguire. Translations are simple, unpretentious, rather good. For a retelling see "Menehunes and the Rooster."

Madam Pele's Last Legend. 89-92.

Par. Pac., 39 (Dec. 1926),

Mostly description of 1926 lava flow; gives legends of Pele appearing as an old woman.

The Water of Kane. Par. Pac., 43 (July 1930), 30, 32.

Reprinted from Maguire, Kona Legends.

The Wrath of the Stranger. Par. Pac., 52 (Dec. 1940) , 3 1 .

A reprint of "The Fishpond of Paaiea," from Maguire, Kona Legends.

MAKEMSON, MAUD W. Hawaiian Astronomical Concepts. Amer. Anthrop., 40 (July-Sept. 1938), 3 7 0 - 3 8 3 ; and 41 (Oct.-Dec. 1939), 589-596. Brief references to legends passim.

The Legend of Kokoiki and the Birthday of Kamehameha I. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Forty-fourth Ann. Rpt., pp. 44—50. Honolulu, 1936.

Gives legend of "star" on night of Kamehameha's birth; considers it to have been Halley's comet.

omy.

The Morning Star Rises: An Account of Polynesian AstronNew Haven, 1941.

Includes briefs of a few legends: creation, Papa and Wakea, origin of Makahiki, Hina and moon. Gives standard sources in bibliography.

MALO, DAVID. For a discussion of Malo and his works, see pp. 7—10, 15 above.

Hawaiian Antiquities

(Moolelo Hawaii).

See EMERSON,

N . B.

Manoa Valley. Descriptive, Historic and Legendary. Thrum's 1892, pp. 110-116.

Ann.

Gives brief versions of legends of Kahalaopuna (after Kalakaua), Puupueo, menehtme, Punahou Spring (after E. M. B.), Kaipu Stone.

MANU, MOKE. See "Prophecy of Kekiopilo": NAKUINA, M. K., "Ku-ula the Fish God of Hawaii"; THRUM, T . G., and M. K. NAKUINA, "Stories of the Menehunes"; and THRUM, T . G., "Traditional Account of the Ancient Hawaiian Prophecy 'The Land is Given to the Sea." " MARCUSE, ADOLF. Die Hawaiischen Inseln.

Berlin, 1894.

P. 97 contains creation legend. "Poesie und Legenden," pp. 121—128, contains two adaptations from Kalakaua. Pp. 143—145 contain early history from Fornander and Alexander.

84

MARSHALL, MARGARET. Legend of the Sharks. Par. Pac., 52 (Sept. 1940), 26. Material condensed from T . G. Thrum.

The Marvelous.

Friend, 3 (July 1845), 111.

Legend of a disappearing, oracular ko [sic] tree.

MATHISON, GILBERT FARQUHAR, ESQ. Narrative of a Visit to

Brazil,

Chile, Peru, and the Sandwich Islands, during the Years 1821 and 1822 with Miscellaneous Remarks on the Past and Present States and Political Prospects of Those Countries. London, 1825. Legend of deluge, pp. 472—473.

MAUNUPAU, THOMAS K. HOW Kaimuki Gets Its Name. Hon. Adv., Mar. 11, 1946. From D. Kekoowai of Honolulu and Molokai, printed for the first time.

MAURICIO. Legend of Hiku i Kanahele. In: Six Prize Stories of the Kilohana Art League, pp. 85-103. Honolulu, 1899. Hiku and Kawelu legend. Good in spots, overwritten in others. Maurice McMahon? (.See.)

By Patrick

MAURY, JEAN WEST. 'Hamakua, Home of Gods and Ghosts. Pac. Mag., 16 (Oct. 1918), 377-382.

Mid-

MAY, ERNEST R. Menehune Madness. nesian, July 6, 1947.

Poly-

Includes brief accounts of Hamakua legends: Umi, Liloa, Milu, Hiku and Kawelu, Nanaue the shark-man, Hiilawe. Misspells some of the names.

Hon. Adv., Sunday

Includes short accounts of menehune feats. Westervelt is one source.

Pele Queen of the Flame. Dec. 15, 1946.

Hon. Adv., Sunday

Polynesian,

Contains both ancient and modern Pele tales.

MELLEN, GEORGE.

It Was Called Kaupo.

Par. Pac., 35 (Jan.

1922),19-25. Includes traditions of Kaupo, Oahu, as told by A. D. Toomey, a Hawaiian, keeper of Diamond Head Light.

MELLEN, KATHLEEN DICKENSON. Ka Maka Manao. T h e Philoso-

phy of Maka. Par. Pac., 59 (Dec. 1947), 53-55. Includes short Pele legend.

Menehune Legend of Kauai Island. Hawaiiana supplement, p. 19.

Par. Pac., 59 (May 1947),

Retelling of menehune lore.

Menehune Project on Garden Island. Hon. Adv., Sunday Polynesian, Jan. 18, 1948. Condensed retelling of menehune lore.

Menehunes and the Rooster.

Par. Pac., 53 (Jan. 1941), 16.

Retold from Magaire, Kona Legends.

Menehunes of Hawaii.

Par. Pac., 49 (Dec. 1937), 30.

Condensed retellings of menehune activities.

85

Menehunes Real? Some People Say So. Hon. Adv., Sunday Polynesian, Mar. 14, 1948. Visitors Bureau condensation of menehune lore.

MERRILL, GEORGE B. Hawaiian Civilization. o.s., 1 (July 1868), 69-81.

Overland

Monthly,

Gives brief legendary material, pp. 70—71, 72—73. Article as a whole paints sordid picture of old Hawaiians. No sources specified, but mentions Jarves once.

MESICK, LILIAN S. A Visit to Hawaii.

Dansville, N. Y., 1922.

P. 6 contains brief legends of early migrations.

32 pp.

METZGER, BERTA. In: In Honolulu Gardens, by Marie C. Neal; Legends by Berta Metzger. Honolulu, 1929.

A botany book, including with its plant descriptions many brief legends of the plants by Miss Metzger; "largely from published and unpublished material in Bernice P. Bishop Museum."

Tales Told in Hawaii.

New York, 1929.

Nearly 80 short versions of legends, of which a third are Hawaiian, the others from other parts of Polynesia. Written in a simple style for children. "Brief tales told to me by Hawaiians or gathered here and there from recorded legends of Polynesia."

MILLER, KLEBER R.

House of the Sun.

Maui, 1943.

A pamphlet. P. 2 contains condensation of Maui's sun-snaring legend, from Morrow and Morrow, Maui.

Mineral Waters of Puna.

Par. Pac., 15 (Feb. 1902), 9.

Mentions legend of curative spring.

MOERENHOUT, J. A. Paris, 1837.

Voyages aux lies du Grand Océan.

Vol. 1.

Brief Maui sun-snaring legend, 45 On.

Molokai Legend. Par. Pac., 60 (July 1948), Hawaiiana supplement, p. 26. Short account of how Pauula kept her tapa dry.

MONNIER, MARCEL.

IlesHawai.

Paris, 1888.

Includes legends of Umi and Kaala of Lanai. 2 4 7 - 2 6 2 . In French.

More About Maui.

Found on pp. 177—179 and

Ka Leo o Hawaii, May 1, 1931.

In "An Interpretation of Things Hawaiian" column. monsters.

Maui's encounter with

MORGAN, MARGARET KIRBY. Legends and Lyrics of Hawaii. Honolulu, 1922.

A book of poor verse. Includes a half dozen poems dealing with Hawaiian legendary subjects: Kane, Kanaloa, Maui, Hina, and others.

The Man Who Owns the Taro Patch. Par. Pac., 33 (July 1920),2. Reprinted in Morgan, Legends and Lyrics of Hawaii; also in Par. Pac., 45 (May 1 9 3 3 ) , 8. 86

The Man W h o Weaves Lauhala Mats. 1 9 2 0 ) , 20.

Par. Pac., 33 (Dec.

Reprinted in Morgan, Legends and Lyrics of Hawaii.

The Secret of Fire Making. Par. Pac., 34 (Apr. 1 9 2 1 ) , 24. Reprinted in Morgan, Legends and Lyrics of Hawaii.

Sweet Liu-la of Koolau.

One page of bad verse.

Par. Pac., 36 (Dec. 1 9 2 3 ) , 65.

Authentic legend?

MORRILL, GULIAN LANSING. Hawaiian

cago, 1919.]

Heathen

and Others.

[Chi-

A bitter, misinformed book on Hawaii by a punning evangelist. Includes brief treatments of legends of reproductive stones, wrestler, Naha, Maui, Kalaipahoa, Pikoi, Sacred Falls. Found on pp. 124, 134, 135, 157, 179, 195, 210.

MORROW, ALICE CLARE, a n d JACK MORROW.

[1930].

A book about the island.

Maui,

[n.p.],

Includes "Maui Snaring the Sun," pp. 6—8.

[MOSSMAN, GEORGE.] Hawaii, Japanese Legends Clash over Whale Omen. Hon. Star-Bull., Mar. 17, 1936.

Includes short legend of whale carrying Makuakaumana to Tahiti, paraphrased from Mossman.

MOTT-SMITH, ANN. Hawaiian Wooden Bowls. Par. Pac., 52 (Dec. 1940), 81-84. Includes a discussion of the part calabashes play in Hawaiian mythology.

MusiCK, JOHN R. Hawaii. and London, 1898.

. . Our New Possessions.

N e w York

Brief general remarks and Pele legends, pp. 41—42, 245. Kauai legends dealing with battle, Pele, petrified turtle, Kamalimaloa, Kamapuaa, found on pp. 2 4 6 - 2 4 7 , 2 5 0 - 2 5 1 , 252, 2 5 8 - 2 5 9 , 2 7 6 - 2 7 7 . Pp. 3 1 3 - 3 3 0 , "Ancient Traditions," quotes from Alexander, Emerson; paraphrases from Kalakaua.

N., M. T h e Story of Kumuhea. 1920), 5-8.

Hawaii's Young People, 21 (May

Legend of a caterpillar-man.

A Visit to Spirit Land. ( A Hawaiian Folk T a l e ) . Hawaii's Young People, 21 (Oct. 1 9 2 0 ) , 1 2 - 1 5 . An adaptation of "A Visit to the King of Ghosts," in Westervelt's Legends of Cods and Ghosts. NAKUINA, EMMA METCALF BECKLEY.

Prophecy."

See also

Hawaii, Its People, Their Legends.

"A P r o p h e t a n d a

Honolulu, 1904.

A 63-page booklet, published by the Hawaiian Promotion Committee. Pp. 22—62 give "commonly accepted versions" of legends: Pele's migration, Pele and Lohiau, Kahalaopuna, Kamapuaa, Kaopulupulu and Kahahana, Kaululaau, Alapa Regiment, and Kamehameha's last heiau.

Hawaiian Mythology. In: After Fifty Years, by Almira Pitman, pp. 1 5 5 - 1 6 4 . Norwood, Mass., 1931. Consists of legends dealing with Pele. vately printed. 87

Five hundred copies of the book pri-

[

] (E. M. B.) Kahalaopuna: a Legend of Manoa Valley. Sat. Press, Dec. 8, 1883. Legend of the Manoa princess.

The Legend of Kalaipahoa the Famous Poison God of Molokai. Par. Pac., 33 (May 1920), 31. The Legend of Oahunui. Thrum's Ann. 1897, pp. 90-95.

Lehuanui kills cannibal chief.

[

] (E. M. B.) Legend of Punahou Spring. Valley. Descriptive, Historic and Legendary."

See "Manoa

Cf. Damon, E. M., "Other Legends."

The Legend of the Fishhook, Called Na-iwi-o-Pae, Now in the Government Museum. Hon. Almanac 1884, pp. 39—40. Legend of fishhook made from thigh-bone of chief.

Legend of the Kawaiahao Stone. Friend, 88 (Aug. 1919), 181-182. Gives legend of origin of Kawaiahao Spring.

The Legend of the Shark-Man, Nanaue. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Fourth Ann. Rpt., pp. 10-19. Honolulu, 1896. An interesting story, obtained from old Hawaiians of Waipio and Molokai. Adaptation for children in Hawaii's Young People, 7 (Oct. 1902), 50—53: and 20 (Apr. 1915), 243-248.

The Punahou Spring: a Legend. Thrum's Ann. 1893, pp. 101-104. Reprinted in Par. Pac., 30 (Mar. 1917), 23-24. Hawaii's Young People, 6 (Sept. 1901), 14—16. DAMON, E. M., "Other Legends."

Retold for children in For brief retelling, see

NAKUINA, MOSES K. Hawaiian Fish Stories and Superstitions. Thrum's Ann. 1901, pp. 110-114.

Several fish legends, furnished by L. D. Keliipio, translated by M. K. Nakuina.

Ku-ula, the Fish God of Hawaii. Thrum's Ann. 1901, pp. 114-124. Translated and condensed by Nakuina from Moke Manu account. two of the legend, see EMERSON, S. N., "Aiai, Son of Kuula."

and THOMAS G. THRUM.

For part

Stories of the Menehunes.

See

T H R U M , T . G . , a n d MOSES K . NAKUINA.

NAWAHI, EMMA A. Old Puna Trails. Par. Pac., 34 (Oct. 1921), 27. Includes brief account of a spouting cave in Puna.

NEAL, MARIE C.

In Honolulu

Gardens.

See METZGER, BERTA.

The Needle in Iao Valley. Par. Pac., 18 (Jan. 1905), 15. Refers to legend of Kaleilehua.

88

NICHOLSON, CAPTAIN H . WHALLEY.

Fortune in Five Years at Hawaii.

From

Seconded.

Sword

to Share

or

London, 1889.

A

Gives legends of kings of Hawaii, flood, migrations of Pele, Maui snaring sun. Found on pp. 27, 3 7 - 4 0 , 111-113.

NOBLE, GURRE PLONER. (Apr. 1 9 4 4 ) , 2 - 3 .

Creation:

a Chant.

Paahao Press, 15

Modern poetic "chant" of Papa-Wakea creation myth.

NOTTAGE, CHARLES GEORGE.

of a Climate.

London,

Chapter 5 (pp. 100—132), "The Origin of the Hawaiians." from Fornander's Polynesian Race and Kalakaua.

Taken mostly

1894.

Oahu College.

In Search

Reminiscences of Punahou.

See ALEXANDER, W . D.

OBERLIN, A N N E . G o n e is P a i h a . Par. Pac., 5 1 ( O c t . 1 9 3 9 ) , 16. Gives brief legend of white castaways, bases fiction on it. O'BRIEN, EILEEN M C C A N N .

15-

T h e Gremlins?—Ask a Menehune.

Par. Pac., 55 (Jan. 1 9 4 3 ) , 4 - 5 , 29.

Refers to a few well-known menehune feats.

[

14.

] Legend of the Menehunes.

Menehune build Pi's watercourse. ing article.

Old Legends of Hawaii.

Par. Pac., 55 (Feb. 1 9 4 3 ) ,

Seems to be a continuation of the preced-

Islander, 3 (Jan. 1 9 4 0 ) , 3.

T w o short legends about Pele, one of them condensed from B. P. Irwin, In Menehune Land.

OMSTED, EMMA KALELEOKALANI.

Maui.

Waianapanapa—a Legend

of

Par. Pac., 49 (Mar. and Apr. 1 9 3 7 ) , 16, 3 0 - 3 1 ; 12, 30.

Legend of Popoalaea (given by Beckwith in Hawaiian Mythology source only) in rather fancy writing.

from oral

On any Brilliant Moonlight Night on the Beach at Waikiki, You Can See Hina, the Woman W h o Climbed the Lunar Rainbow and Lives in the Moon. Par. Pac., 41 (Sept. 1 9 2 8 ) , 1 6 - 1 8 . Origin of Fire.

Par. Pac., 5 (Mar. 1 8 9 2 ) , 1.

Maui obtains fire from the mud-hen. "Selected."

Our Neighbors of the Sandwich Islands. (Nov. 1 8 5 8 ) , 1 9 3 - 2 0 8 .

Hutchings' Calif. Mag., 3

Includes tradition of white men before Cook, from Jarves.

Paao, the Samoan.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 18 (Nov. 1 9 1 9 ) , 4 3 9 - 4 4 2 .

Paao and his voyage to Hawaii.

Pali Has Legend Woven About It.

Hon. Star-Bull.,

June 26, 1931.

Gives brief account of Namaka the bird-man, from tourist guide-book. All About Hawaii. 89

PATTON, BEATRICE AYER.

Légendes Hawaiiennes.

Paris, 1932.

Nine Hawaiian legends rendered into French. Bibliography includes Fornander, N. B. Emerson, Malo, Kalakaua, and Day. Some of the legends are pretty straight translations from their English sources; others have been changed or rewritten in translation. An "arty" book.

Umi.

Par. Pac., 47 (Dec. 1 9 3 5 ) , 2 9 - 3 2 .

Translated into English from Patton's Légendes Hawaiiennes.

PEIRCE, HENRY A. Early Discoveries of the Hawaiian Islands. fornian, 2 (Sept. 1 8 8 0 ) , 2 3 4 - 2 3 7 .

Cali-

Includes short discovery accounts from Hawaiian traditions.

Pele's Long Sleep.

Par. Pac., 23 (Mar. 1 9 1 0 ) , 2 0 - 2 2 .

A portion of the Pele—Hiiaka—Lohiau legend.

PERKINS, EDWARD T . Na Motu: Seas. New York, 1854.

or, Reef-Rovings

in the

South

Part 2 deals with Hawaii. Includes tradition of how Kealakekua got its name, and legend of Pele and Kamapuaa. Found on pp. 184, 212.

PITCHFORD, GENIE. 1940), 27-28.

Surfboarding in Hawaii.

Par. Pac., 52 (Jan.

Mentions legend of surfing contest between Lo Lale and king of Maui.

PITMAN, ALMIRA. After Fifty Years. See NAKUINA, EMMA METCALF BECKLEY, "Hawaiian Mythology." PLISCHKE, HANS. Kukailimoku: 1929.

ein Kriegsgott

von Hawaii.

Berlin,

Gives legends about Kukailimoku—from Thrum, Kalakaua, Fornander lection, and others. Extensive bibliography.

Col-

POEPOE, JOSEPH M. Battle of the Owls, a Hawaiian Legend. Thrum's Ann. 1892, pp. 8 6 - 8 7 .

Fairly good short translation. Owls save Kapoi from death. Reprinted in: Par. Pac., 29 (May 1916), 21; Henshaw, Birds of the Hawaiian Islands ( 1 9 0 2 ) , pp. 7 8 - 7 9 ; Thrum, Hawaiian Folk Tales ( 1 9 0 7 ) , pp. 2 0 0 - 2 0 2 ; Hawaii's Young People, 16 (Sept. 1910), 10—11. An adaptation for young children, by "E. M . " in Hawaii's Young People, 21 (Feb. 1 9 2 0 ) , 9 - 1 1 .

POGUE, REV. JOHN F. Ka Moolelo Hawaii, i Kakauia e Rev. J. F. Pokuea. Honolulu, 1858. See p. 9 above.

Poki.

Hawaii's Young People, 7 (Sept. 1 9 0 2 ) , 23.

From The Oahuan.

POKUEA, J . F .

Apparently written by children.

See POGUE, REV. JOHN F .

Polynesian Potpourri.

Islander, 3 (June 1 9 4 0 ) , 13, 20.

Brief legends of menehune, early discovery.

POOLE, BETTY H. Madame Pele and the Geography Exam. Pac., 60 (July 1948) , 1 2 - 1 3 . Modern story, embodying old Pele account. 90

Par.

POPE, KATHERINE. Hawaii, the Rainbow Land. N e w York, 1924. Part 2 (pp. 93—156), "Folk-Tales," contains legends of Laka and the menehune, Kila, Pele, Maui, and others. Pp. 161—163 contain briefs of legends of white men before Cook. Author was a teacher at Kamehameha School. Legends are well-written versions for children. POPE, WILLIS T . M o u n t a i n Splendor. Par. Pac., 5 3 ( A p r . 22-27. Includes retellings of legends of early voyagers and chiefs.

1941),

P o p o a l a i a — t h e L e g e n d of the C a v e W a i a n a p a n a p a . Hawaii's Young People, 2 1 ( S e p t . 1 9 2 0 ) , 1 2 - 1 7 . Cf. Westgate, "The Cave of Waianapanapa"; Omsted, E., "Waianapanapa— a Legend of Maui." PORTEUS, STANLEY D . Calabashes and Kings. Palo Alto, 1945. Includes brief legends of menehune, Maui, and Waianapanapa. Found on pp. 199, 2 0 7 - 2 0 8 , 221. POWERS, SIDNEY. A G o d d e s s a n d Her V o l c a n o e s . 11 ( J u n e 1 9 1 6 ) , 5 4 3 - 5 4 5 . Uses legend of Pele's arrival and migrations in Hawaii.

Mid-Pac.

Mag.,

PRATT, H E L E N GAY. The Hawaiians, an Island People. N e w York, Chicago, 1 9 4 1 . A book about Hawaii for children. Contains a good number of translations of Hawaiian poetry throughout, and has an appendix containing 33 pages of retold legends. P r o p h e c y o f K e k i o p i l o , T r a n s l a t e d f r o m the M o k e M a n u M s . a b o u t 1 8 9 0 . Thrum's Ann. 1 9 2 8 , p p . 8 7 - 9 1 . Legend of prophecy of the coming of the white man. A Prophet and a Prophecy.

Par. Pac., 4 7 ( F e b . 1 9 3 5 ) ,

of

25-27.

Includes prophecy of Kaopulupulu, as related by Mrs. E. M. Nakuina. P u h i o k a a l a or the S p o u t i n g Cave o f Lanai.

See GIBSON, W . M .

PUKUI, MARY (KAWENA) WIGGIN. For a discussion of Mrs. Pukui and her works, see pp. 28—30, 34 above. Hawaiian Folk Tales. Poughkeepsie, 1 9 3 3 . K e A w a L a u o P u ' u l o a . T h e M a n y H a r b o r e d Sea of P u ' u l o a . Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Fifty-second Ann. Rpt., p p . 5 6 — 6 6 . Honolulu, 1 9 4 4 . a n d CAROLINE CURTIS. Hawaii Long Ago. [Honolulu, 1946.] Mimeographed for use in the Kamehameha Schools Preparatory Department. Tales told or translated by Mrs. Pukui, except for two from Westervelt; retold for children by Caroline Curtis. Greatly simplified, frequently altered in the retelling. and Legends of Oahu. [Honolulu, 1946.] Similar to the preceding book in makeup and content. All legends from Mrs. Pukui except one from H. Lyman. 91

a n d LAURA C . S. GREEN.

See GREEN, LAURA C . S., a n d

MARY K . PUKUI.

Punaaikoae, an Ancient Tradition of Oahu.

See THRUM, T . G.

QUATREFAGES, A. DE. Les Polynesiens et Leurs Migrations.

Paris,

Pp. 151—152 contain a few brief accounts of legends of migrations, using Ellis as a source. P. 53, note, refers to Maui legends.

RAE, DR. JOHN. Laieikawai: a Legend of the Hawaiian Islands. Jour. Amer. Folklore, 13 (Oct.-Dec. 1 9 0 0 ) , 2 4 1 - 2 6 0 . A fragment of the tale, from a lecture made by Rae, probably about 1855. Also contains an introduction; a synopsis of the conclusion according to the Kalakaua version.

RAGBIR, SADIE. The Story of the Shark Demigod (Ka Moolelo o ka Aumakua Mano. Thrum's Ann. 1942, pp.155—157. A rather recent shark-god legend.

Rainbow Falls.

Gives both English and Hawaiian texts.

Par. Pac., 20 (Dec. 1 9 0 7 ) , 21.

Includes brief reference to Maui and Hina living in cave behind falls.

Rainbow Falls, Hilo.

Par. Pac.. 2 (May 1 8 8 9 ) , 6.

Includes legend of Maui's fight with the monster, his change of the course of the Wailuku stream to save Hina from drowning.

RAPHAELSON, RAYNA D . The Kamehameha Highway, of Romance. Honolulu, 1925.

Eighty

Miles

A trip around Oahu, with place legends written in a highly poeticized prose. Credits Fred W. Beckley, Oscar P. Cox, Solomon Kekipi as sources. 59 pp.

Kings, Gods and Wars along Oahu's Roads: Legend Lore of Kamehameha Highway. Hon. Star-Bull., Jan. 17, 1925. Much the same material as in Raphaelson's The Kamehameha Highway, more factually written.

REGINALT, FATHER. Maui, the Demi-God, and Pi'imoe. Polynesian Soc., 21 (Sept. 1 9 1 2 ) , 96. How the Hawaiian Islands became separated. in French.

but

Jour.

Translated from Reginalt's note

REMY, JULES. For a discussion of Remy and his works, see pp. 10—11 above.

Contributions of a Venerable Savage to the Ancient History of the Hawaiian Islands. Translated from the French by W . T . Brigham. Boston, 1868. T w o hundred copies privately printed. Reprinted in: Northern California, Oregon, and the Sandwich Islands.

Nordhoff, Charles, New York, 1874.

History of U m i — H i s Birth and His Youth, from Prof. W . D . Alexander's Translation from the French "Tales of a Venerable Savage." Thrum's Ann. 1888, pp. 7 8 - 8 5 . From Maile Wreath, June, 1864.

Ka Moolelo Hawaii—Histoire Sandwich). Paris, 1862. 92

de L'Archipel

Havaiien

(lies

Récits d'un Vieux Sauvage pour Servir à l'Histoire Ancienne de Havaii. Chalons-sur-Marne, 1859. For translations into English, see Remy : Contributions and Tales of a Venerable Savage.

of a Venerable Savage,

Story and Songs of Kawelo. Translated for the Maile Quarterly from the French of Jules Remy. Maile Quart., 3 (Apr. 1868), 30-35. Translated by W. D. Alexander from Récits d'un Vieux Sauvage. legend both in prose.

Songs and

Tales of a Venerable Savage or Contributions to the Ancient History of Hawaii. Par. Pac., 4 (July, Aug., Sept., Oct., Nov., and Dec. 1891), 1, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2. Translated by W. D. Alexander. This translation appeared in The Friend, 22 (Jan. 3—May 1, 1865), 1 - 2 , 13-14, 18, 3 3 - 3 5 . Incomplete—does not include story and song of Kawelo.

RESHLENE, ELVENE. Volcanic Spectacles Are Not the Only Absorbing Wonders on Hawaii, "Big Island" of Our Archipelago. Par. Pac., 37 (Dec. 1924), 41-53. Includes short accounts of legends of Rainbow Falls, Naha Stone, Maui fishing up Cocoanut Island, Pele's doings.

RICE, WILLIAM HYDE. For a discussion of Rice and his book, see pp. 24—26 above.

Flying With Hawaiian over the Land of the Menehune. Hon. Adv., Sunday Polynesian, Sept. 29, 1946. Reprints excerpts from Rice, Hawaiian legends.

Hawaiian Legends.

Honolulu, 1923.

[ 1930), ] 269-270. Legend of the Caves at Haena, Kauai. Friend, 100 (Dec.

No author given for article, but Rice is given as source of the legends. Short accounts of menehune, Pele—Hiiaka—Lohiau. Not identical with same accounts in Rice, Hawaiian Legends.

Rich Legends of Old Hawaii Told, Retold. Polynesian, Mar. 7, 1948.

Hon. Adv.,

Sunday

Visitors Bureau condensations of legends of flying man, menehune, Maui, Umi.

RICKARD, JOHN SMITH. The Story of Leimakani. Hawaii's Young People, 7 (Dec. 1902), 118-120. The romance of Leimakani and Hainakolo, by a Lahainaluna student.

RIEHL, FRANK C. The Phantom Armies (A Legend of Oahu). Par. Pac., 39 (Aug. 1926), 31. Fifteen lines of verse about the ghosts of Kamehameha's army.

Makahewa the Priest, and the Fish-God on the Pali. Par. Pac., 36 (July 1923), 9 - 1 4 .

ROSSITER, R .

Fiction with some legendary background. 93

Propitiating the Gods.

Par. Pac., 36 (Aug. 1 9 2 3 ) , 3 - 8 .

Fiction with some legendary background. ROVING PRINTER, A . S., W . A .

See JONES, JOHN D .

See SCOTT, WINIFRED A L L E N .

SABIN, WILLIAM F. Beneath the Banyan: Stories of Hawaii, Founded on Her Ancient Legends. Par. Pac., 14 (July and Oct. 1 9 0 1 ) , 18-21, 14-15. A group of five short stories, containing little recognizable legendary material. The time of action of the tales is after the arrival of the white man, except in "Where His Crime Knew Him," a ghost story.

W h y It Was That Mere Men Knew Danger in a Glance at Princess Ii. Par. Pac., 39 (Mar. 1 9 2 6 ) , 3 - 5 , 8, 2 8 - 2 9 . Contemporary burlesque. Hawaiian legend.

Makes use (and fun) of a few incidents from

The Wooing of U m i and Piikea. Par. Pac., 26 (Dec. 1 9 1 3 ) , 40-44.

The script for a pageant, including (authentic?) chants, "the plot being taken from Hawaiian history."

Sacred Stones at Wahiawa Drew Big Crowds in 1927. Jan. 31, 1939.

Hon.

Adv.,

Includes brief accounts of legends connected with stones.

Sacred Stones of Wahiawa Were Royal Sisters. 1927), 22-23.

Par. Pac., 4 0 (June

Brief accounts of legends connected with Wahiawa healing stones.

SALISBURY, MARY. Kamapuaa Returns to Garden Island Haunts! Hon. Star-Bull., Dec. 23, 1935. Gives short version of legend of Kamapuaa on Kauai; mentions contemporary appearance.

Pele and Hiiaka! The Version of the Kauai Haku-Mele. Hon. Star-Bull., Apr. 3, 1937. Abbreviated version from the accounts of Rice, N. B. Emerson.

Pi's Water Course or Menehune Ditch. 1936), 79-80.

Par. Pac., 48 (Dec.

Reprinted in Paahao Press, 15 (Nov. 1 9 4 4 ) , 2 - 3 , 18.

SCHNACK, FERDINAND J. H. A tourists' handbook. Cook.

SCHULZ, GRACE E.

The Aloha Guide.

Honolulu, 1915.

P. 12 contains legendary history of period before

Volcano House Fireplace.

Par. Pac., 5 4 (Feb.

1942), 19-20. Retelling of Pele—Hiiaka—Lohiau legend.

SCHWALLER, FRITZ.

Kiana.

Stuttgart, 1887.

Long narrative poem in German based on legend (from Varigny) of white woman shipwrecked on Hawaiian Islands.

94

SCOTT, WINIFRED ALLEN. Menehunes—the Original Brownies. Par. Pac., 4 4 (Nov. 1 9 3 1 ) , 1 6 - 1 7 . A retelling of menehune lore.

16.

Sources include Rice and Thrum.

T h e Story of the Kahili.

Par. Pac., 43 (Dec. 1 9 3 0 ) , 1 5 -

Includes legend of Maui chief who offered his kingdom for two kahilis owned by Lonoikamakahiki, as told by Mrs. Eugenia Reis.

Shark Beliefs.

See THRUM, T . G.

T h e Shark God.

Hawaii's Young People, 3 (Nov. 1 8 9 8 ) , 1 8 - 2 0 .

Legend of shark-god Kauhu and priest Kama.

Shepherd of Lanai.

See GIBSON, WALTER M.

SHERIDAN, SOL L. Across the Lava Beds of Kona. 4 (Sept. 1 9 1 2 ) , 2 4 5 - 2 5 0 .

Mid-Pac.

Mag.,

Includes tradition of heiau at Kawaihae, pp. 249—250.

D o w n in Puna. Mid-Pac. Mag., 3 (June 1 9 1 2 ) , 5 1 7 - 5 2 5 .

Includes legend of ghosts of king's army; legend of shark-woman of pool at Punaluu; as given by the guide, a Hawaiian schoolmaster.

Following Lava Trails in Hawaii. 1912), 331-335.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 4 (Oct.

Gives several traditions of Umi.

SlRRA. Fragments of Ancient Hawaiian Lore. Theosophist, 1910),1288-1296.

31 (July

Published in Adyar, Madras. Includes material on creation and other legends, largely from books by Fornander, Liliuokalani, and Kalakaua.

SKINNER, CHARLES MONTGOMERY. Myths and Legends of Our New Possessions and Protectorate. Philadelphia and London, 1900.

Author was brother of Otis Skinner. Book also contains legends from Cuba, Puerto Rico and Philippines; pp. 117—286 are Hawaiian. Gives no bibliography or sources for individual legends, but states in the introduction that "the book ascribed to Kalakaua is especially rich in the folk-lore of the islands." Most of the legends appear to be good, shortened rewritings of the Kalakaua versions. There are, however, a few legends not found in Kalakaua —Laka and the menehune, Maui finding fire, Hiku and Kawelu.

T h e Volcano Goddess, An Hawaiian Legend. 64 (Sept. 1 8 9 9 ) , 4 6 2 - 4 6 4 .

Lippincott's,

Pele and Kamapuaa.

A Small Slice of Earlier Paradise-Pineapple History, Which Is Sugared a Bit with Legend, Maybe. Par. Pac., 37 (Oct. 1 9 2 4 ) , 2 9 - 3 0 . Mentions legend of wrecked Spaniards.

SMITH, JARED G. Kai-Mahina, Kona; the Land of the Calm Seas. Par. Pac., 26 (Oct. 1 9 1 3 ) , 1 0 - 1 5 . Mentions legends of Kona places passim.

SMITH, R. S.

Waipio and Waimanu.

From Saturday Press of 1885. fall.

Par. Pac., 1 (Mar. 1 8 8 8 ) , 2.

Brief mention of legend of Waiilikahi water95

SMITH, STEPHENSON PERCY. Hawaiki: The Original Home of the Maori. Fourth ed., Auckland, Christchurch, 1921.

Refers passim to incidents from Hawaiian legend and Hawaiian genealogies. Much of material is from Fornander.

The Lore of the Whare-Wananga. 22 (Mar. 1 9 1 3 ) , 1 - 2 7 .

Jour. Polynesian

Soc„

Pp. 21—22 mention Hawaii-loa's visit to Hawaii.

SMYTH, FLORIDA WATTS. The Spouting Cave: A Legend of Old Hawaii. Hon. Adv., Sunday Polynesian, Jan. 4, 1948. A shortened, toned-down rewriting of Gibson's "Puhiokaala"

The Wind Calabash. 5, 1947.

(see).

Hon. Adv., Sunday Polynesian,

Oct.

Legend of Pakaa, shortened and rewritten from Fornander Collection, 5, 72— 135.

STEWART, GEORGE W. Poetry of the Polynesians. Overland 41 (Mar. and Apr. 1 9 0 3 ) , 1 7 9 - 1 9 1 , 2 7 7 - 2 8 5 .

Monthly,

Gives part of legend of Lonoikamakahiki; some Hawaiian poems from Fornander's Polynesian Race. Revised and reprinted in Thrum's Ann. 1919, pp. 97-117.

STOKES, JOHN F. G. An Evaluation of Early Genealogies Used for Polynesian History. Jour. Polynesian Soc., 39 (Mar. 1 9 3 0 ) , 1— 42.

Deals with genealogies, especially those found in Hawaiian traditions. Remarks on the state of the legends and the mechanics of Polynesian composition.

Hawaiian Nets and Netting. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Mem., 2 ( 1 ) , 1 0 5 - 1 6 2 . Honolulu, 1 9 0 6 - 1 9 0 9 . Pp. 138—140 contain legends dealing with nets.

Honolulu and Some Speculative Phases of Hawaiian History. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Forty-Second Ann. Rpt., pp. 40—102. Honolulu, 1934. Brief versions of legends passim.

1909. 1910.

Notes on Hawaiian Petroglyphs. In: Director's Report for Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Occas. Papers, 4 ( 4 ) . Honolulu,

Pp. 4 5 - 4 8 contain legend of Lonoikamakahiki and' Kamalalawalu, partly from a native informant.

Spaniards and the Sweet Potato in Hawaii and HawaiianAmerican Contacts. Amer. Anthrop., 34 (Oct.-Dec. 1 9 3 2 ) , 5 9 4 600. Discusses legend of Spanish discovery; mentions ( 5 9 8 ) sweet potatoes in legend of Kuapakaa, from Fornander Collection; (599—600) legend of Kamapiikai, from Ellis.

1928.

Whence Paao? Hawaiian Hist. Soc. Papers, 15.

A discussion of origin of Paao. standard sources.

Honolulu,

Gives condensed version of Paao legend from 96

STONE, JOHN F. Helumoa, the Phantom Rooster of Waikiki. Pac., 39 (Feb. 1 9 2 6 ) , 5.

Par.

Legend of Kakuhihewa's planting coconut grove at Waikiki, following appearance of phantom rooster. Told by Mrs. Ninia Kanae, of Waikiki.

Stories of the Menehunes; Hawaii the Original Home of the Brownies. See T H R U M , THOMAS G . , a n d MOSES K. NAKUINA.

The Story of Hamumu: an Oldtime Legend. pp. 7 7 - 7 8 .

Thrum's

Ann.

1925,

Hamumu's trip to Kahiki on a whale's back, return, and building of Mookini temple.

Story of Ka-ehu-iki-mano-o-puu-loa. (The Small Blonde Shark of Puuloa). See THRUM, THOMAS G., "Shark Beliefs." The Story of Paao.

Hawaii's Young People, 16 (Sept. 1 9 1 0 ) , 4 - 9 .

Credited to "Grade Third Normal School." People, 20 (May 1 9 1 5 ) , 2 5 7 - 2 6 2 .

The Story of the Deluge.

Legend of Kai a Kahinalii.

A Story of the Holua.

Reprinted in Hawaii's

Young

Par. Pac., 5 (May 1892) , 1. Selected.

Par. Pac., 3 (Dec. 1 8 9 0 ) , 1.

Ellis' version of Pele and Kahawali legend with minor changes, mostly in spelling.

The Story of Umi.

Par. Pac., 43 (Oct. 1 9 3 0 ) , 30.

Short retelling of how Umi became king.

Story T o l d of Sacred Falls.

Hon. Adv., Mar. 23, 1939.

Includes short retelling of Kamapuaa legend.

[STURTEVANT, HUGH F.] Kaululaau, the Ghost Killer. Young People, 8 (Jan. 1 9 0 4 ) , 1 2 7 - 1 2 9 .

Hawaii's

"The author is indebted to Mr. H. F. Sturtevant for this legend, the facts of which were obtained from a student in Lahainaluna Seminary."

The Prophecy of Kaopulupulu. (Oct. 1 9 0 4 ) , 4 - 7 .

Hawaii's Young People, 9

Kahekili's defeat of Kahahana.

Surfriding, the Water Sport Supreme. Hawaiiana supplement, p. 15.

Par. Pac., 59 (Sept. 1 9 4 7 ) ,

Includes short retelling of story of Kelea.

TAYLOR, ALBERT PIERCE. Hawaii Past and Present. cury, 1 (June 1 9 2 9 ) , 8 6 - 9 6 .

Hon.

Mer-

Gives dates of events in Hawaiian history, including legendary—historical events before coming of white man.

Kamehameha's "Law of the Splintered Paddle." 40 (Apr. 1 9 2 7 ) , 1 6 - 1 7 .

Par. Pac.,

Manners and Customs of the Ancient Hawaiians. Par. Pac., 4 2 (Dec. 1 9 2 9 ) , 5 9 - 6 2 . Contains legends of Kalaipahoa and Aikanaka. served by a missionary." 97

The latter is quoted "as pre-

Mystery of the Origin on [sic] the Hawaiian Race. Pac., 4 2 (Nov. 1 9 2 9 ) , 2 1 - 2 9 .

Par.

Mentions legends resembling Scriptures; refers to Fornander legends; quotes from creation legends in A. P. Taylor, Under Hawaiian Skies.

30.

Pilgrimages to Wahiawa.

Par. Pac., 41 (July 1 9 2 8 ) , 2 8 -

Gives legend of cannibals of Oahu; uses Mrs. Nakuina's "Legend of Oahunui" as source. Also gives brief legends of other people turned to stone.

The Story of Kamehameha the Great. (June 1 9 2 0 ) , 5 5 5 - 5 5 8 .

Mid-Pac. Mag.,

19

Contains some legends concerning Kamehameha's burial.

The Tabu Maiden of Manoa. Aloha, 1 (Sept. 1 9 2 0 ) , 1 - 2 .

Legend of Kabalaopuna. at San Francisco.

Magazine was published by Matson Navigation Co.

Under Hawaiian Skies: A Narrative of the Romance, Adventure, and History of the Hawaiian Islands. Honolulu, 1922.

First three chapters contain legends of creation, origin of the Hawaiians, migrations, flood, hula, visits by white men before Cook. Chapter 22 gives legends of Kahuilaokalani (Kalaipahoa), Kahalaopuna, Pu-ahuula, and a shark legend.

TAYLOR, CLARICE B. Hawaiian Moon Calendar. Sept. 25, 1946 et seq.

Hon.

Star-Bull.,

A daily column. Early installments contain largely material dealing with ancient customs and observances, drawn from Kepelino and Malo. Later columns contain narrative legends (mostly condensed) from Fornander Collection, David Malo (and Alexander's footnotes), N. B. Emerson (esp. Pele and Hiiaka), T . G. Thrum, and some previously unpublished material from Mary Pukui, David Bray, and David Kupihea. Legends treated up to Aug. 1948, include those of early voyagers to Hawaii, Lono-i-ka-makahiki, Pele and Hiiaka, and Aukele-nui-a-iku.

TAYLOR, EMMA A H U E N A DAVISON.

Ka-Houpo-o-Kane.

Par.

Pac.,

47 (Apr. 1 9 3 5 ) , 4.

Short discussion of Hawaiian traditions referring to lost continent.

Kalou-wai and Kalou-kai.

Par. Pac., 47 (Mar. 1 9 3 5 ) , 4.

Short legend of two fishponds at Kahuku and Waialee, Oahu.

[

] (Ahuena) Ku-kahau-ula and Poliahu. (July 1 9 3 1 ) , 1 3 - 1 5 .

Par. Pac., 4 4

Moo-i-nanea helps Ku-kahau-ula win Poliahu, the snow goddess.

6.

T h e Legend of Pu-ahuula.

Par. Pac., 34 (Sept. 1 9 2 1 ) , 3 -

The legend of an eel-goddess, "as received by word of mouth in the original Hawaiian from the author's grandmother, and done into English for its first publication in any language." Reprinted without original commentary in Par. Pac., 43 (June 1 9 3 0 ) , 10. For pageant from this legend, see " T h e Legend of Pu-Ahuula."

7-8.

T h e Parrot Fish That Visited. Par. Pac., 47 (Nov. 1 9 3 5 ) ,

A retelling of the legend of Puniakaia, evidently from Fornander Collection, 5, 1 5 4 - 1 6 3 . Reprinted in Paahao Press, 12 (June 1 9 4 5 ) , 2 - 3 , 20, as "Uhumakaikai, the Parrot Fish." 98

Poki.

Par. Pac., 47 (Sept. 1 9 3 5 ) , 27.

Poki saves a girl from harm.

Poki—Guardian Dog of Moanalua. 1935) , 4.

Par. Pac., 47 (Oct.

Poki as guardian of Moanalua princess.

[

] (Ahuena) "Poki" the Guardian Dog. (Aug. 1 9 3 5 ) , 2 6 - 2 7 .

Par. Pac., 47

Poki saves a lone traveler from danger.

Pu-u-o-wa-ina, Citadel of Destruction. 1936),21. Mentions human sacrifices at Punchbowl. (Nov. 1 9 4 6 ) , 2 - 3 .

The Spirit of the Past.

Par. Pac., 48 (Feb.

Reprinted in Paahao Press, 13

Par. Pac., 46 (Oct. 1 9 3 4 ) , 1 9 - 2 3 .

Legends of Popoalaea, Kalaipahoa, Puapuakea.

Uhumakaikai, the Parrot Fish. Fish That Visited." [

]

(Ahuena)

Upeloa.

See above, "The Parrot

Par. Pac., 45 (Nov. 1 9 3 2 ) , 19.

Legend of man who turned to stone in Kolekole Pass.

The Vengeance of Pele. Par. Pac., 42 (Dec. 1 9 2 9 ) , 7 5 - 8 1 , and 43 (Jan. 1 9 3 0 ) , 2 2 - 2 5 .

A number of old Pele legends—Pele and the naupaka. Pele's coming to Hawaii, Pele and Hiiaka, Pele and Kahawali, Pele and Kamapuaa—all told with a background of modern fiction.

THAYER, RHODA GREEN, and WADE WARREN THAYER. T h e Rest-

less Fish Hooks.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 1 (Jan. 1 9 1 1 ) , 3 3 - 3 8 .

Warrior retrieves the fishhooks made from his father's bones, and wins the daughter of his father's slayer. Not a direct translation. In an interview, Thayer stated that the legend was obtained from his sister-in-law on Kauai.

THOMPSON, FOREMAN. Legends of Pele in Mural Form. 56 (Sept. 1 9 4 4 ) , 2 2 - 2 3 , 30.

Par. Pac.,

Includes brief retellings of Pele legends.

THORPE, CORA WELLS. The Hunchback of Molokai. Paahao Press, 13 and 14 [src] (Holiday Issue, 1 9 4 5 ) , 8 - 9 , 4 1 - 4 2 ; and 13 (Feb. 1 9 4 6 ) , 2 - 3 , 20. Reprinted from Thorpe, In the Path of the Trade

1924.

In the Path of the Trade Winds.

New York and London,

Rather over-written retellings of Hawaiian legends.

THRUM, DAVID F.

Kaneana Cave, Makua.

1 9 3 8 ) , 15. Gives short shark-man legend of Kaneana Cave.

Winds.

No sources given.

Par. Pac., 50 (July

THRUM, THOMAS G. For a discussion of Thrum and his works, see pp. 17—21 above. 99

Completing Oahu's Heiau Search. Thrum's Ann. 1916, pp. 87-91. Gives a few legendary incidents connected with various heiaus.

Fornander Collection of Hawaiian Antiquities and Folklore. See FORNANDER, ABRAHAM.

[

] Hana of Historic Tradition and Romance. Thrum's Ann. 1919, pp. 64-69. Contains briefs of various legends dealing with Hana and Kauiki Hill. Reprinted, except for last paragraph, in Mid-Pac. Mag., 19 (June 1 9 2 0 ) , 543— 546. Reprinted in full, Par. Pac.. 37 (Oct. 1 9 2 4 ) , 1 2 - 1 3 .

[

] Hawaiian Antiquities: Customs at Death; Notable Traditional Burial Caves. See K.AMAKAU, S. M. Hawaiian Archaeology. 247-250.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 23 (Mar. 1922),

Gives traditions of the famous heiaus of the Territory.

Hawaiian Folk Tales; a Collection Chicago, 1907. [

of Native

] The Heiau of Kupopolo and Incidentally Others. Ann. 1906, pp. 117-122.

Legends. Thrum's

Gives brief legends of foundings of heiaus.

Heiaus and Heiau Sites Throughout the Hawaiian Islands. Thrum's Ann. 1907, pp. 3 6 - 4 8 ; 1908, pp. 3 8 - 4 7 ; 1909, pp. 38-43.

A list of heiaus, giving briefly some traditions connected with individual heiaus.

Heiaus of Maui.

Par. Pac., 29 (Sept. 1916), 9 - 1 2 .

Contains a small amount of legendary material.

Hinas of Hawaiian Folk-lore. 102-114.

Thrum's Ann. 1921, pp.

Gives condensed accounts of many Hina legends. Sources (largely Fornander Collection) indicated in footnotes. Reprinted without footnotes in Par. Pac., 39 (Oct. 1926), 2 1 - 2 5 .

[

] How Pele Located on Hawaii. 150-152.

Thrum's Ann. 1915, pp.

A condensation of the last portion of the Fornander Collection legend of Aukelenuiaiku.

[

] Kaililauokekoa, Chiefess of Kapaa, and the Lute Kanikawai [sic] . Thrum's Ann. 1907, pp. 83-92. Kanikawai is spelled Kanikawi in text.

Kauiki and Hana Traditions, Hawaiian Islands. Jour. Polynesian Soc., 31 (Sept. 1922), 104-110.

About Aikanaka, his wife Hinahanaaiakamalama, their descendants, and other residents of Kauiki. A direct translation; Hawaiian text given also.

100

[

] Keanini-ula-o-ka-lani: Oahu Version of a Popular Hawaiian Legend. Thrum's Ann. 1914, pp. 196-201. T h e romance of Hainakolo.

[

] Ku-a-nu'u-anu and Pa-ka'a. 92-102.

Thrum's Ann. 1922, pp.

T h e doings of Pa-ka'a and bis father.

[

] Kukaniloko: Famed Birthplace of Aliis; Oahu's Traditional Mecca of Ancient Time. Thrum's Ann. 1912, pp. 101— 105. Gives historical traditions of Oahu's birthstones. Polynesian Race; and Kuokoa.

[

Sources are Fornander's

] The Legend of Kaneaukai, as Related by Residents of Waialua District, Oahu. Thrum's Ann. 1905, pp. 146-149. Legend of a stone fish-god.

[

] Legend of Kanehunamoku, the Phantom Isle; Home of the Menehunes and Mu's. Thrum's Ann. 1916, pp. 140—147. Maui's Heiaus and Heiau Sites. 52-61.

Thrum's Ann. 1917, pp.

Gives legendary accounts of foundings of some heiaus.

More Hawaiian Fdlk Tales; a Collection of Native Legends and Traditions. Chicago, 1923. [ ] Punaaikoae, an Ancient Tradition of Oahu. Thrum's Ann. 1913, pp. 117-125. Punaaikoae's escape from his lizard-wife, and his later adventures and death.

[

] Shark Beliefs. Thrum's Ann. 1923, pp. 121-132. Includes some general material on shark gods and the "Story of Ka-ehu-ikimano-o-puu-loa ( T h e Small Blonde Shark of P u u l o a ) . " Translated f r o m Au Okoa, Apr. 7, Apr. 14, Dec. 29, 1870.

1910.

Stories of the Menehunes; Hawaiian Traditions.

Chicago,

Story of the Elepaio. Par. Pac., 38 (Dec. 1925), 70.

Elepaio pecks hole in man's calabash, is hit by man. elepaio guilty.

Other birds declare

Tales from the Temples. Thrum's Ann. 1907, pp. 49—69; 1908, pp. 48-78; 1909, pp. 44-54. Mentions incidents and traditions connected with various heiaus.

[

] Tradition of Paao; Translated from the Kuokoa of December 29, 1866 and January 5, 1867. Thrum's Ann. 1920, pp. 84-89. [ ] Traditional Account of the Ancient Hawaiian Prophecy "The Land Is Given to the Sea." Translated from Moke Manu's Version Claimed to be from the Collection of King Kalakaua. Thrum's Ann. 1904, pp. 105-113. Priest Kaopulupulu and son put to death by Kahahana; Kahahana's d o w n fall.

101

Tributes of Hawaiian Tradition.

Honolulu, 1920.

Stories of the Nuuanu Pali and of Kamapuaa, revised from Thrum's and Thrum's Hawaiian Folk Tales. 29 pp.

[

Annual

] Umi's Necklace War: an Incident in the Reign of Umia-Liloa. Thrum's Ann. 1915, pp. 147-150. Who or What Were the Menehunes. pp. 83-88.

Thrum's Ann. 1929,

Discusses various menehune legends, lists supposed constructions of menehune, and attempts to answer the title question.

[

] and MOSES K. NAKUINA.

Stories of the Menehunes;

Hawaii the Original Home of the Brownies. Thrum's Ann. 1895, pp. 112-117.

Accounts of the menehune construction efforts; their adventure with Laka. "Gathered from various sources [including Moke Manu] and translated by the assistance of Mr. M. K. Nakuina." Reprinted in Par. Pac., 8 (Feb. 1895), 17-18, 25; and 37 (Sept. 1924), 3 - 5 .

THURSTON, LORRIN A. Kamehameha Days. (Oct. 1921), 367-370.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 22

Mentions briefly traditions of white settlers before Cook; tells story of Kamehameha and the bones of Keawe.

The Last Lava Flow on Maui.

Hon. Adv., Feb. 24, 1924.

Includes legend from old Ha.waiians on Maui: Pele, enraged, causes lava flow to destroy a family.

TINKER, REUBEN.

See also p. 7 above.

See DIBBLE, SHELDON, Ka Moolelo

T o Authenticize Bones.

Hawaii.

Par. Pac., 23 (July 1910), 9.

Gives brief accounts of legends of bones of Kamehameha, Umi, Liloa.

Tomb of Puupehe.

See GIBSON, W. M.

TOWER, GRACE HORTENSE.

Life in Hawaii."

See WARREN, GRACE TOWER, " C h i l d

TOWNSEND, H. S. The Story of Alapainui. Hawaii's Young People, 4 (Nov. and Dec. 1899; Jan. 1900), 2 - 3 ; 48, 53; 68-70. "Adapted from Fornander's History."

Tradition.

The Polynesian, 1, 1840, 108-109.

Tradition of Umi and Kihapiilani "Handed to us by a friend . . . just as he noted it down from the mouths of the natives." Reprinted in Thrum's Ann. 1917, pp. 128—135, as "Tradition of Kihapiilani." In the cumulative index in Thrum's Ann. 1924, Thrum mistakenly lists himself as translator of this reprinting.

Tradition of Kihapiilani. Tradition of Paao.

See "Tradition."

See THRUM, T . G.

Tradition of Paumakau [sic].

Par. Pac., 4 (May 1891), 1.

Brief account of Paumakua's voyage; white visitors.

102

A Tradition of the Advent of Foreigners. HAM.

See FORNANDER, ABRA-

Tradition of the Kaumakaulaula Temple.

See KEA'UNUI, L. M.

Tradition of the Sun. See BARROT, ADOLPHE, "Visit of the French Sloop of War Bonite to the Sandwich Islands." Tradition of the Wizard Stones Ka-pae-mahu

See BOYD, JAMES H.

Traditional Account of the Ancient Hawaiian Prophecy "The Land Is G i v e n t o the Sea."

See T H R U M , THOMAS G .

Traditions from the Province of Kau. Maile Quart., 1 (Mar. 1 8 6 6 ) , 62-64. Kohookalani and Koihala, two Hawaiian chiefs, are killed by the people of Kau.

TRAVIS, JOSEPH L. An Hawaiian Spring of Life: Tales True and Legendary. Par. Pac., 11 (Feb. 1898), 23. Gives legends connected with Kapoho and Pihikau hot springs.

TREGEAR, EDWARD. The Creation Song of Hawaii. sian Soc., 9 (Mar. 1 9 0 0 ) , 3 8 - 4 6 .

Jour.

Polyne-

A discussion of Liliuokalani's translation of He Kumulipo, with comparisons with Maori legends. Includes a suggested correction in translation.

Fairy Tales and Folklore of New Zealand and the South Seas. Wellington, 1891. A school reader. Includes Hawaiian legends of spouting cave of Lanai, sharkgod, Kahalaopuna, Pele and Kahawali, Kaululaau.

Thoughts on Comparative Mythology. Trans, and Proc., 30 ( 1 8 9 7 ) , 5 0 - 6 5 .

New Zealand Inst.

Refers to Hawaiian myths.

TWAIN, MARK. Letters from the Sandwich Islands. versity, 1938.

Stanford Uni-

Legends of Lono, pp. 181—183. Short accounts, with Twain humor apparent. TWOMBLY, ALEXANDER STEVENSON.

Land of Rainbow and Palm.

Hawaii

and

Its People;

New York, Boston, etc., 1899.

the

Part 1 (pp. 31—100) is entitled "Ancient Hawaii and Folklore." Contains many briefs of legends of voyages, flood, menehune, and chiefs. Longer accounts given of Kana and Hina, Pele, Umi, and Kelea. Sources: Overland Monthly, Thrum's Annual, Kalakaua, Alexander, Fornander.

Kelea, the Surf-Rider.

New York, 1900.

A novel, based on several events in Hawaiian legendary history. TYERMAN, DANIEL, a n d GEORGE BENNETT.

and Travels. 1832.

Journal

of

Voyages

Compiled by James Montgomery. 3 vols. Boston,

Briefs of legends of cruel chief, flood, Maui, Kalaipahoa. pp. 48, 56, 68, 93. 103

Found in vol. 2,

TYLER, ROBERT. In The Islander, 2 (June 1939), 4, Tyler wrote the first in a series of modern Hawaiian legends and asked for further contributions of legends of the same type. The following legends by Tyler are all modern, but all contain some reference to older legends.

The Burning Idols.

Islander, 2 (Sept. 1 9 3 9 ) , 4.

Death Drums of the Pali. Goddess of Flame! The Shark God.

Islander, 2 (June 1 9 3 9 ) , 4.

Islander, 2 (Aug. 1 9 3 9 ) , 6, 15, 20.

Islander, 2 (July 1 9 3 9 ) , 4, 16.

(Pseud.) Hawaiian Woman's Rights. 1914), 9 - 1 2 .

UBIQ.

Par. Pac., TJ (June

The love tale of Kalanipo and Kawaihinu, which supposedly took place in the days of Kamehameha. Author was "Honolulu correspondent for the Daily Alta California. 1873."

Umi's Necklace War.

See THRUM, THOMAS G.

UNDERHILL, JULIA ADAMS. Pele Claims Her Own—a Dream. Par. Pac., 39 (Oct. 1 9 2 6 ) , 5 - 8 . Includes a legend of Pete's surf-riding.

Under the Tabu.

Par. Pac., 18 (Apr. 1 9 0 5 ) , 17-19.

Refers to tradition of Spanish sailors.

United Service Organizations. ed., [n.p.], 1944.

Kauai.

The Garden Island.

Third

A pamphlet. Gives many brief accounts of legends connected with places on Kauai. No sources given for legends, but Damon's Koamalu is mentioned as a source elsewhere in the book.

VARIGNY, C. DE. Quatorze Ans aux lies Sandwich.

Paris, 1874.

General remarks about legends and customs, pp. 11—15. P. 16, the legend of Lono-—seems to be translated from Byron, Voyage of H. M. S. Blonde.

VENTRESS, ROBERT H.

Echoes in the Valley.

Honolulu, 1941.

Modern poems, several of which employ Hawaiian legendary material.

VISGER, JEAN ALLAN (PINDER) OWEN.

London, 1898.

The

Story

of

Hawaii.

Chapter 3 includes legends of voyages, Oahunui (quoted from Mrs. Nakuina) . owl, Hiku and Kawelu. Chapter 4 deals with Pele legends (mostly from Ellis) .

Voyages of the Ancient Hawaiians.

Extract from Hawaiian Club Papers. the Ancient Hawaiians."

Par. Pac., 4 (Jan. 1 8 9 1 ) , 1.

See DOLE, SANFORD B., "Voyages of

[Waa, King of Maui.] ( N o title, no author.) Thrum's Ann. 1893, p. 10. Five-line space filler.

Waialua Revisited.

Thrum's Ann. 1904, pp. 1 0 1 - 1 0 5 .

P. 102n gives legend of Kawaipulo spring.

Wailua Falls, Kauai.

Par. Pac., 16 (Apr. 1 9 0 3 ) , 20.

Short legendary account of death of maiden at the falls.

104

Waipio Valley, Home of Kings and Legends. 1947),11.

Par. Pac., 59 (Mar.

Very brief mention of shark-man legend.

WARD, MELBOURNE. The Crab in Medicine, Magic and Myth. Australian Mus. Mag., 6 (Apr.-June 1 9 3 7 ) , 2 1 1 - 2 1 6 . Includes short legend of Hawaiian god catching crab, giving it markings.

WARREN, GRACE TOWER. Aug. 9 and 14, 1948.

Kamaaina Kolumn.

Hon.

Star-Bull.,

Retells legend of naupaka.

[

] (Grace Hortense T o w e r ) . Monthly, 21 (Jan. 1 9 0 9 ) , 7 1 - 8 2 .

Child Life in Hawaii.

Pac.

Includes one-paragraph legend of Cocoanut Island.

WARREN, TIMOTHY J. The Gods of Yesterday. Par. Pac., 53 (July, Sept., and Nov. 1 9 4 1 ) , 1 9 - 2 0 , 30; 17, 30; 20, 31.

First two installments retell legends connected with places on Oahu; last installment gives legends of island of Hawaii.

A Mighty God Was Maui. Par. Pac., 5 4 (Jan. 1 9 4 2 ) , 1 4 17. First paragraph briefly retells Maui's sun-snaring.

WATKINS, MARY E. Legend of Hawaii's First Fire. Monthly, 84 (May 1 9 2 6 ) , 139.

Overland

Plagiarized from Harold H. Yost, "How the Hawaiians Learned of Fire." (.See.)

The Well of Last Resource.

Par. Pac., 32 (Nov. 1 9 1 9 ) , 1 7 - 1 9 .

A shortened, less ornamented retelling of the legend with the same title in Day's The Princess of Manoa.

WESTERVELT, ANDREW. 1926), 7-8.

T h e Goddess Pele.

A one-act play in modern setting. characters.

Par. Pac., 39 (Jan.

Includes legends of Pele, as told by the

WESTERVELT, WILLIAM DRAKE. For a discussion of Westervelt, see pp. 20—23 above. A good many of Westervelt's legends were reprinted with different titles from those they originally bore, and it has not seemed practical to make a complete cross-indexing of these reprintings. It should be noted, however, that Westervelt was constantly correcting and revising his work, and that often a reprinting will be found to contain additions or deletions.

T h e Adopted Son of the Gods and the Royal Taro. Pac., 33 (Mar. 1 9 2 0 ) , 5 1 - 5 4 .

Par.

Legend of Ka Hanai's trip to Kane-huna-moku; his return with a taro root.

Ai-Laau, the God of Kilauea Before Pele. Hawaiian Soc., Seventeenth Ann. Rpt., pp. 11—13. Honolulu, 1910.

Hist.

Legends of Pele and Ailaau. Sources include Hawaiian newspapers, to which W. H. Rice was one contributor.

T h e Alapa Regiment.

Par. Pac., 15 (July 1 9 0 2 ) , 1 5 - 2 0 .

Mostly history, although the account goes back a few years before Cook's arrival. Reprinted with few changes in Westervelt, Hawaiian Historical Legends.

105

The Ancient Canoes from Hawaiki to New Zealand. Pac., 20 (Aug. 1 9 0 7 ) , 1 7 - 2 0 .

Par.

Mostly about Polynesian voyages other than Hawaiian. Reprinted in Par. Pac., 35 (Oct. 1 9 2 2 ) , 3 - 6 , as "In Olden Days When Tree Canoes Linked Wide Set Isles for Venture's Sake. . . . "

75.

Ancient Hawaiian Fishing. Par. Pac., 15 (Dec. 1 9 0 2 ) , 7 2 -

Gives short versions of legends of Maui, Kuula.

Around the Poi Bowl. Par. Pac., 17 (Sept. and Oct. 1 9 0 4 ) , 14-18, 10-12.

Legends from Fornander paralleling Biblical accounts: creation, paradise lost, flood, Hawaii-loa, Aukele.

1913.

Around the Poi Bowl, and Legend of Paao.

Honolulu,

Printed from plates used by Cram's Magazine, in which they had been previously published. Contains the skeleton of the legend of Paao and his voyages "put in story form," and a group of legends from Fornander paralleling Biblical accounts. Cf. Westervelt, "Hawaiian Historical Tales."

Aukelenuiaiku. Par. Pac., 28 (Dec. 1 9 1 5 ) , 4 9 - 5 4 , and 29 (Jan. 1 9 1 6 ) , 1 0 - 1 5 . Seems to be a condensed rewriting of the Fornander Collection

The Bird Girl of Palama. 67-73.

version.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 6 (July 1 9 1 3 ) ,

The legend of Lepe-a-moa. Reprinted in T . K. K. Topics, 2 (Jan. 1 9 1 4 ) , 2 4 - 2 9 . Cf. Westervelt, "Lepe-a-moa, the Chicken Girl of Palama."

The Birdman of Nuuanu. Mid-Pac. Mag., 1 (Mar. 1 9 1 1 ) , 391-393.

The deeds of Namaka, a man from Kauai who was skilled at jumping from precipices.

The Bride from the Under World; A Legend of the Kalakaua Family. Par. Pac., 19 (Dec. 1 9 0 6 ) , 1 0 - 1 8 .

The legend of Hiku and Kawelu. "For the outline of this legend the writer is indebted to Rev. Stephen L. Desha." Reprinted with a few additions in Par. Pac., 32 (Aug. 1 9 1 9 ) , 1 6 - 2 3 .

Cannibal Dog-man.

Friend, 69 (Feb. 1 9 1 1 ) , 1 3 - 1 4 .

Legend of Kaupe (a dog kupua), and how the priest Kahilona helped a father and son outwit him. This seems to be the source for the title legend in Armitage and Judd, Ghost Dog.

Captain Cook's Discovery of the Hawaiian Islands; A Native Hawaiian Account. Par. Pac., 23 (Nov. and Dec. 1 9 1 0 ) , 1 9 - 2 2 , 27-34.

First installment is mostly the Hawaiian version of Cook's arrival and death, from Ka Hae Hawaii, 1858. Second installment contains traditions of earlier coming of white men, from Kamakau and other sources, and gives Kamakau's account ( 1 8 6 7 ) of Cook's arrival. Reprinted, somewhat rearranged, in Par, Pac., 35 (Dec. 1 9 2 2 ) , 9 7 - 1 0 4 , as "The Correct Account of Captain Cook's Coming to Kauai, according to Kamakau the Chronicler." Also reprinted in Par. Pac., 47 (Nov. 1 9 3 5 ) , 12—21, as "Kamakau's Account of Captain Cook." 106

Chief Man Eater.

Par. Pac., 17 (July 1 9 0 4 ) , 1 2 - 1 6 .

Several legends of the notorious cannibal, one of them in some detail.

Comparative Mythology of the Pacific. 1907, pp. 7 8 - 8 3 .

Thrum's

Ann.

Brief mention of various Polynesian legends.

Consulting the Gods.

See "Paao from Samoa" below.

T h e Correct Account of Captain Cook's Coming to Kauai, According to Kamakau the Chronicler. See "Captain Cook's Discovery of the Hawaiian Islands" above. 19.

T h e Deceiving of Kewa.

Par. Pac., 21 (Jan. 1 9 0 8 ) , 1 5 -

Mostly New Zealand. Gives a brief of " T h e Bride from the Under World." (See above.) Westervelt thinks New Zealand legend originated in Hawaiian Islands.

Destruction of Keoua's Army. 18-19.

Par. Pac., 29 (Feb. 1 9 1 6 ) ,

History of the period 1 7 8 2 - 1 7 9 0 .

Dethronement of Kapawa.

See "Paao from Samoa" below.

T h e Dispersion from Hawaii. 15-18.

Par. Pac., 20 (June 1 9 0 7 ) ,

Material is mostly general Polynesian; brief references to Hawaiian voyages.

The Eight of Oahu; A Story of 1873. Par. Pac., 19 (Mar. 1906), 10-12. An incident of Kahekili's conquest of Oahu.

The Elepaio. 99-100.

Hawaii's

Young

People,

16 (Dec.

1910),

Written for children. An adaptation of this, by "F. K . " appears in Hawaii's Young People, 21 (May 1 9 2 0 ) , 9 - 1 0 .

Fairy Folk of Hawaii.

Several menehune legends.

First Foreigners.

Par. Pac., 14 (Feb. 1 9 0 1 ) , 1 1 - 1 3 .

Par. Pac., 15 (Sept. 1 9 0 2 ) , 1 9 - 2 1 .

Legends of white visitors before Cook. Abridged version appears in Hawaii's Young People, 7 (June 1 9 0 3 ) , 3 1 3 - 3 1 6 .

The Ghost Dance on Punchbowl. (Ka Hula o na Amakua.) Par. Pac., 18 (Oct. 1 9 0 5 ) , 1 4 - 1 7 .

Ghosts of the slain Kauai warriors and a volcanic eruption interrupt King Kakei's victory feast. Reprinted in Par. Pac., 44 (Nov. 1 9 3 1 ) , 12—14. In Par. Pac., 37 (Sept. 1 9 2 4 ) , 6 - 7 , as "When Ghosts of Slaughtered Warriors Danced in Punchbowl Crater's Fiery Clouds to Terrify Their Victors."

15.

Ghosts of the Hilo Hills.

Par. Pac., 20 (Oct. 1 9 0 7 ) , 1 1 -

Hina provides food and water by being "cooked" in an imu. Her sister fails. Reprinted: Par. Pac., 36 (Oct. 1 9 2 3 ) , 3 - 5 ; Hawaii's Young People, 13 (June 1 9 0 8 ) , 2 9 0 - 2 9 6 .

107

The Ghosts of the Wahaula Temple. 1907), 10-14.

Par. Pac., 20 (Mar.

Legend of Kahele's ghost, which would not rest until his bones were properly interred.

The Great Dog Ku; Ku Ilio-loa; A Kauai Legend. Par. Pac., 19 (Nov. 1 9 0 6 ) , 1 6 - 1 9 . A series of adventures of Ku, the dog-kuptxa.

Hawaiian Burial Caves. Thrum's Ann. 1904, pp. 145—154. Gives legends connected with burial caves: Kaala of Lanai, Pele and Lohiau, Umi, and others.

T h e Hawaiian Dragons.

Par. Pac., 33 (Jan. 1920) , 9 - 1 1 .

Treats of various moo of Hawaiian legend.

17.

Hawaiian Ghost Testing.

Par. Pac., 20 (Apr. 1 9 0 7 ) , 1 3 -

Legend of Kahalaopuna.

A Hawaiian High Chief—A-Lau-Niu-Ohua. (Dec. 1 9 1 7 ) , 278.

Friend,

75

Chief kills the prophetess Waahia; later conquers all islands except Kauai.

1923.

Hawaiian

Historical

Legends.

New York, Chicago, etc.,

Comment on and quotations from this book appear in Par. Pac., 37 (Feb. 1 9 2 4 ) , 22.

A Hawaiian Historical Tale: The Law of the Splintered Paddle. Par. Pac., 13 (May 1 9 0 0 ) , 8 - 9 . Cf., " T h e Law of the Splintered Paddle," below.

Hawaiian Historical Tales. (In some installments, "Hawaiian Historical Tales and Legends.") A series of articles in Cram's Mag. (Chicago), 1 8 9 9 - 1 9 0 1 : Vol. 1—"Incidents Connected with the Life of Kamehameha I," (Nov. 1 8 9 9 ) , 49—66; "Around the Poi Bowl," (Dec. 1 8 9 9 ) , 1 3 0 - 1 3 8 ; " T h e Law of the Splintered Paddle," (Jan. 1 9 0 0 ) , 2 3 4 - 2 3 7 ; "Spanish-Hawaii and Captain Cook," (Feb. 1 9 0 0 ) , 3 2 3 - 3 2 7 ; "Chief Man Eater," (Mar. 1 9 0 0 ) , 4 5 3 - 4 5 7 ; " T h e Alapa Regiment," (Apr. 1 9 0 0 ) , 6 5 7 - 6 6 4 . Vol. 2 — " T h e Vikings of the Pacific," (July 1 9 0 0 ) , 3 8 9 - 3 9 3 ; " T h e Vikings of the Pacific—Wakea the Polynesian," (Sept. 1 9 0 0 ) . 6 4 3 - 6 4 6 ; " T h e Fairy Folk of Hawaii—The Menehunes the Servants of the Pacific Vikings," (Oct. 1 9 0 0 ) , 7 6 1 - 7 6 3 . Vol. 3 — " T h e Vikings of the Pacific—The Sons of Kii," (Nov. 1 9 0 0 ) , 2 3 - 2 9 ; "Maui the Mischievous," (Jan., Feb., Mar., Apr. 1 9 0 1 ) , 2 6 1 - 2 6 4 , 3 9 2 395, 4 8 8 - 4 9 1 , 6 1 6 - 6 2 1 . Vol. 4 — " M a u i the Mischievous," (May and June 1 9 0 1 ) , 1 0 - 1 2 , 1 3 0 - 1 3 2 ; "Maui's Brother in Law," (July 1 9 0 1 ) , 233-237. Most of the above articles were later enlarged or rewritten and reprinted. T h e Maui legends make up a large part of Westervelt's Legends of Ma-ui ( 1 9 1 0 ) . T h e first two installments were reprinted as Westervelt, Around the Poi Bowl, and Legend of Paao. (.See.) Cf. Westervelt, "Paao from Samoa."

Hawaiian Legend of Makua-Kau-Mana. Par. Pac., 35 (Nov. 1922), 3-8. Whale swallows Makua; takes him to Kane-huna-moku.

108

Hawaiian Legends of Volcanoes.

Boston, 1916.

Hiiaka and the Ghost. Par. Pac., 23 (Sept. 1910), 17-20.

Part of the Pele—Hiiaka legend.

Hiiaka resnrrects Manamanaiaka-a-lnhea.

Hiiaka and the Seacoast Kupuas. Par. Pac., 28 (June 1915), 16-19.

Hiiaka slays kupuas on eastern Hawaii: Makaukiu, Noho-a-moo, Pili-a-moo, Moo-lau.

Hiiaka's Battle with Demons. 15-17.

Par. Pac., 28 (Feb. 1915),

Hiiaka defeats Panaewa and his allies.

Hiiaka Catching a Ghost; a Hiiaka Legend from the Island of Maui. Par. Pac., 28 (May 1915), 10-12. Hiiaka resurrects a drowned fisherman.

T h e Hills of Pele; Na Puu o Pele. 1907), 13-15. Pele's holua contest with two young chiefs.

People, 9 (Apr. 1 9 0 7 ) , 2 2 5 - 2 2 9 . Hina and the Wailuku River. 12-14.

Par. Pac., 20 (Feb.

Reprinted in Hawaii't

Young

Par. Pac., 21 (Feb. 1908),

Maui saves Hina from Kuna.

Hina of Hilo. Par. Pac., 20 (Dec. 1907), 2 6 - 2 9 .

Several Maui—Hina legends, including Maui's sun-snaring.

Hina, the Woman in the Moon. Par. Pac., 21 (Mar. 1908), 28-29. Several versions of Hina's ascent to the moon.

387.

A Honolulu Legend. Mid-Pac. Mag., 6 (Oct. 1913), 3 8 5 -

About a tree given to Haumea for curing a sick princess. from the tree.

Hopoe, the Dancing Stone of Puna. 1915), 12-15.

Gods later made

Par. Pac., 28 (Jan.

T h e Pele—Hiiaka legend.

How Hiiaka Found Wahine-Omao. 1915), 2 0 - 2 2 .

Par. Pac., 28 (Apr.

Part of the Pele-Hiiaka legend.

How Pele Came to Hawaii. 15-17.

Par. Pac., 29 (June 1916),

Reprinted from Westervelt, Hawaiian Legends of

Volcanoes.

In Olden Days When Tree Canoes Linked Wide Set Isles for Venture's Sake. . . . See W E S T E R V E L T , " T h e Ancient Canoes from Hawaiki to New Zealand." T h e Ivory of Oahu; King Kahahana: 1773-1785. Par. Pac., 19 (July and Aug. 1906), 18-20, 10-12. How Kahahana became Oahu's king; the early years of his rule.

109

Iwa, the Notable Thief of Oahu. 1910), 9-12.

Par. Pac., 23 (June

Iwa steals fish-lure and ax for U m i ; wins a thieving contest.

12.

Kaloekeeke, the Timid Taro.

Par. Pac., 18 (Feb. 1905),

Reprinted in Par. Pac., 29 (May 1 9 1 6 ) , 17, from Westervelt, Legends of Cods and Ghosts ( 1 9 1 6 ) . An adaptation printed in Hawaii's Young People, 21 (Sept. 1 9 2 0 ) , 8 - 9 .

Kamapuaa and Olopana (Legends of the Hog God). Pac., 21 (June 1908), 17-20.

Par.

Kamapuaa's adventures on Oahu.

Kamapuaa on Oahu and Kauai (Legends of the Hog God). Par. Pac., 21 (Aug. 1908), 16-20. Ka-o-pele, the Sleeper—a Legend of Waipio Valley. Pac., 27 (Nov. 1914), 9-11.

Par.

T h e life and naps of Ka-o-pele [-moemoe]. Reprinted in Par. Pac., 36 (July 1923), 3-4.

Kauhuhu, the Shark God of Molokai. Par. Pac., 21 (Apr. and May 1908), 16-17, 20-21. Kauhuhu avenges the killing of Kamalo's sons by the priest Kupa.

Keahi's New God. Par. Pac., 14 (Dec. 1901), 27-29.

A short story; uses legend of the Spanish castaways.

Keau-Nini. 10-19.

Par. Pac., 28 (July and Aug. 1915), 14-19,

T h e romance of Keaunini and Hainakolo.

Lengthy, with numerous chants.

Kihapiilani. A Legend of Lahaina. Hawaii's Young People, 17 (Nov. and Dec. 1911; Jan., Feb., Mar., and Apr. 1912), 8 4 86, 101-103, 129-132, 169-172, 194-196, 225-227. Kualii. Par. Pac., 15 (Nov. 1902), 12-14.

Deals with legends and song of Kualii.

Laa from Tahiti. Par. Pac., 19 (Feb. 1906), 13-16.

Legends of voyages of Moikeha, Laa, and others of their family.

Laka and the Fairies of Polynesia. 1905),10-14.

Par. Pac., 18 (Nov.

Legends of Laka, both from Hawaii and elsewhere in Polynesia.

The Last Prophet of Oahu; In the Days of Kahahana, 1782. Par. Pac., 19 (Sept. 1906), 21-23. The prophecy made by Kaopulupulu before his death.

Lava Tree Molds and Lava Stumps. pp. 113-120.

Thrum's Ann. 1908,

Last page gives Pele—Kahawali—Papalauwahi legend. 110

The Law of the Splintered Paddle. Par. Pac., 16 (Feb. and Mar. 1903), 16-18, 15-16. Origin of Kamehameha's famous law, giving several different versions of certain details. A fuller account than Westervelt, "A Hawaiian Historical Tale: the Law of the Splintered Paddle." (See.)

The Lazy God of Maui (A Legend of Lahaina). Par. Pac., 29 (Dec. 1916), 22-23. Legend of the famous runner, Eleio, and'his enemy, Aa-hu-a-lii.

Legend of Haleakala, House of the Sun: How Maui Caught Old Sol by the Legs, to Dry His Mother's Washing. Par. Pac., 38 (Mar. 1925), 16-17. The Legend of Hao. Hon. Adv., May 26, 1922.

Hao finds spring (Ka-wai-a-hao) in Honolulu.

Legend of the Breadfruit Tree. 42-43.

Friend, 71 (Feb. 1913),

Reprinted in Par. Pac., 29 (Sept. 1916), 16-19, from Westervelt, Legends of Old Honolulu.

[

] Legend of the Ghosts of the Hilo Hills. Honolulu, 1943.

Sixteen-page booklet, reprinted from Westervelt, Legends of Ma-ui—A Cod.

Demi

The Legend Trees of Hawaii. Par. Pac., 18 (Apr., May, June, and Aug. 1905), 10-14, 15-17, 10-12, 16-18. Legends of lava trees, ohia-ai, kukui, Kalaipahoa, canoe race, Laka. David M. Lonohiwa, "Story of Kahuilaokalani."

Legendary Home of the Polynesians. 1907), 14-16.

See also

Par. Pac., 20 (May

General Polynesian, but includes reference to legend of Laka.

The Legendary Origin of Kapa. 1912), 371-377.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 3 (Apr.

Maikoha's body grows into a wauke tree.

Legendary Places in Honolulu. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., Eighteenth Ann. Rpt., pp. 24-28. Honolulu, 1911.

Brief accounts of legends attached to places in and around Honolulu. Reprinted in Mid-Pac. Mag., 8 (Nov. 1914), 461-463, as "Legends of Old Honolulu." Reprinted in Par. Pac., 44 (Sept. 1931), 13-14.

Legendary Places on Hawaii. See WESTERVELT, "Snapshots of Legendary Places on Hawaii." Legends of Gods and Ghosts (Hawaiian Mythology). ton, 1915. 128.

The Legends of Kawelo.

Bos-

Thrum's Ann. 1911, pp. 119—

Account of Kawelo, from several legends. Reprinted in Par. Pac., 38 (July 1925), 14-15, 18-19. Ill

Legends of Manoa Valley. See WESTERVELT, "The Owls of Honolulu." Legends of Ma-ui, a Demi God of Polynesia, and of His Mother Hina. Honolulu, 1910. Legends of Old Honolulu.

See WESTERVELT, "Legendary

Places in Honolulu." Legends of Old Honolulu.

Boston, 1915.

Lepe-a-moa, 1912, pp. 105-118.the Chicken Girl of Palama.

Thrum's

Ann.

The story of Lepe-a-moa, but not identical with Westervelt, "The Bird Girl of Palama." (See.)

Life of Kamehameha I. Par. Pac., 24 (Feb., Mar., May, June, July, Aug., Sept., Oct., Nov., and Dec. 1911), 21-22, 1 4 16, 16-18, 13-15, 11-13, 12-14, 21-22, 16-17, 17-19, 1 4 18; 25 (Jan., Oct., Nov., and Dec. 1912), 11-15, 16-18, 2 0 22, 45-48; 26 (Jan., Feb., Mar., Apr., May, July, Aug. 1913), 28-30, 10-14, 38-40, 20-25, 15-19, 17-20, 19-22; and 27 (Feb. 1914) , 7-11. Includes native sources; contains some legendary material.

The Maiden of the Golden Cloud. 1919),16-23.

Par. Pac., 32 (Sept.

The romance of Ke-ao-mele-mele.

Maui and His Brother-in-law. Par. Pac., 17 (Apr. 1904), 10-13. New Zealand legends, but this article forms a part of Westervelt, Legends of Ma-ui a Demi Cod.

Maui and the Sun God. Mid-Pac. Mag., 26 (Oct. 1923), 377-379.

Has in it some of Westervelt's "Maui Snaring the Sun," but there are many points of difference in detail and expression.

Maui and Tuna. Par. Pac., 17 (Mar. 1904), 14-16.

Gives versions of the legend from Hawaii and from elsewhere in Polynesia.

Maui Finding Fire. Par. Pac., 16 (Oct. and Nov. 1903), 15-16, 12-14. Versions from Hawaii and elsewhere in Polynesia.

13.

Maui Seeking Immortality. Par. Pac., 17 (May 1904), 1 0 -

Versions from Hawaii and elsewhere in Polynesia.

Maui Snaring the Sun. Par. Pac., 16 (Sept. 1903), 12-15.

Hawaiian version after Forbes, plus versions from elsewhere in Polynesia.

Maui the Demi-God. Par. Pac., 16 (June and July 1903), 14-16, 18.

Maui legends from Hawaii and elsewhere in Polynesia. Much of this is from Westervelt's "Maui the Polynesian," with added material. 112

11.

Maui, the Discoverer of Fire.

Friend, 64 (Jan. 1 9 0 7 ) , 9 -

Not identical with Westervelt, "Maui Finding Fire."

Maui the Fisherman.

Par. Pac., 16 (Dec. 1 9 0 3 ) , 2 8 - 3 3 .

Versions from Hawaii and elsewhere in Polynesia.

Maui the Polynesian.

Par. Pac., 14 (Mar. 1 9 0 1 ) , 1 1 - 1 3 .

Cf. Westervelt, "Maui the Demi-God."

Maui the Skillful. Par. Pac., 17 (Jan. and Feb. 1 9 0 4 ) , 1 6 17, 1 4 - 1 6 . Miscellaneous Maui legends, both from Hawaii and elsewhere in Polynesia.

Maui's Kite Flying.

Par. Pac., 18 (Mar. 1 9 0 5 ) , 1 0 - 1 2 .

Moikeha the Restless.

Par. Pac., 19 (Jan. 1 9 0 6 ) , 1 7 - 1 9 .

Legends of Moikeha, Olopana, and their voyages.

Myths Are Phenomena Plus Invention. Par. Pac., 36 (Nov. 1 9 2 3 ) , 4. Short article, using as sources legends of Kahalaopuna; painter of fishes; and Maui.

Ninau—the Seeker.

Par. Pac., 30 (Dec. 1 9 1 7 ) , 1 4 - 1 6 .

Ninau, son of Ku, climbs a tree to heaven; meets his father and his half-sister, whom he marries. Like Hiku, he has an answering arrow, Pua-nei.

Oihana Kilo Kilo.

Par. Pac., 33 (Dec. 1 9 2 0 ) , 9 9 - 1 0 1 .

Includes references to legends of Maui finding fire; Hiiaka.

Old Hawaiian Games in Honolulu. (Oct. 1 9 1 6 ) , 3 4 5 - 3 4 7 .

Mid-Pac.

Mag.,

12

Tells about old games, in framework of legend of boy visiting his sister in the underworld.

13.

Old Man of the Mountain. Par. Pac., 14 (Oct. 1 9 0 1 ) , 1 1 -

Seems to be fiction by Westervelt.

T h e Owls of Honolulu. 457-462.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 1 (Apr. 1 9 1 1 ) ,

Legends of Kahalaopuna; battle between owls and menehum; Kapoi's rescue by owls. Latter seems to be after J . M. Poepoe version. Reprinted in PanPac., 5 (Apr—June 1 9 4 1 ) , 10—13, as "Legends of Manoa Valley."

Paao from Samoa.

Par. Pac., 15 (Feb. 1 9 0 2 ) , 1 1 - 1 4 .

Series continued in Par. Pac., 15, as follows: "Consulting the Gods," (Mar. 1 9 0 2 ) , 9 - 1 2 ; "Dethronement of Kapawa," (Apr. 1 9 0 2 ) , 1 1 - 1 4 ; "Pili, the Eleventh Century Chief," (May 1 9 0 2 ) , 13. These are reprinted from Westervelt, "Hawaiian Historical Tales" in Cram's Mag., 1 (Nov. 1 8 9 9 ) , 49—66. They also comprise part of Westervelt, Around the Poi Bowl, and Legend of Paao.

Pele and Kamapuaa.

Par. Pac., 22 (June 1909) , 1 9 - 2 1 . 113

Pele and the S n o w Goddess of M o l o k a i [ s i c ] . Par. Pac., 2 3 (Jan. 1 9 1 0 ) , 1 6 - 1 7 . Molokai should read Mauna Kea. Includes several legends of the goddesses Pele, Poliahu, Lilinoe, Waiau, Kahoupokane, Laieikawai. Reprinted in Par. Pac., 30 (Jan. 1917), 13-14, as "Pele and the Snow Goddess," from Westervelt, Hawaiian Legends of Volcanoes. Pele Calling the W i n d s of Kauai. Par. Pac., 2 7 (Dec. 1 9 1 4 ) , 34-36. The first part of the Pele—Hiiaka—Lohiau legend. T h e Pele Family. Par. Pac., 2 9 ( J u l y 1 9 1 6 ) , 1 6 - 1 8 . Origin of the Pele family; listing of the members. From "Hawaiian Volcanoes and Their Legends" [sic]. Pele F i n d i n g Kilauea. Par. Pac., 2 2 (Mar. 1 9 0 9 ) , Various accounts of Pele's coming to Hawaii.

15-19.

Pikoi, the Rat-Killer of Manoa. Par. Pac., 2 3 (Oct. 1 9 1 0 ) , 13-18. Legend of Pikoi-a-ka-alala. Pili, the Eleventh Century Chief. f r o m Samoa."

See WESTERVELT, "Paao

P u n i a : an H a w a i i a n Legend. Mid-Pac. Mag., 7 ( A p r . 1914), 331-335. Punia is swallowed by a shark, but lives. Reprinted in T. K. K. Topics, 2 (Apr. 1914), 37-40. T h e Rat and the O w l . 1911), 39-42.

Hawaii's

Young

People,

17 (Oct.

T h e R e d - M o u t h e d G u n ( K a - p u - w a h a - u l a u l a ) . Par. Pac., 16 ( M a y 1 9 0 3 ) , 1 6 - 1 7 . Deals with Kamehameha's canoe battle off Waipio, Hawaii, in 1791. Reprinted: Par. Pac., 47 (Nov. 1935), 30-31; and Paahao Press, 13 (Holiday Issue, 1946), 12-13, 38-39. A Region of Legends and Volcanoes. "Snap-shots of Legendary Places in H a w a i i . " T h e Shark-Man of W a i p i o V a l l e y . 1906), 10-12. Legend of Nanaue, the shark-man.

See WESTERVELT, Par. Pac.,

19 (June

Snap-shots of Legendary Places in H a w a i i . Par. Pac., 18 (Dec. 1 9 0 5 ) , 6 8 - 7 1 . Place legends. Reprinted: Hawaii's Young People, 11 (Sept. 1906), 1—8, as "Legendary Places on Hawaii"; and Par. Pac., 32 (Feb. 1919), 7—10, as "A Region of Legends and Volcanoes." Condensation in Hawaii's Young People, 21 (Sept. 1920), 6-7. T h e Sons of Kii. Par. Pac., 14 ( M a y 1 9 0 1 ) , 1 1 - 1 6 . Seems to be historical fiction, based on what little is known of Ulu and Nanaulu from the genealogies. Deals with contests by which Tahitians were selected for voyage to Hawaii. 114

T h e Story of Hua.

Par. Pac., 28 (Nov. 1 9 1 5 ) , 7 - 1 1 .

Legend of the cruel chief Hua and the priest Lua-hoo-moe.

17.

The Strange Banana Skin. Par. Pac., 19 (May 1 9 0 6 ) , 1 4 -

Kukali-nui-Eiku [Akele-nui-a-iku?] eats an inexhaustible banana, slays the bird Halulu, and outwits Namakaeha and her kahunas.

T h e Strange Story of the Strong Men of Umi. 36 (Dec. 1 9 2 3 ) , 6 6 - 6 8 .

Par. Pac.,

Legend of three strong men of the islands—Ka-lae-puni, Ka-lae-hina, and Ka-paka-hano.

251.

A Surfing Legend.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 6 (Sept. 1 9 1 3 ) , 2 4 9 -

Legend of Mamala, the woman surf-rider.

The T w o Fish from Tahiti; An Oahu Legend. 18 (Sept. 1 9 0 5 ) , 1 2 - 1 6 .

Par. Pac.,

Legend of two canoe-loads of Tahitian cannibals who came to Oahu; also a legend of a man who was carried to Tahiti on a whale's back.

T h e Value of Hawaiian Legends. Anniversary Number, July 2, 1906.

Pac. Com. Adv., Fiftieth

Includes brief versions of legends of coloring of fish; deeds of Maui; references to other legends.

18.

- A Viking of the Pacific.

Par. Pac., 14 (Apr. 1 9 0 1 ) , 1 5 -

Legends of the voyages of Hawaii-Loa.

Visiting the King of Ghosts. Mid-Pac. Mag., 3 (Jan. 1 9 1 2 ) , 27-31. Ka-ilio-hae dies, visits among spirits; eventually escapes and is restored to life with the help of his aumakua sister.

T h e Volcano House Records. 11-15.

Par. Pac., 17 (Aug. 1 9 0 4 ) ,

Mention of Pele legends.

Wakea the Polynesian. Par. Pac., 17 (Nov. 1 9 0 4 ) , 1 3 - 1 7 .

General Polynesian material about Wakea and Papa, and the Polynesian gods. Some reference to Hawaiian legends. Reprinted in Par. Pac., 29 (Aug. 1 9 1 6 ) , 10—12, from Legends of Old Honolulu.

The Water of Life of Ka-ne. 23-24.

Par. Pac., 29 (Oct. 1 9 1 6 ) ,

Chief's youngest son, with the aid of a dwarf, secures' water of life to save the sick chief from death. Reprinted from Legends of Old Honolulu.

Westervelt's Hawaiian Legends. Par. Pac., 29 (Nov. 1 9 1 6 ) , 16-19. From Legends of Old Honolulu. Subtitles: " T h e God of Pakaka Temple"; "Mamala the Surf-Rider"; " A Shark Punished at Waikiki."

115

When Ghosts of Slaughtered Warriors Danced in Punchbowl Crater's Fiery Clouds to Terrify Their Victors. See WESTERVELT, "The Ghost Dance on Punchbowl." WESTGATE, INEZ. The Cave of Waianapanapa. (Mar. 1934), 9. Includes condensed retelling of "Popolaia."

Par. Pac., 46

(See.)

Whence the Moo of Hawaiian Mythology. Thrum's Ann. 1928, pp. 98-99. Discusses origin of belief in moo; includes references to moo legends.

Where Honolulu's Ghost Gather [sic]. 1945), 3.

Paahao Press, 16 (Apr.

One paragraph drawn from Westervelt.

Where the Tourist Can Go.

Par. Pac., 2 (June 1889), 5.

Last paragraph mentions briefly legends of Laieikawai; Kamapuaa; Pele and Hiiaka.

WHITE, FRANK E.

A Tale of Old Hawaii.

Mid-Pac. Mag., 17

(Jan. 1 9 1 9 ) , 9 1 - 9 6 . Sounds more like historical fiction than legend. An over-sentimentalized treatment of the love of the princess Leilei for Kelekolio of Niihau.

WLCHMAN, JULIET RICE. lulu, 1930.

Hawaiian Planting Traditions.

Hono-

A few brief references to old legends, but deals mostly with planting customs. Gives legend of Makua-kaumana, from W. H. Rice.

WILCOX, JOHANNA N. Ka Wai Ku'i o Kekela (The Pounded Waters of Kekela). Par. Pac., 45 (Dec. 1933), 45, 4 7 - 4 8 . Servant of chiefess Kekela finds a spring after Pele has shown it to the servant's dog. Told to author by Mr. M. L. Guerrero, who secured it from his 81year-old uncle in Kona. Cf. Richard S. Kelley, "Kekela's Wonder-Well."

WILLIAMS, JOHN. Maui Hero Among Gods—His Biography Planned. Hon. Star-Bull., Oct. 19, 1939. About Miss Luomala's study of Maui. doings.

WILLIAMS, KENNETH J.

8.

Kamohoalii.

Includes brief account of Maui's Par. Pac., 5 0 (Jan. 1 9 3 8 ) ,

Connects rock profile at Kilauea with legend of Kamohoalii.

WLTHINGTON, ANTOINETTE. London, 1937.

Hawaiian Tapestry.

New York and

Pp. 30—34 contain legends of migrations, Spaniards. Partly quoted from unidentified source. Also gives legend of Lono, 46—47, and Ualakaa, 301— 302. Chant given on pp. 272—275, credited to Theodore Kelsey.

World's Grandest Craters in Pacific's Paradise: Live Volcanoes on Hawaii's Youngest Island. Par. Pac., 36 (Dec. 1923), 37-43. Picture caption on p. 42 mentions legend of stone falling from moon.

The Wrath of the Stranger.

See MAGUIRE, E. D. 116

YOST, HAROLD H . HOW the H a w a i i a n s Learned of Fire. Par. Pac., 38 (Aug. 1 9 2 5 ) , 23. Not the Maui fire-finding. Girl named Small Shell of Wisdom discovers kukui torch. Authenticf Cf. Mary E. Watkins, "Legend of Hawaii's First Fire." YOUNG, WILLIAM E. Shark! Shark! N e w York, 1933. Pp. 89—115 contain accounts of several shark legends "as recounted to me by Jimmie [Kekuewa] and my faithful Kanaka friends." Legends of Nanaue and Moe Moe given in some detail. YZENDOORN, FATHER REGINALD. History of the Catholic Mission in the Hawaiian Islands. Honolulu, 1927. Chapter 1 deals with Hawaii's past, and treats legends of Spanish discovery, Paao, and creation. Includes a translation of Kamakau's version of legend of Paao. T h e S o n g of Creation. ( F r o m M s . Moolelo Hawaii of Kepelino). Par. Pac., 2 2 (Jan. 1 9 0 9 ) , 1 7 - 2 1 . A translation of some of the poetry from the beginning of the Kepelino manuscript. ZLEGLER, IDA. T h e Legend of the Cocoanut Tree. People, 8 (Mar. 1 9 0 4 ) , 1 9 9 - 2 0 1 . Seems to be of modern origin or alteration. REFERENCE

Hawaii's

Young

BIBLIOGRAPHY

T h i s bibliography includes those f e w reference sources n o t m e n tioned in the annotated bibliography, particularly those f r o m w h i c h biographical material o n the individual translators w a s obtained. T h e r e are also included general listings of some of the periodicals m o s t frequently consulted in the preparation of the annotated bibliography above, i n w h i c h m a y be f o u n d individual listings f r o m these periodicals as w e l l as other periodicals and books. MANUSCRIPT LECKER, GEORGE. Lahainaluna 1831—1877. Unpublished master's thesis, 1938, in the University of Hawaii Library, Honolulu. ALMANACS, HANDBOOKS, AND ENCYCLOPEDIAS Honolulu Almanac and Directory. Honolulu, 1885. Missionary Album: Portraits and Biographical Sketches of the American Protestant Missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. Honolulu, 1937. SIDDELL, JOHN WILLIAM, ed. vols. I and II; and NELLIST, GEORGE F., ed.

vols. III-VI. Men of Hawaii. Honolulu, 1917-1941. THRUM, THOMAS G., and others. Hawaiian Almanac and Annual. known as Thrum's Annual. Honolulu, 1875—1946.

Commonly

NEWSPAPERS Honolulu Star-Bulletin, passim. Honolulu. Honolulu Advertiser, passim. Honolulu. Sunday Polynesian, 1946—July, 1948. 117

YOST, HAROLD H . HOW the H a w a i i a n s Learned of Fire. Par. Pac., 38 (Aug. 1 9 2 5 ) , 23. Not the Maui fire-finding. Girl named Small Shell of Wisdom discovers kukui torch. Authenticf Cf. Mary E. Watkins, "Legend of Hawaii's First Fire." YOUNG, WILLIAM E. Shark! Shark! N e w York, 1933. Pp. 89—115 contain accounts of several shark legends "as recounted to me by Jimmie [Kekuewa] and my faithful Kanaka friends." Legends of Nanaue and Moe Moe given in some detail. YZENDOORN, FATHER REGINALD. History of the Catholic Mission in the Hawaiian Islands. Honolulu, 1927. Chapter 1 deals with Hawaii's past, and treats legends of Spanish discovery, Paao, and creation. Includes a translation of Kamakau's version of legend of Paao. T h e S o n g of Creation. ( F r o m M s . Moolelo Hawaii of Kepelino). Par. Pac., 2 2 (Jan. 1 9 0 9 ) , 1 7 - 2 1 . A translation of some of the poetry from the beginning of the Kepelino manuscript. ZLEGLER, IDA. T h e Legend of the Cocoanut Tree. People, 8 (Mar. 1 9 0 4 ) , 1 9 9 - 2 0 1 . Seems to be of modern origin or alteration. REFERENCE

Hawaii's

Young

BIBLIOGRAPHY

T h i s bibliography includes those f e w reference sources n o t m e n tioned in the annotated bibliography, particularly those f r o m w h i c h biographical material o n the individual translators w a s obtained. T h e r e are also included general listings of some of the periodicals m o s t frequently consulted in the preparation of the annotated bibliography above, i n w h i c h m a y be f o u n d individual listings f r o m these periodicals as w e l l as other periodicals and books. MANUSCRIPT LECKER, GEORGE. Lahainaluna 1831—1877. Unpublished master's thesis, 1938, in the University of Hawaii Library, Honolulu. ALMANACS, HANDBOOKS, AND ENCYCLOPEDIAS Honolulu Almanac and Directory. Honolulu, 1885. Missionary Album: Portraits and Biographical Sketches of the American Protestant Missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. Honolulu, 1937. SIDDELL, JOHN WILLIAM, ed. vols. I and II; and NELLIST, GEORGE F., ed.

vols. III-VI. Men of Hawaii. Honolulu, 1917-1941. THRUM, THOMAS G., and others. Hawaiian Almanac and Annual. known as Thrum's Annual. Honolulu, 1875—1946.

Commonly

NEWSPAPERS Honolulu Star-Bulletin, passim. Honolulu. Honolulu Advertiser, passim. Honolulu. Sunday Polynesian, 1946—July, 1948. 117

PERIODICALS AND MAGAZINES American Anthropologist, 1888—1942. Washington, New York, Lancaster, and Menasha. The Friend. 1843—1944. Honolulu. Hawaiian Historical Society, Annual Reports, 1893—1943. Honolulu. Hawaii's Young People, 1900-1914, 1920. Honolulu. Journal of American Folklore, 1888—1937. Boston, New York, and Lancaster. Journal of the Polynesian Society, 1892-1946. Wellington, N. Z. Maile Wreath, 1865—1868. Honolulu. Mid-Pacific Magazine, 1911-1936. Honolulu. Overland Monthly, 1868-1875, 1883-1928, San Francisco. Paahao Press. 1937-July, 1948. Honolulu. Paradise of the Pacific, 1888-August, 1948. Honolulu. GENERAL WORKS CHEEVER, HENRY T . Life in the Sandwich Islands, or the Heart of the Pacific as It Was and Is. New York, 1851. EMERSON, OLIVER POMEROY. Pioneer Days in Hawaii. New York, 1928. Hawaiian Club Papers. Edited by a committee of the club. Boston, 1868. NORDHOFF, CHARLES. Northern California, Oregon, and the Sandwich Islands. New York, 1874.

118

SUPPLEMENT TO ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF HAWAIIAN MYTHOLOGY

Add Legends of Kauai. Par. Pac., 60 (Nov. 1948), Hawaiiana supplement, 21. Girl brought up near Waimea, Kauai by a moo; from Rice, Hawaiian Legends.

AIKANE. Legend of Makaula. Par. Pac., 49 (Oct. 1949), Hawaiiana supplement, 15. Story of a beautiful maiden who refuses to be a queen and is turned into a rock, as related by "an old Hawaiian living at Puako."

ALPERS, ANTHONY. Legends of the South Sea. Christchurch, N. Z.: Whitcombe & Tombs, 1970.

Skillful retellings or re-editings of legends from all over Polynesia, including three from Hawaii: Pele and Kahawali from Ellis and Thrum; Lonopulea and Milu from Thrum; feather cloak legend from Thrum. Good general introduction includes statement of Alpers' principles; notes and useful bibliography. See review by Luomala, Amer. Anthrop., 73(Dec. 1971), 1368.

AMALU, SAMUEL C. Malei, Demi-goddess of Sea. Hon. Star-Bull. & Adv., Oct. 31, 1971, C-2. John A. Cummins hears a voice on the beach at Waimanalo—that of the demi-goddess Malei. A "favorite ghost story."

Ancient God, Maui, Hero of Many Legends. Par. Pac., 58 (Oct. 1946), 31.

"From Hawaiian Serenade and Scrapbook, KGMB-KHBC, by Owen Cunningham and R. Ackerman."

Ancient Hawaiian Civilization. See HANDY, EDWARD S. C. ANDERSEN, JOHANNES C. Myths and Legends of the Polynesians. Facsimile reprint of 1928 ed. Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1969. See p. 40 above. 119

Review by R. S. Oppenheim in Jour. Polynesian Soc., 82 (Sept. 1973), 313-314, states that Andersen was an enthusiastic amateur who produced a period piece based on uncritical scholarship; book not worth republishing, though critic says "in some of his shorter works, he is very good.''

ANDREWS, LORRIN. Remarks on Hawaiian Poetry. Islander, 1 (March 5, April 23, 1875), 26-27, 30-31, 35.

Classes, characteristics, and composition of Hawaiian poetry. Includes remarks on length of Hawaiian legends and gives one historical prophetic chant concerning Keoua.

APO, LILY. Maui, the Polynesian Demi-god. Par. Pac., 62 (Dec. 1950), 2 6 - 2 8 , 123. Good retelling of various feats of Maui: changing of form, snaring sun, discovering fire, unsuccessful island fishing, and death in immortality-quest. APPLE, RUSSELL a n d PEG APPLE. For some years the Apples have conducted a Saturday column in Hon. Star-Bull., ' 'Tales of Old Hawaii," in which they retell a number of legends based on standard sources.

The Battle Pele Didn't Win. Hon. Star-Bull.,

Sept. 6, 1969,

A-LL. Fight between Pele and Kamapuaa on the Big Island.

A Beauty of Any Other Name. Hon. Star-Bull., 1972, A - l l .

April 8,

Rainbow princess of Kauai. Rice wrote her name as U-a, meaning "rain," and the wooing prince had to guess this name. But proper form, u'a, means "useless, unattractive."

The Canoe Birds. Hon. Star-Bull.,

Mar. 18, 1972, A - l l .

Story of Pikoi's shooting of two birds through necks with one arrow. Pikoi's stories can be found in Pomander Collection, 1, pp. 450-463; Colum, At the Gateways of the Day, pp. 69-79; and Pukui and Curtis, Pikoi, pp. 1-26.

Goddess Pele's Great Love. Hon. Star-Bull.,

Sept. 23, 1972,

A-10.

Good Land for Growing Taro. Hon. Star-Bull., 1974, A-10.

Aug. 17,

Halawa Valley, Molokai, site of mo 'o pool where Hiiaka rested in valley on journey from Hawaii to Kauai.

Hiiaka and Rainbow. Hon. Star-Bull., June 24, 1972, A-13.

A Hiiaka story.

Hiiaka's Journey for Pele. Hon. Star-Bull.,

Sept. 30, 1972,

A-12.

Jealous Pele Vents Anger. Hon. Star-Bull., A-13.

Oct. 7, 1972,

Pele's Long Search for a Home. Hon. Star-Bull., 1972,A-12. Role of the Mo'o in Hawai'i. Hon. Star-Bull., A-18. 120

Sept. 16,

Dec. 22, 1978,

Tales of Old Hawaii. Heritage, 1977.

Norfolk Island, Australia:

Island

A collection of newpaper columns by the authors.

U m i ' s Recognition. Hon. Star-Bull.,

Portion of Umi tale.

A-ll.

A u g . 24, 1974, A-10.

The Volatile Goddess Pele. Hon. Star-Bull.,

July 26, 1969,

Notes on worship of goddess.

A-LL.

When the Fires Went Out. Hon. Star-Bull.,

Oct. 20, 1973,

Legend of Nui and girl friend Pepe, daughter of Kawelo, whose tryst caused signal fires between Lanai and Molokai to go out.

The Y o u n g Warrior Kaili and the Owl. Hon. Sept. 9, 1972, A-10.

Star-Bull.,

Kaili, young warrior to be sacrificed at heiau at Lahaina, rescued by his family totem, the owl, who made him walk backward; seekers followed footprints back to heiau, Halulu-ko'a-ko'a. Earlier Kaili stories include Fornander, Polynesian Race, 2, pp. 536541; Armitage a n d j u d d , Ghost Dog, pp. 91-92; and Pukui, The Water of Kane, pp. 219-221.

ASHDOWN, INEZ. Legends of Lahaina. Islander, 6 (July 1947), 29. Brief account of naming of Lahaina.

The Moving Hill. Islander, 6 (March 1947), 2 0 - 2 2 .

Condensed in Hawaiian Digest (Honolulu), 1 (May 1947), 8-9. Legendary prophecy about Puu Hele, Maui and its modern fulfillment.

Mystical Molokai, Daughter Molokai]: Seaside Inn, 1949.

of the Moonlight.

[Kaunakakai,

Legends of early chiefs—Kamanaua, Kaupeepee—and the abduction of Hina (largely condensed from Kalakaua version), doings of Pele, Paao-Pekeaulani and the origin of Kalaipahoa, eighteenth-century traditional history of wars between chiefs from various islands. Review in Par. Pac., 62 (Mar. 1950), 29.

The Story of Lahaina. Dallas: Taylor, 1947.

Includes several legends of region. "Flying trees" tale reprinted in Par. Pac., 61 (Jan. 1949), Hawaiiana supplement, 17.

AVERY, PAUL. The Two Sisters. Hon. Adv., July 28, 1957, magazine section, 28-29. Demi-goddesses, rulers of Halai Hill and Honu Hill at Hilo, act in time of famine. Taken from Pukui, Pikoi, pp. 77-80.

BALDWIN, H. S. Volcanic Missiles. Hawaiian Digest, 31.

2 (Dec. 1947),

Volcanic bombs are weapons of Pele against Kamapuaa.

BARRERE, DOROTHY B.

Mrs. Barrere spent some years attached to the Bishop Museum as editor, translator, and consultant on Hawaiiana. 121

Anaehoomalu, a Reconstruction of its Records. In: William Barrero, ed., Anaehoomalu: a Hawaiian Oasis. Pacific Anthropological Records No. 15. Honolulu: Department of Anthropology, Bernice P. Bishop Mus., 1971.

Preliminary report of salvage research in South Kohala, Hawaii. Gives material from Fornander story of Lono-i-ka-makahiki.

Cosmogonic Genealogies of Hawaii. Jour. 70 (Dec. 1961), 419-428.

Polynesian

Soc.,

Discusses creation myths and early Hawaiian chiefs as found in a number of ancient genealogies; also Biblical influence on accounts. Draws from Beckwith, Fornander, Kamakau, Kepelino, Malo—both in published translations and manuscripts.

The Kumuhonua Legends: A Study of Late Nineteenth Century Hawaiian Stories of Creation and Origins. Pacific Anthropological Records, N o . 3. Honolulu: Department of Anthropology, Bernice P. Bishop Mus., 1969.

A valuable, though at times intricate, discussion of Hawaiian legends of creation, flood, exodus, Hawaii-loa; of the origin of menehune people; and of genealogies, as given by Kepelino, Kamakau, Fornander's Polynesian Race, the Fornander Collection, Ellis, Malo, and Moanaula. This monograph shows how most of the " l e g e n d s " as presented in Fornander's Polynesian Race were in large part nineteenth-century fabrications, drawing heavily on Biblical stories. These " l e g e n d s " stemmed not only from Kepelino (who had been recognized by Yzendoorn in 1909 as drawing upon Genesis) but also from Kamakau. The Fornander Collection, edited by Alexander and Thrum, draws more clearly upon wellknown Polynesian myths and is less likely to be suspect; however, even here Fornander circulates theories such as that o f ' ' Hawaii-loa'' as leader of the migrants to Hawaii (Fornander Collection, 3, pp. 278-281) and that of the menehune race as an earlier wave of migrants (ibid. pp. 270-271). Considering the number of menehune tales published, Barrere's comments are interesting: "Reference to Polynesian migrants as 'ka poe menehune' [the menehune people] is found solely in Fornander's The Polynesian Race'' (p. 41), and concerning the theory that the menehune were the first people in the islands: ' 'Upon this basic point we may dismiss the menehune as a group of ancestral people and leave them to their proper role as 'little people' of Hawaiian folklore'' (p. 42). Further information on this point can be found in Luomala, The Menehune of Polynesia. Barrere documents " a n on-going attempt among some Hawaiians of that time to introduce 'traditions' compatible with Christian teachings" (p. 2). In his preface to the monograph, Kenneth P. Emory agrees that we have become painfully aware that the Kumuhonua " l e g e n d s " are not ancient Hawaiian legends, nor is the genealogy which accompanies them a totally authentic Hawaiian genealogy. . . . The influence of the new geography, the Book of Genesis, and of Fornander's own theories in moulding the " l e g e n d s " and "genealo g y " was not a phenomenon unique to Hawaii. Post-contact manipulation of traditional material has been observed in other Polynesian groups. The Kumuhonua " l e g e n d s " are notable examples of such manipulation. In a review of The Kumuhonua Legends, in Jour. Amer. Folklore, 83 (Oct.-Dec. 1970), 471-472, Katharine Luomala prefers "reinterpretations" to "fabrications" and advocates go-ng beyond to investigate them from the standpoint of the creativity of the native artist-scholars who had shifted from a purely oral to a partly oral and partly written medium of communication and had produced something new through the inspiration of the large world opened to them by the foreign culture. . . . There is, too, the question of the social and psychological functions that these revised accounts served the artist122

scholars and their contemporaries, native and foreign alike, in a period of rapid cultural change. The Kumuhonua Legends should be studied by anyone at all seriously interested in the collection and dissemination of authentic Hawaiian myths. See comments on Fornander, pp. 11-13 and 19-21 above. See also comments on Barrere in Introduction to Second Edition.

Revisions and Adulterations in Polynesian Creation Myths. In: G. A. Highland and others, eds., Polynesian Cultural History: Essays in Honor of Kenneth P. Emory. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Special Publication No. 56, 1967, pp. 103-120.

The modern introduction of the Io cult is dealt with on pp. 109-111, and the nineteenth-century introduction, through Kepelino and Kamakau, of Christian concepts into Hawaiian myth is mentioned; the Kumulipo is then discussed.

See also BRYAN,

EDWIN H . ; KAMAKAU, SAMUEL M .

BARROW, TERENCE. See KALAKAUA, DAVID; EDWARD S. C . , The Polynesian Family System

see also in Ka'u.

HANDY,

K. The Promise of the Tree Shells. Par. Pac., 73 (Jan. 1961), 51-52.

BEAMER, N O N A

Kolea birds feed tree shells after introduced cars and horses make their travel hazardous; shells sing thanks. A modern invention.

MARTHA WARREN. Folklore Conditions in Hawaii. Friend, 100 (Sept. 1930), 204-205.

BECKWITH,

Research resources available and opportunities for future. See also comments on Beckwith, pp. 26-29 above.

Function and Meaning of the Kumulipo Birth Chant of Ancient Hawaii. Jour. Amer. Folklore, 62 (Jul.-Sept. 1949), 290293. Explains why Kumulipo should be considered as a birth chant, dealing with genealogy, not primarily a philosophical poem on the creation. Part of this article was used in revised form in Beckwith's Kumulipo.

Hawaiian Mythology. Reprint of 1940 ed. with new introduction by Katharine Luomala and bibliography of Beckwith's writings. Honolulu: UHP, 1970. See p. 43 above. Index to valuable book is quite sketchy.

ed. Kepelino's Traditions of Hawaii. Reprint of 1932 ed. New York: Kraus Reprint, 1971. See p. 43 above. The Kumulipo: A Hawaiian Creation Chant. Chicago: University of Chicago, 1951; facsimile reprint of 1951 ed. with a new foreword by Katharine Luomala, Honolulu: UPH, 1972.

Translation and scholarly study of a sacred chant on "the source of life.'' Analysis of several versions going back to 1700 and translations and interpretations based on Hawaiian informants. The discussion refers frequently to various other Hawaiian legends and stories and links them to other parts of Polynesia. Introduction states, in part: "To reissue Beckwith's translation of the Kumulipo is to make readily available once more a tru123

ly native Hawaiian composition. Like any unique and distinguished artistic production it should also be recognized as an international treasure. Its value as a poetic composition led Beckwith to compare it to the Greek creation chants, especially Hesiod's Theogony, and the Hebrew Genesis." Most of the foreword reprints Luomala's review of The Kumulipo in Jour. Amer. folklore, 64 (Oct.-Dec. 1951), 429-432. The Beckwith book contains a complete bibliography. See also BASTIAN, p. 42 above; KALAKAUA, p. 72 above; and LlUUOKALANI, p. 79 above.

E., comp. Hawaii: A Core Collection. Ann Arbor: Xerox/University Microfilms, 1973.

BELL, JANET

Items 18-31 cover "Culture, Folklore and Legends." A short annotated bibliography.

When a Twentieth Century Goddess Abdicates. Par. Pac., 40 (Jan. 1927), 3-7.

BENYAS, DOROTHY R.

Drilling of experimental shaft to harness steam at Kilauea said to have aroused Pele to great eruption of 1924. Also story of miraculous cure of child after prayer to goddess.

BERKEY, HELEN (LAMAR).

Hawaiian Tales. Columbus, Ohio: Merrill,

1968.

"Told-again tales from many lands." Seventeen retellings of stories of Maui and others, for grades four to six. No sources given.

Pele and the Pirewoman. Honolulu: Tongg, 1940.

Modern use of Pele story; lacks development of plot. For primary and lower elementary grades. BLAKE, TOM.

Hawaiian Surfboard. Honolulu: Paradise of the Pacific,

1937. The World of Myths: A Dictionary of Mythology. London: Putnam, 1936, pp. 253-260.

BRAY, FRANK CHAPIN.

Polynesian mythical figures listed.

BRIGHAM, WILLIAM TUFTS.

Ili-ili-opae. Old and New [Boston],

1

(1870), 624-628.

Kupa, king of Molokai in ancient times, builds heiau of Ili-ili-opae. After a ceremony of sacrifice, two boys—sons of tbe kahuna Kamalo—find and play upon a sacred drum and are executed. In revenge, Kamalo obtains aid of the shark god to destroy the valley. Hence the name of the harbor of Pukoo—ai-kanaka or "man-eater." Story well told; Brigham was an early director of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum. This 1870 narrative is the probable source of other ai-kanaka stories, such as "Ai-kanaka" in Thrum, Hawaiian Folk Tales, pp. 186-192; "Kupa's Drum" in Armitage and Judd, Ghost Dog, pp. 142-147; and "Chief Man-Eater" in Westervelt, Legends of Old Honolulu, pp. 189-203.

Backbone of the King: The Story ofPaka'a and His Son Ku. New York: Scribner, 1966.

BROWN, MARCIA.

A well-written retelling of the legend originally edited by Moses Nakuina. (See

Nakuina.)

and others. The Natural and Cultural History of Honaunau, Kona, Hawaii. 2 vols. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., 1957.

BRYAN, EDWIN HORACE

Vol. 1 is mimeographed. Vol. 2 ("Cultural History") is "typed from original at City of Refuge National Historical Park." This part was written by Kenneth Emory, Dorothy 124

Barrere, Marion Kelly, and J. F. G. Stokes. Report prepared for U. S. National Park Service. Barrere chapter includes fragment of legendary history concerned with "City of Refuge'' from various sources and a more detailed legend of Kanuiki from Ke Au Hou, Sept. 13 and 20, 1911, with an excellent translation by Pukui of a chant for the kava ceremony. Chapter 4 (Kelly) has minor fragments of legends. Chapter 5 (Kelly) includes traditions and stories associated with various puuhonua in the Hawaiian Islands. Chapter 6 (Stokes) includes a legend collected by Stokes concerning Kamehameha in his early years, and other traditions, from various sources, concerning certain stones and stone images; one of these is a translation by Pukui from a Bishop Museum manuscript. Chapter 8 (Emory) includes a summary of a Pukui translation of a Pele legend from a 1951 tape, and a complete translation by Barrere of the "Pounded Water of Kekela," a spring discovered by a dog.

BRYAN, JACK. Park Controversy Recalls Legend. Hon. Star-Bull., Mar. 5, 1964, 20.

' 'Dragon,'' Kuna, dams Wailuku River, hoping to drown Hina in her cave under Rainbow Falls. No source given.

"Phantom Dog" Returns to Mauna Loa. Hon. Star-Bull., Apr. 1, 1964, 1,4. Several sightings of mysterious dog. April Fool?

BUCK, PETER H . See TE RANGI HIROA.

BUFFET, GUY and PAM BUFFET. Adventures ofKamapua'a. Edited by Ruth Tabrah. Norfolk Island, Australia: Island Heritage, 1972. For children; illustrated by author. A version available in Hawaiian. See SPRINGER and Introduction to Second Edition.

Kahala: Where the Rainbow Ends. Norfolk Island, Australia: Island Heritage, 1973. A Buffet invention for children, about a "princess of Manoa Valley."

Pua Pua Lena Lena and the Magic Kiha-pu. Edited by Ruth Tabrah. Norfolk Island, Australia: Island Heritage, 1972. Another Buffet creation; a version available in Hawaiian. (See WESTERVELT, "Honolulu Legends: The Wonderful Shell of Nuuanu Valley.")

BURK, GAY. IS It Ghost or Mist Around Oahu? Par. Pac., 70 (Aug. 1958), 14-15. Mention of a few sites associated with legends.

BURTNETT, GERRY B. Waianae Re-lives Days of Ancient Hawaii. Par. Pac., 59 (July 1949), 24-25, 31. Several legends, including naming of Pali o Keawaawa (Cliff of Bitterness) on Mount Kawiwi, a place of refuge, and a tale of cannibal robbers in Makaha Valley. No sources given.

CHADWICK, H. M. and NORA K. CHADWICK. The Oral Literature

of

Polynesia. London: Cambridge University Press, 1940, vol. 3, part 2, "The Growth of Literature," pp. 229-474.

Extensive coverage of many kinds of Polynesian literature. Gives some condensed versions of such Hawaiian figures as Moikeha, Paao, Umi, Lono-i-ka-makahiki, Kakuhihewa, Aukele, Pele, Hiiaka, Kamapuaa, Lohiau, the menehune. Documented sources include Fomander Collection, Malo, Emerson, Westervelt, Kepelino, Rice, and Ellis. 125

CHAD WICK, NORA K. The Kite: A Study in Polynesian Tradition. Journal of the (Royal) Anthropological Institute of Great Britain, 61 (July-Dec. 1931), 455-492.

Includes use of kite material in legends of Aukelenuiaihu and Maui; passing references to poetry. Sources include Fornander Collection and Westervelt.

CHARLOT, JEAN. Three Plays of Ancient Hawaii. Honolulu: UHP, 1963.

Chariot, a leading artist, has written several plays in both English and Hawaiian, e.g., "Na'auao, The Light Within"; "U'i a U'i, Beauty Meets Beauty"; and "Moa a Mo'i, Chicken Into King.'' Based mainly on Fornander.

Two Hawaiian Plays: Laukiamanuikahiki and Na Lono Elua. Honolulu: published by the author, 1976. CHUN FAT, JOSEPH KEONONA. The Mystery

of the Ku'ula

Rock.

Hicksville, N. Y.: Exposition Press, 1976.

"A true-to-life novel based on the life and legends of the people living in Kalapana, Hawaii, and the surrounding area and the unraveling of the mystery of the Ku'ula Rock.'' An effort by a local resident to make fiction from the effect of legend upon the everyday life of a small district.

CLARK, JOHN R. The Beaches of O'ahu. (Paperback) Honolulu: UPH, 1977. Book by a former lifeguard includes legends in his descriptions of beaches.

CLEMENS, SAMUEL L. See TWAIN, MARK.

CLIFFORD, MARTHA. Punahou Campus. Par. Pac., 69 (Sept. 1957), 12-17. Includes a one-paragraph retelling of legend of spring. COLUM, PADRAIC. For a discussion of Colum and his works, see pp. 31-34 above.

Irish Poet Tells of Mid-Pacific Myth Matters. Par. Pac., 36 (Oct. 1923), 12-13. Comments by Colum on value of Rice's Hawaiian Legends.

Minstrels of Old Hawaii Knew Dame Nature's Middle Name. Par. Pac., 37 (May 1924), 18-19. Comments on Hawaiian stories and story-tellers.

CONINGHAM, B.J. Haleakala Story. Hawaii Farm and Home, (Oct. 1947), 18-19.

10

Family who refused hospitality to Pele as old woman turned into four stones on slopes of Haleakala. No source given.

Naupaka. Hawaii Farm and Home, 10 (May 1947), 9-

Retelling of standard naupaka story; site is Kona Coast. CONRAD, AGNES. See GAST, ROSS H .

COOK, JAMES. The Journals of Captain James Cook on His Voyages of Discovery. Edited by J. C. Beaglehole. 3 vols, and portfolio. London: Cambridge University Press, 1955, 1961, 1967. 126

Third volume (in two parts) of the superb Beaglehole edition deals with the first contact between Hawaiians and Europeans. It contains not only the journals of Cook and James King but other journals and logs, such as that of David Samwell, author of the first Hawaiian-English glossary (pp. 1231-1235). These are the earliest—and hence most authentic—accounts of Hawaiian religion, for the contact itself caused changes in beliefs. Although the mariners did not completely comprehend the significance of various rites and reports, they were skilled observers. Cook had spent almost ten years in Polynesian exploration, and the language barrier was not great because his crew contained several Tahitians (whose tongue was quite similar to that of the Hawaiians). From the first, the priestly class was friendly with the Europeans; indeed, Cook was greeted as an avatar of their god Lono, deity presiding over peace and plenty. Index contains many references to Lono and to members of the priestly caste, as well as to "Hawaiians: religion." See also J. C. Beaglehole, The Life of Captain James Cook, Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1974. COOKE, GEORGE P.

Moolelo o Molokai. Honolulu: Star-Bulletin,

1949.

Brief accounts linked to Molokai places are found on pp. 99-112, 117-119, 150-153. Cooke's version of one Rice legend uses a giant caterpillar instead of a moo. Review in Par. Pac., 62 (Mat. 1950), 29.

ed. The Magic Calabash: Folk Tales from America's Islands and Alaska. New York: McKay, 1956.

COTHRAN, JEAN,

Collection reprints five tales—from Armitage and Judd, Beckwith and Green, and Eve Grey (not a writer of Hawaiiana).

Curse of Lanikaula. Par. Pac., 60 (Oct. 1948), Hawaiiana supplement, 18.

Owners of the grove of kukui trees on the Puuohoku Ranch on Molokai avoid cutting branches because the site is the grave of Lanikaula, famed kahuna. Account given by Earl Thacker.

CURTIS, CAROLINE. For a discussion of Curtis and her works, see Introduction to Second Edition, above.

Keola: A Boy of Old Hawaii. Honolulu: Tongg, 1941; fifth printing, 1967. Fiction about a boy of pre-Cook days, drawing upon Kamakau, Malo, and others. For elementary grades; style rather stilted.

Life in Old Hawaii. Honolulu: Kamehameha, 1970.

Authentic details of old Hawaiian life, in a fictional narrative framework. Tales told passim include legends of first pearl fishhook (pp. 14-20), wauke (pp. 22-24), cave of Makalei (pp. 63-64), hala{pp. 87-88), Laa(pp. 104-105), moo of Nuuanu (pp. 141-143).

Manu, a Girl of Old Hawaii. Honolulu: Tongg, 1958.

For upper elementary grades; rambling tale of olden days.

and MARY K. PUKUI. See PUKUI.

M. Menehunes at Nawiliwili. Par. Pac., 1949), Hawaiiana supplement, 21-22.

DAMON, ETHEL

61

(July

Excerpted from her Koamalu. See p. 52 above.

Oriental Odyssey: People Behind the Sun. New York: Stokes, 1937.

DAVIS, BOB [ROBERT HOBART],

127

Legend of origin of Iao Needle. Abridged version of account printed in Davis and Armitage, Hawaii, U.S.A. (1941, pp. 215-218). Reprinted in Par. Pac., 63 (Mar. 1951), 48, as "How the 'Needle' Came to Be"; again reprinted in Par. Pac., 63 (Dec. 1951), 35.

A. GROVE and CARL STROVEN, eds. A Hawaiian Reader. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1959; (paperback) New York: Popular Library, 1961.

DAY,

A section on "Ancient Hawaii" in this pioneer anthology includes a selection from the Beckwith translation of the Kumulipo, "The Water of Kane" from Emerson's Unwritten Literature, "The Alii and the Common People" from Malo, "The Marchers of the Night'' from Beckwith and Pukui's translation of Kepelino's Traditions of Hawaii, and "Menehunes, the Little People" from Luomala's Voices on the Wind.

and

The Spell of Hawaii. New York: Meredith,

1968.

Two selections in this anthology deal with legends: ' 'Two Ghost Stories of Old Hawaii'' (pp. 21-28) from Andersen, and "The Floating Islands and the Return of Lono" (pp. 43-53) from Kamakau, Ruling Chiefs.

See also STROVEN, CARL. EMILY FOSTER. From The Princess ofManoa. Friend,

DAY, 1923), 80. Selected passage about Manoa Valley. See E. F. Day, pp. 52-53 above.

93

(Apr.

Malo-clad Warriors Scare Off Workers. Hon. StarBull. &Adv., Oct. 31, 1971, C-4.

D E FRIES, EMMA.

Chinese laborers at Hanalei saw marching warriors; beautiful ghost-woman saved John De Fries from landslide.

DELAPORTE,

1906), 7-8.

P. A. The Woman in the Moon. Friend, 63 (Apr.

A Hina story.

Demi-god Maui. Par. Pac., 63 (Nov. 1951), 47. Standard Maui feats, very briefly stated.

Demi-god Maui and His Great Hawaiian Feats. Par. Pac., 68 (July 1956), 2, 7. Maui raises sky, snares sun, finds fire.

and MARGARET waii. Champaign, 111.: Garrard, I960.

DOLCH, EDWARD WILLIAM

DOLCH.

Stories from Ha-

For primary and lower elementary grades; retellings with good illustrations.

P. Hiwa, a Tale of Ancient Hawaii. New York: Harper, 1900; Hilo: Petroglyph Press, 1972.

DOLE, EDMUND

Fiction with pre-Captain Cook setting at Waipio Valley, Hawaii.

Doo, DOROTHY BUDAR, HOW the Humuhumunukunukuapuaa Its Name. Honolulu: Hawaiian Isles, 1970.

Got

For the young.

ed. Folktales Told Around the World. Chicago: University of Chicago, 1975.

DORSON, RICHARD M . ,

Passage from Luomala, Maui-of-a-Thousand-Tricks, reprinted pp. 328-333. 128

DOYLE, EMMA LYONS. The Legend of the Rainbow Maiden. Par. Pac., 74 (Nov. 1962), 9 6 - 9 7 . Story o f U a , adapted and much amplified from Rice, " T h e Rainbow Princess."

The Naupaka: A Legend of Ancient Hawaii. Par. Pac., (Mar. 1958), 12-13.

70

Frustrated Pele transforms boy Ikaika into seaside naupaka flower, the girl Momi into mountain naupaka. Longest printed retelling. M. L. Lang's shorter version uses Pele as agent, but has girl turned into a beach! Degener's synopsis is without Pele; angered girl tears flower in half and sets her suitor the impossible task o f finding a perfect flower; he dies of a broken heart. Neal and Metzger volume gives both versions briefly, though in transformation episode the boy is the mountain flower, the girl the beach flower. Doyle retelling is a well-written story.

E. D . Naupaka: A Legend of Love. Par. Pac., Hawaiiana supplement, 10.

59 (Oct.

1947),

Fiction; brief mention of naupaka tale. (See DOYLE.)

EDWARDS, WEBLEY. When the Gods Smiled. Hon. Adv., 1951, magazine section, 7.

May 27,

Paalua, prince o f Kauai, woos Kawelu, princess of Oahu, and takes her as bride to Hanalei. Sources: Thrum, More Hawaiian Folk Tales, pp. 137-148; Pukui and Curtis, The Water of Kane, p p . 184-193.

EHLERS, SABINE. Hawaiian Stories for Boys and Girls. Mid-Pacific Press, 1955, 1965, 1977.

Honolulu:

Three stories to be read aloud: " T h e Bad Ogres of N i i h a u , " " K a u a i ' s Menehune Ditch,'' and ' 'The Boastful G i a n t s . ' '

ELBERT, SAMUEL H.

For a discussion of Elbert and his works, see Introduction to Second Edition.

The Chief in Hawaiian Mythology. Jour. Amer. Folklore, 69 ( A p r . - J u n e 1956), 9 9 - 1 1 3 ; (Oct.-Dec. 1956), 341-355; 70 (JulySept. 1957), 264-276; (Oct.-Dec. 1957), 306-322.

Condensed and revised from Elbert's P h . D . dissertation with same title, University of Indiana, 1950, bibliography pp. 4 3 7 - 4 4 4 . An excellent analysis of the Hawaiian chief, comparing his image as seen in mythology with that provided in ethnographic discussions. Includes the chief s birth and early youth; dealings with close relatives; sex life; prevalence of infanticide; the chief s concerns with war, religion, and his subjects; and his value orientations. Tales analyzed are exclusively from Fornander Collection, Green and Pukui's Legend ofKawelo, Beckwith's Laieikawai and Kumulipo, Emerson's Pele and Hiiaka. Uses hundreds of examples from these sources to support various points, and in doing so gives brief summaries of individual tales or parts o f tales. Conclusion includes a fine "bibliography of the hero' '—a synthesis of typical elements.

Connotative Values of Hawaiian Place Names. In: Adrienne L. Kaeppler and H. Arlo N i m m o , eds., Directions in Pacific Traditional Literature. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., 1976, pp.117-133.

Occasional references to Pele and other gods; valuable as a contribution on Hawaiian literary style.

Hawaiian Literary Style and Culture. Amer. (July-Sept. 1951), 345-354. 129

Anthrop.,

53

Makes good general observations on stylistic use of hyperbole, metaphor, simile, symbolism, humor, personal and place names, details, antithesis, repetition, cataloguing, and types of characters in Hawaiian literature. Shows how the structure of the language and cultural patterns affect style. Includes short quotations, largely translated from Fornander Collection.

Mirror of Old Hawaii. Par. Pac., 71 (Dec. 1959), 20-22.

Elbert's own discussion of his Selections from Fornander's "Hawaiian Antiquities and Folk-lore. "Jean Chariot's contribution as artist and translator, as well as Fornander's and Thrum's original works, are treated; several legends outlined.

Symbolism in Hawaiian Poetry. ETC: A Review of General Semantics, 18(1962), 389-400. Good analysis of the "Water of Kane" chant.

The Unheroic Hero of Hawaiian Tales. Jour. Polynesian Soc., 69(Sept. I960), 266-275.

Good discussion of Hawaiian hero in his ' 'unheroic but very human hours of misdemeanour, incompetence and despair." Uses material from Fornander, Beckwith, and Pukui and Green, giving briefs of all or parts of legends of Kaipalaoa, Halemano, Hiku and Kawelu, Kawelo, and others. Has accurate new translations for some Fornander passages; takes other translations from Elbert, Selections from Fornander. Includes bibliography.

See also PUKUI, MARY K., SAMUEL H . ELBERT, MOOKINI; FORNANDER, ABRAHAM, Selections.

and

ESTHER

ELLIS, WILLIAM. For a discussion of Ellis and his works, see pp. 6-7 above.

A Narrative of a Tour Through Hawaii. Reprint of 1917 ed. Honolulu: Advertiser, 1963. See p. 57 above. Polynesian Researches During a Residence of Nearly Eight Years in the Society and Sandwich Islands. Facsimile reprint of 1842 ed. Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1969Four volumes, reprinted in two two-volume paperback books. Part four is a revised version of Ellis' A Narrative of a Tour Through Hawaii.

Polynesian Researches. . . . Facsimile reprint of 1829 ed. London: Dawson's of Pall Mall, 1967. Printed in two volumes in Colonial History Series.

EMERSON, NATHANIEL B . For a discussion of Emerson and his works, see pp. 14-17 above.

Pele andHiiaka: A Myth from Hawaii. Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1978. Reprint, with introduction by Terence Barrow.

Unwritten Literature of Hawaii: The Sacred Songs of the Hula. (Hardbound) Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1965, (paperback) 1972. See pp. 58-59 above. EMERSON, OLIVER H .

See Hawaiiana: A Handbook for Scouts. 130

EMORY, KENNETH P. The Island ofLanai: A Survey of Native Culture. Honolulu: Bishop Museum Reprints, 1969. Reprint of Bulletin No. 12, 1924; see p. 60 above.

Origin of the Hawaiians. Jour. Polynesian Soc., 68 (Mar. 1959), 29-35.

Includes material from Malo, Fornander, Luomala, and Kamakau concerning migration traditions and genealogies. a n d EDWIN H . BRYAN. See BRYAN, E. H .

ENGLE, MURRY. The "Healing" Stones. Hon. Star-Bull., Nov. 13, 1977, C-3. A large and a small stone in a building in Wahiawa attracted throngs fifty years ago to seek their magic powers. Five theories are given to account for source of mana, but probably a family found the large stone on the Kukaniloko Flats and placed it near the celebrated "birthing stones" at Wahiawa; later it and the smaller stone were moved to the present site.

An Instant Folktale Like the Real Thing. Hon. May 29, 1974, D - l .

Star-Bull.,

Use of "selective creativity" by several persons produces an invented legend of Makaha Valley; see Introduction to Second Edition, above.

ERGER, GENE and CONNIE ERGER. Ko of Menehuneland.

Tokyo and

Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1963.

"Adventures of a Hawaiian Elf-boy." Stories of the leprechauns of Hawaii; for elementary grades.

ESKRIDGE, ROBERT LEE. Umi, the Hawaiian Boy Who Became King. Chicago: Winston, 1936. Legend with good background and appealing style; illustrated by author.

FEHER, LILLIAN. Legend of the Hog God, Kamapuaa. Par. Pac., 61 (Dec. 1949), 58-60, 131.

Lengthy retelling of exploits of Kamapuaa, quite readable. No source given, but is close to plagiarism of Westervelt, Legends of Old Honolulu, pp. 246-276. For other possible sources see Chapter 14 of Beckwith, Hawaiian Mythology.

FINNEY, BEN R. Surfing in Ancient Hawaii. Jour. Polynesian Soc., 68 (Dec. 1959), 327-347.

Makes use of legends from Westervelt, Thrum, Fornander, Pukui, and Beckwith. Includes summaries of surfing episodes, including Umi, Naihe, Huailika, and Kelea.

Floating Islanders. Par. Pac., 29 (May 1916), 23-24.

Old Hawaiian woman kahuna aroused group to look for floating ' 'Island of Peace'' off Hana, Maui; a true event.

Folk-lore of Hawaii. American Antiquarian,

15 (1893), 172-174.

A condensation of the Kalakaua tale of Kelea, the Maui surfer. By M. N. Wilson?

FORNANDER, ABRAHAM. For a discussion of Fornander and his works, see pp. 9, 11-13, 19-21 above. 131

An Account of the Polynesian Race. Hardbound reprint, three volumes in one, of 1878-1885 ed. with a new introduction by Helen Doty. Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1969.

Reviewed by John H. R. Plews, Hawaiian Jour. Hist., 3 (1969), 157-158. See BARRERE, The Kumuhonua Legends. The Polynesian Race has long been discredited on its theories of origins and migrations of Polynesian peoples. See p. 61 above.

Fornander Collection of Hawaiian Antiquities and Folklore. New York: Kraus Reprints, 1974. See pp. 19-21 above; see also FORNANDER, Selections.

Hawaiian Names of Relationship. Thrum's Ann.

1885,

1886, p p . 4 6 - 5 3 . References to legends of betrothals of Laielohelohe and Piilani, and Umi and Piikea, p. 49.

Selections from Fornander's "Hawaiian Antiquities and Folk-lore. " Edited by Samuel H. Elbert. Illustrated by Jean Chariot. (Paperback) Honolulu: UHP, 1959. The legends of Punia, Iwa, Kawelo, Umi, Pupukea, Kamapuaa, and Halemano are reprinted as they appeared in the original bilingual printing. Elbert provides an informative introduction and appended notes.

Fred and the Goddess: Fair-weather Friends. Hon. Star-Bull. &Adv., Dec. 7, 1975, A-l.

Fred, a policeman guarding Arizona Memorial, placates shark goddess and Pele each December 7 to avert rain, and recalls story of drydock disaster. (See FURLONG.)

FUJITA, FUMI. Ahipuu, Haven for Nurses. Par. Pac., 61 (Oct. 1949), 21,32. Includes short version of giant versus menehune encounter in Nuuanu "told by John A. Cummins."

The Mystery of Kamehameha's Remains. Par. Pac., 61 (Jan. 1949), 30.

Several traditions concerning the whereabouts of the bones of Kamehameha I.

FURLONG, W. R. Pearl Harbor. . . . Par. Pac., 55 (Dec. 1943), 4 - 8 , 96-98. Story of shark god, pp. 7-8, 96, told by an old Hawaiian, David K. Richards, concerning explosion of drydock under construction in 1913. Reprinted as "Shark God of Pearl Harbor," Par. Pac., 57 (July 1945), 18.

F. Hawaii and Its Gods. Foreword by O. A. Bushnell. New York: Weatherhill/Kapa, 1975.

GALLAGHER, CHARLES

Mention of Kumulipo, pp. 16-17.

H. Don Francisco de Paula Marin: A Biography. With The Letters andJournals of Francisco de Paula Marin. Agnes Conrad, ed. Honolulu: UPH, for the Hawaiian Hist. Soc., 1973.

G A S T , ROSS

See index under "Hawaiian customs." Marin, an early Spanish resident, refers occasionally to such events as "November 27 [1812] Today began the New Year and the god arrived last night." 132

Great Hunter. Par. Pac., 63 (Oct. 1951), 48. Two-paragraph summary of Pikoiakalala legend.

Kahuna La-au Lapa'au: The Practice of Hawaiian Herbal Medicine. Translations by Theodore Kelsey. Norfolk Island, Australia: Island Heritage, 1976.

GUTMANIS, JUNE.

Based upon "interviews with living Hawaiians, the notes, journals, and collections of now deceased Hawaiians, the records required of the 'native medical practitioners' by the Session Laws of 1868, articles appearing in Hawaiian language papers, the writings of David Malo, John Ii, S. M. Kamakau, Kepelino Keauokalani and Mary K. Pukui, as well as the collection of Elia Helekunihi which was published by Thomas Spencer, the journals of N. B. Emerson, and especially the collection of Theodore Kelsey." Chants and prayers used in kahuna practices are found passim. Bibliography and notes. Illustrated.

Maui, Our Common Ancestor. Honolulu: College of Education, University of Hawaii, 1975. For elementary grades; hand-lettered with drawings.

HACKER, SHYRLE. See Kauai With a Kamaaina. Par. 1957), 12-15. Includes a tour-guide's brief presentation of menehune material.

Pac.,

69

(May

HAERTIG, E. W . See PUKUI, MARY K .

HALEY, C. A. A Visit to the Spirit Land: The Strange Adventures of a Woman in Kona. Par. Pac., 29 (May 1916), 22. Girl apparently dead, returned to life with story of visit among spirits. Reprinted from Thrum's Ann. 1892.

HanaRich in Legend, Lore. Par. Pac., 65 (Jan. 1953), 34. One-sentence legends related to Hana places.

ed. Ancient Hawaiian Civilization. Reprint of 1933 ed. Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Turtle, 1965. See p. 66 above.

H A N D Y , EDWARD S. CRAIGHILL,

The Hawaiian Planter. Vol. 1 [no Vol. 2 published]. Honolulu: BerniceP. Bishop Mus. Bull. No. 161, 1940.

Contains a good deal of information on Hawaiian agriculture. Includes folk practices such as planting customs, rituals, uses in medicine. Narrative legends summarized or quoted in several places, e.g.: Kamapuaa episode from Vaughn MacCaughey, "The Kalo in Hawaii" (p. 13); legend concerning Makalei's cave in Kona given by Pukui (pp. 35-36); the Kauai-iki stone from Keahi Luahine and Pukui (p. 65); story of Namakaokapaoo from Fornander Collection (p. 82); a spring (p. 95); creation of Keanae taro fields (p. 110); menehune tradition (pp. 121-122); origin of breadfruit (pp. 186-187); origin of coconut (p. 190); origin of wauke (p. 196); origin of kava (p. 201).

The Polynesian Family System in Ka'u. With a concluding chapter on the History and Ecology of Ka'u by Elizabeth Green Handy. Wellington: Polynesian Society, 1958. New edition with introduction by Terence Barrow, Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1972. 133

A study of the economic and social relationships in a rural Hawaiian district, showing the stability of mythological and religious tradition in the attitudes of the extended Hawaiian family system. See HANDY and PUKUL, "The Legendary Setting."

Polynesian Religion. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. No. 34, 1927.

An extensive discussion of the topic, with main sections devoted to its philosophy, the deities, modes of worship, rites, and ethnographic considerations. In presenting evidence and discussion, the author gives references to or quotes from many standard accounts, including those found in Byron, Dixon, Emerson, Fornander, Malo, Thrum, and Westervelt. Index does not contain names of all legendary figures mentioned in text; e.g., Aukele-nui-aiku (p. 103) and Pele(p. 85).

Traces of Totemism in Polynesia. Jour. Polynesian Soc., 77 (Mar. 1968), 43-56.

Makes use of details from legends involving Ku, Kane, Lono, Papa, Wakea, Kamapuaa, Kanaloa, moo, Pele, Ka-moho-alii, Kumuhea. Sources include Kumulipo, Pukui, Malo, Fornander, and Westervelt.

and ELIZABETH GREEN HANDY, with the collaboration of Mary K. Pukui. Native Planters in Old Hawaii: Their Life, Lore, and Environment. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. No. 233, 1972.

"Written in the belief that the planter in his relation to the . . . land furnishes a key to his culture." Extremely valuable source of traditional lore. Legendary accounts appear frequently; e.g., "Kamapua'a and Pele: Rainstorm and Verdure versus Vulcanism" (pp. 618-621). Bibliography lists Beckwith, Buck, Ellis, N. B. Emerson, Emory, Fornander, Green and Pukui, Henry, Ii, Kamakau, Kepelino, Luomala, Malo, Rice, Titcomb, and Westervelt, as well as a number of early voyagers. An index would be helpful to the researcher.

and MARY K . PUKUI. The Legendary Setting. Part 3 of The Hawaiian Family System. Jour. Polynesian Soc., 60 (Mar. 1951), 66-79.

Legendary material from Pukui. Good informative summaries of deeds and powers of the chief gods and goddesses: Pele, Hiiaka, Lono, Ku, Kane, Kanaloa. Stories of Kua, Kumuhea, and Ipu-awa-awa (legendary aumakua of Ka'u families. Other installments in vols. 59,61, and 62 make occasional use of references to legends, and some at length; e.g., part 6 in vol. 62 (June 1953) mentions Pele family, moo, and Kumuhea (pp. 131133) and Pele family, Ku, and Kamohoalii (pp. 145-147). See HANDY, The Polynesian Family System in Ka'u.

HAPAI, CHARLOTTE. Hilo Legends. Hilo: Petroglyph Reprint of Legends of the Wailuku. See p. 66 above.

Press,

1966.

Kalalau Valley and the Two Children of Stone. Hon. Adv., May 20, 1956, Hawaiian Holiday supplement, 14.

HARDY, BARLOW.

Naiwi, demi-god, sends two children to draw water; they play with mortal children, but at dawn are turned to stones. Naiwi not listed in indexes. Invention?

Kauai's Sleeping Giant Likes Poi. Hon. Adv., May 13, 1956, Hawaiian Holiday supplement, 10.

Mountain near Wailua formed from kapua fish that turned into a voracious giant, which then became a hill as a girl sang a new song. Authentic? 134

Prehistoric Olympic Games Thrilled Kauai. Hon. Adv., J u l y 22, 1956, Hawaiian Holiday supplement, 14. Stories of giants on Garden Island.

Hawaiian Legends. Islander,

5 (Jan. 1946), 10.

Brief accounts of Pele at Puna and how sands of Kalapana became black.

Hawaiian St. George. Par. Pac., 61 (Nov. 1949), Hawaiiana ment, 16.

supple-

Brief retelling of several Maui feats.

Hawaiian Superstitions. Islander,

1 (Oct. 1, 1875), 208.

Mention of Pele, Kamapuaa, and kahunas.

Hawaiiana: A Handbook for Scouts. Honolulu: Aloha Council, Boy Scouts of America, 1973.

"Legends and Relics of the Old Hawaiian Civilization" (pp. 9-28), compiled by O. H. Emerson, 1968, contains Pele-Hiiaka material from N. B. Emerson and summarizes a number of legends dealing with places on Oahu; some accounts have sources identified. Pp. 154-160 contain an attractive one-act play, "Maui and the Alae Birds," dramatized by Stanley Kapepa. Pp. 161-166 contain more legends and legendary history connected with Oaiiu places.

HAYNIE, ROBERT EARL. Sacred Falls of Kaliuwaa. Par. Pac., 64 (Feb. 1952), 27; (Mar. 1952), 34; (Apr. 1952), 32-34; (May 1952), 3 8 39. Modern story, with a few fragments of legend in background.

Hegira to a Rain G o d . Par. Pac., 74 (Jan. 1962), 2 4 - 2 5 .

Account of a visit to sacred rock Manuia on Parker Ranch at Kamuela and to two other "rain gods" at Kau.

Helumoa: Where the Rooster Scratched. Par. Pac., 61 (Apr. 1949), travel supplement, 22. Reprinted from John F. Stone, "Helumoa" (see p. 97 above).

HLCKOK, MARGARET [PEGGY]. Favorite Hawaiian Legends. lu: T o n g g , 1 9 6 1 , 1 9 7 0 .

Honolu-

Approach is attempt to relate Hawaiian legends to world legends: "Hawaii's Rip Van Winkle," "Robin Hood of the Islands," etc. For primary level.

In Hawaii Legend Tells Why. Par. Pac., 67 ([annual], 1955), 38-39,101. Short retellings of deeds of Maui, Kaulu, Kamapuaa, Moemoe, Hina, Laie.

See also HODGE, PEGGY HlCKOK, in Reference Bibliography of Supplement. HITCHCOCK, H. HARVEY. My Father and M a d a m e Pele. [Honolulu], 10 (Jan. 1970), 27.

Beacon

Largely a biographical sketch of D. H. Hitchcock, mentioning how a painting resulted from Pele's appearing to the artist at the summit of Mauna Loa in 1899.

HOFFA, HELYNN. Ilio, the Ghost Dog. Honolulu: Paradise of the Pacific, 1952. Brief story of dog that comes and goes. Authentic? 135

HOGUE, CHARLES

E. Puowaina, Consecrated Hill. Par. Pac., 61 (Oct.

1949), 6, 30.

Touches on Pele's connection with Punchbowl; mostly concerns origin of its name.

HOPU, THOMAS. Memoirs of Thomas Hopu. Hawaiian Jour. Hist., 2 (1968), 4 2 - 5 4 .

Hopu, companion of "Henry Obookiah [Opukahaia]" and member of First Company arriving in 1820, wrote his own account of trip. On p. 43 is mention of sacrifices to images of gods and the lack of a belief in a Supreme Being in pagan Hawaii.

HELEN PETERSON. The Night Marchers: A Tale of the Huaka'iPo. Norfolk Island, Australia: Island Heritage, 1976.

HOYT,

Ghost story for children; also several selections from other authors.

F. Folk Beliefs and Customs in an Hawaiian Community. Jour. Amer. Folklore, 62 (July-Sept. 1949), 294311 (Pacific number).

HUGHES, GWLADYS

Tales and superstitions collected from eighth-grade class of varied ancestries at Waialua, Oahu, in 1946-1947.

and 'ILIAHI JOHNSON. The Eight Rainbows of'Umi. Honolulu: Topgallant, 1976.

IHARA, KU'ULEI

Life and deeds of Umi, simply told. Probable source: Kamakau, Ruling Chiefs.

Fragments of Hawaiian History. Translated from the Hawaiian by Mary K. Pukui, with a preface by Zadoc W. Brown. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., 1959.

IL, J O H N PAPA.

Ii, born in 1800, began writing articles in Ku'oko'a newspaper in 1866 and continued until his death in 1870, stimulated by Kamakau's contributions. He was interested mainly in history from the time of Kamehameha I but references to legendary lore found passim.

The King's Ditch: A Hawaiian Tale. New York: Coward, McCann & Geoghegan, 1971.

JACOBS, FRANCINE.

King Ola promises a fish to every menehune who helps to bring water to his domain during a drought. For elementary grades.

JAY, MIKE. Pele Passes. Par. Pac., 35 (Aug. 1 9 2 2 ) , 1 2 - 1 4 . Modern fiction, using Pele as background. Reprinted in Par. Pac., 73 (Mar. 1961), 38-39-

ed. Kukini 'Aha'ilono (Carry on the News). Honolulu: Topgallant, 1976.

JOHNSON, RUBELUTE KINNEY,

"Over a century of native Hawaiian life and thought from the Hawaiian Language Newspapers of 1843 to 1948." Published in honor of the 1976 Bicentennial. Contributions from many hands include text and translation of "Kaiakahinalii, The Sea-of-theFallen-Chiefs" (pp. 16-19), a flood story; "Na Wahi Pana o Kaliuwaa, The Storied Places of Kaliuwaa [Sacred Falls, Oahu]" (pp. 180-183); and a huhhia chant about Pele's journey from Tahiti to Hawaii.

and JOHN K. MAHELONA. Na Inoa Hoku: A Catalogue of Hawaiian and Pacific Stars. Honolulu: Topgallant, 1975. 136

An index of Hawaiian-named stars, with emphasis on stars and constellations that can be fitted into current nomenclature. Section on "The Mythological Basis of Hawaiian Star Nomenclature," pp. viii-xiv, shows that many star names came from days of legend.

JONES, MELVILLE LEILANI [LEILANI MELVILLE, p s e u d . ] . Children

of

the Rainbow: The Religion, Legends and Gods of Pre-Christian Hawaii. Wheaton, 111.: Theosophical Publishing House, 1969.

Jones, a merchant sailor and amateur ethnologist, grandson of Mrs. John Bush (of a family prominent under King Kalakaua), states: "Much of the information that follows was learned from an elderly Hawaiian lady, a native fisherwoman, who taught me concerning the major gods of the Polynesian nation and their relationship with each other, with the earth, and with man." However, he draws upon N. B. Emerson and the Beckwith version of the Kumulipo (which he spells "Tumuripo"). Indeed, he spells throughout such Hawaiian words as kahuna, Kane, Kanaloa, and Lono in the form of "tahuna, " "Tane," "Tanaroa," and "Rono." He speaks of "the Lost Continent of the Mu" (p. 92) as the origin of the Hawaiian race. "When the strangers from beyond the horizon arrived in Hawaii, they found the same race of little people dwelling there. The little folk were the Mu and remote descendants of their forefathers who started civilization upon the Lost Continent of Ta Rua. The newcomers settled peacefully among the Mu and their descendants are now known as the Hawaiians. ' ' The ' 'Lost Continent' ' myth may here be connected with the legendary people of Kauai called Mû (see Pukui and Elbert, Dictionary, p. 235). Jones also interprets, often with legendary associations, a number of tapa patterns. He seems to draw heavily on his own somewhat mystical insights.

JOUAN, HENRI. Les Légendes des Iles Hawaii (Iles Sandwich) et le Peuple de la Polynesie. Société Nationale des Sciences Naturalles et Mathématiques de Cherbourg, Mémoires [Paris], (1885), 25, 281-331.

Attempt to trace migration of Hawaiians, based on legends in Fornander's Polynesian Race.

JUDD, GERRIT P. IV. A Hawaiian Anthology. New York: Macmillan, 1967.

Reprints "How Kana Brought Back the Sun" from Colum's The Bright Islands and "The Hula" from N. B. Emerson's Unwritten Literature ofHawaii.

KAHANANUI, DOROTHY M . See NAKUINA, MOSES.

Kahikilani's Rock. Par. Pac., 63 (Nov. 1951), 44.

Brief version of man turned by bird girl into ' 'George Washington statue. ' '

Kaili-lau-o-kekoa and the Flute. Par. Pac., 61 (Mar. 1949), travel supplement, 18-19Reprinted from Rice.

KALAKAUA, DAVID. For a discussion of Kalakaua and his works, see pp. 13-14 above.

The Legends and Myths of Hawaii. Reprint of 1888 ed. with introduction by Hon. Rollin M. Dagget and an introduction to the new edition by Terence Barrow. (Paperback) Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1972. See p. 72 above. 137

KAMAKAU, SAMUEL M. Ka Po'e Kahiko:

The People

of

Old.

Translated by Mary K. Pukui, edited by Dorothy Barrere. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Special Publication No. 51, 1964.

This work was translated in 1931 from old files of the newspaper Ke Au 'Oko'a, and later was reviewed by Pukui. The articles therein deal primarily with the customs and beliefs of the pre-Captain Cook Hawaiians. The book is a prime source of literary and religious information, and to itemize here the topics of interest to a student of legends would virtually reproduce the index of the book. Sections deal with "The Society," ' 'The Family and die 'Aumakua,'' ' 'The Spirit World,'' "Kaku'ai'' or transfigurations of supernatural beings, "Medical Practices," and "Magic and Sorcery," the duties of the kahuna class. A number of chants are found passim. Copious notes and bibliography. However, research has shown that this volume, more than Kamakau's Ruling Chiefs of Hawaii, should be treated with great care, especially considering the corruption of Polynesian legends by Christian intrusions. Barrire, who arranged the material for publication, remarks in a foreword: "Kamakau was an ardent, vehement, and highly vocal Christian convert, and his own well-founded knowledge of the traditions of his people concerning their gods and their creation myths led him into willful interpretations and equations in his zeal to show a comparable background of belief between the Hawaiian and Christian concepts of god and man" (p. viii). Reviews by R. A. Scobie in Jour. Polynesian Soc., 75 (June 1966), 248 and by K. Luomala in Jour. Amer. Folklore, 79 (July-Sept. 1966), 501-502.

Ruling Chiefs of Hawaii. Honolulu: Kamehameha, 1961.

Translations of articles in Ka Nupepa Ku'oko'a and Ke Au 'Oko'a from 1866 through 1871. Pukui reviewed translations by various hands "to cope with the difficulties of translating Kamakau's florid literary style into readable English." This large, authoritative volume is biography rather than legend, covering the lives of important chiefs from Umi through Kamehameha III. However, the chiefs before Kamehameha I fall into the class of folk heroes, and many of their exploits deal with the supernatural. Early chapters give stories of 'Umi, Kiha-a-Pi-i-lani, Keawe-nui-a-'Umi, Lono-i-ka-makahiki, Keawe, Alapa'i-nui, and Ka-lani-'opu'u. Chapter 8 is titled "Captain Cook's Visit to Hawaii." A more detailed, hundred-page index, prepared by Elspeth P. Sterling, is available in the Hawaiian Collection, University of Hawaii Library. In addition to the names of chiefs, an appendix to the book lists battles, dates cited in the text, names of heiaus, first lines of meles or chants, and Hawaiian sayings. Unlike Kamakau's Ka Po'e Kahiko (see), Ruling Chiefs is less subject to suspicion of the insertion of Biblical parallels, since oral biographies of later chiefs were less open to corruption; see BARRERE, The Kumuhonua Legends.

The Works of the People of Old; Na Hana a Ka Po 'e Kahiko. Translated by Mary K. Pukui, edited by Dorothy B. Barrere. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Special Publication No. 61, 1976.

A sequel to Ka Po'e Kahiko; articles that appeared in the newspaper Ke Au 'Oko'a, 1865-1870. No legends told, but many references passim to gods, 'aumakua, 'e'epa, naming of lands, and sayings; see index.

KANAE, MLNIA. Helumoa: Where the Rooster Scratched. Par. Pac., 61 (Apr. 1949), Hawaiianasupplement, 22.

Legend of a Waikiki coconut grove on Royal Hawaiian Hotel site, planted where a phantom rooster scratched.

KAPEPA, STANLEY. Maui and the Alae Birds. See Hawaiiana: A Handbook for Scouts.

138

Kauai is Rich in Ancient Legends to G o with Tropical Greenery. Par. Pac., 64 (Oct. 1952), 38. Includes very brief treatments of menehune feats, Moikeha, Kaili-lau-o-ke-koa.

KEKUMANO, MSGR. CHARLES A. Beacon 1972), Hawaiiana Column, 42.

[Honolulu],

12 (Aug.

Brief allusions to legends of introduction of plants into Hawaii.

KELLY, MARION. See BRYAN, EDWIN H. KELSEY, THEODORE. HOW Maui Brought Back the Sun to the Islands After Plenty of Pilikia. Hon. Adv., circa 1926.

Kane, in a rage over a Maui prank, takes the sun away to Kahiki; Maui retrieves it. Interesting and well-told.

Legendary Setting. Friend, 93 (July 1923), 159-160.

A Kelsey story of the Hilo hills.

N a h a Stone. Par. Pac., 61 (Aug. 1949), Hawaiiana ment, 14-15.

supple-

KENN, CHARLES W . The Hawaiian Horn of Plenty. Hawaiian 2 (Dec. 1947), 5-7.

Digest,

From Hon. Adv. account compiled by "Kelsey with the assistance of the Rev. S. L. Desha, Na'i Aupuni for December 1905, and L. W. de Vis-Norton's story." Kamehameha I and the Naha stone.

The Pleiades were called the "gourd net of Makalii," navigator of Hawaii-loa. In time of famine, a kupua chief let down the net and showered the land with food. A tnakahiki ritual is described. Oral source: Fred Beckley.

The Same Old Story. Par. Pac., 57 (Dec. 1945), 16, holiday number.

Wife of Peleiholani, king of Hawaii, goes to Olaa and marries a handsome bird-catcher. She returns after two years and explains. " I have been gathering feathers [to make leis]."

See also POGUE, JOHN. KENNEDY, KEITH. Dancing on a Volcano. Mankind, 84.

1 (1932), 8 2 -

Describes a twentieth-century hula at Halemaumau to a Pele-Hiiaka chant.

KEPELINO. See BECKWITH, MARTHA W. KIKUCHI, WILLIAM K . The Fireball in Hawaiian Folklore. In: Adrienne L. Kaeppler and H. Arlo N i m m o , eds., Directions in Pacific Traditional Literature. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., 1976, p p . 1 5 7 - 1 7 2 .

One motif of Hawaiian supernatural tales is akualele, the "flying g o d " or fireball. This motif in native Hawaiian beliefs is found in stories of sorcery, the Pele legend, and tales of other gods and spirits (pp. 161-163).

KINNEY, RUBELLITE [See also JOHNSON, RUBELLITE K . ] . The Legend o f N a u p a k a . Typescript, 1954, in University of Hawaii Library. 139

A "Lei Day" pageant script, produced May 1, 1954. Tells through narration and dances the story of Naupaka (female), who cannot marry commoner Kau'i. Ikaika is her chiefly suitor. Girl becomes mountain flower, boy beach flower. Cites as sources Emerson's Unwritten Literature, Neal's/» Gardens ofHawaii.

A Motif-Index of Traditional Polynesian Narratives. Honolulu: UHP, 1971.

KLRTLEY, BACIL F.

Voluminous and valuable index (using Stith Thompson method) of single, simple story elements in narratives from all Polynesia, including Hawaii. Good basis for innumerable comparative studies.

Some Extra-Oceanic Affinities of Polynesian Narratives. In: Adrienne L. Kaeppler and H. Arlo Nimmo, eds., Directions in Pacific Traditional Literature. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., 1976, pp.216-239. Inventions on Biblical themes by Kepelino and Kamakau, perpetuated by Fornander, are discussed on pp. 217-218. See BARRERE, The KumuhonuaLegends.

and ESTHER T . MOOKINI, trans. Kepelino's "Hawaiian Collection": His "Hooiliili Havaii," Pepa 1, 1858. Hawaiian Jour. Hist., 11 (1977), 39-68.

New translation of a selection from Kepelino's papers, including comments on tabu, the nature of the devil, various gods, deification of objects, magic, and sorcery. Original Hawaiian on opposite pages of English version. Copious and useful notes on figures in legend. See KEPELINO, p. 75 above.

KNUDSEN, ERIC ALFRED.

Island Heritage, 1974.

Spooky Stuffs. Norfolk Island, Australia:

Reprinting of Hawaiian ghost stories from broadcasts in 1940's. See p. 76 above.

KORN, ALFONS L. See PUKUI, MARY K .

The Island Way. Photographs by James F. Morgan, Jr. Norfolk Island, Australia: Island Heritage, 1975.

KRAUSS, BOB.

In 1973, sesquicentennial of the journey of William Ellis and missionary companions around the island of Hawaii, a group of missionary descendants and friends followed the same route, on foot and by canoe. Bob Krauss gives a day-by-day journal of the adventure and adds "inquiries into Island behavior and an Island approach to our global future." He refers not only to Ellis but to Malo, Emerson, Handy, Pukui, Kamakau, and Fornander. A recent account of the appearance of Pele as a hitchhiking old woman appears on p. 253. Bibliography is lengthy but items are sometimes incomplete.

L. The Kumulipo: Legendary Story of Creation. Aloha [Honolulu], 1 (June 15, 1928), 2-4, 16; (July 14, 1928), 6, 14, 18-20; (Aug. 15, 1928), 4,6.

KUKAHL, JOSEPH

Kukahi text with admittedly crude English translation. See BECKWITH, The Kumulipo.

Kumulipo. See BECKWITH,

MARTHA W .

LEE, CATHARINE A . See PUKUI, MARY K .

LEE, W. STORRS. Hawaii: A Literary Chronicle. New York: Funk & Wagnall, 1967.

"Psalm," a brief selection from Fornander Collection, pp. 37-40, and menehune story from Colum, At the Gateways of the Day. 140

Legend of Demi-god Maui. Par. Pac., 60 (Oct. 1948), Hawaiiana supplement, 14-15. Retold, with cuts and alterations, from Lawrence, Old-Time Hawaiians, third ed., pp. 36-42. See p. 77 above.

Legend of Hilo. Par. Pac., 60 (Oct. 1948), Hawaiiana supplement, 25,36.

Reprint, without mentioning name of author Kelsey, of "Legend of the Hilo Hills," from Par. Pac. See p. 74 above.

Legend of the Menehunes. Par. Pac., 55 (Feb. 1943), 14.

Pi, of Kauai, asks the menehune to build an irrigation dam on the Waimea River. No source mentioned.

Legends Are As Much a Part of Hawaii as the Sun, Sea, and Surf. Par. Pac., 70 (July 1958), 4-5.

Brief items on Kauai menehune, ghost-drum, nymph Kamalio; includes idea that menehune still live in Haena caves.

Legends of Pele. Par. Pac., 60 (Sept. 1948), Hawaiiana supplement, 26-27.

Retelling based on Rice; material on Kapiolani's defiance of Pele from Westervelt and Alexander.

There's More to Legends Than You Think. Hon. Adv., June 23, 1959, Statehood ed., sec. 1, p. 40.

LEIB, AMOS PATTEN.

Leib terms legends "a 'library' of unwritten books," a variety of information ranging "from theology and cosmology through biography and history to humor, tall tales, and romances." A good brief explanation of the scope and value of knowing about Hawaiian mythology.

The Overthrow of the Kapu System in Hawaii. Jour. Polynesian Soc., 77 (Dec. 1968), 402-430.

LEVIN, STEPHANIE SETO.

Contains a condensation of Umi legend from Fornander; much material on rituals and early religion. Other sources include Ellis, Beckwith, Kalakaua, Ii, Kumulipo, Thrum, Malo, and Kamakau.

LEWIS, ELIZABETH.

Kona's Pirate Gold. Par. Pac., 74 (Nov. 1962),

100-101.

Rather fanciful account of golden treasure on Kona Coast, based on old Hawaiian stories and lines in a letter from Robert Louis Stevenson to Charles Baxter on "April 27, 1889" (should be April 25). Also mention of two Spanish castaways landing near Kealakekua Bay.

Kilauea: The Home of Pele. Harper's Magazine, 95 (Oct. 1897), 714-725.

LIBBEY, WILLIAM.

A visit to the volcano.

Hawaii's Story by Hawaii's Queen. Boston: Lothrop, Lee, & Shepard, 1898; reprint, Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1964.

LILIUOKALANI, LYDIA.

Queen Liliuokalani's memoirs include an appendix giving a series of complicated genealogies of the ruling families. See also p. 79 above.

141

LONDON, JACK. Stories of Hawaii. Edited by A. Grove Day. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1965.

London spent five months in the islands in 1907 and returned for visits in 1915 and 1916. One of his stories, "The Water Baby" (pp. 203-214) tells how Lakana (London), while fishing off Waihee, Maui, with old Kohokumu, listens to chants about Lono, Kanaloa, and Maui, and hears a retelling of the legend of Keikiwai, the Water Baby. Source of the Maui lines in ' 'Chant of Kualii'' is the epigraph from a chapter in Westervelt, Legends ofMa-ui, revised from Fornander's Polynesian Race, 2, appendix p. 385. Source of the tale of the clever boy Punia is Fomander Collection, 2, pp. 294-301 (Fornander, Selections, pp. 6-17). See MOHAN for other versions of the Punia story.

LUOMALA, KATHARINE. For a discussion of Luomala and her works, sec Introduction to Second Edition.

Creative Processes in Hawaiian Use of Place Names in Chants. In: Georgios A. Megas, ed., "Lectures and Reports," 4th International Congress for Folk-Narrative Research, Athens, 1964, Laographia, 22, 234-247. Elbert calls this article "the most complete discussion of the role of place names in Hawaiian poetry" in his "Connotative Values of Hawaiian Place Names," pp. 126-127.

Disintegration and Regeneration, the Hawaiian Phantom Hitchhiker Legend. Fabula [Berlin and New York], 13 (1972), 2059-

Discusses how characteristics of Pele found in traditional legends have been incorporated into a widespread twentieth-century legend. Presents forty-eight variants of the new legend collected by her students; a majority are set in Hawaii and deal with Pele, though some are set in other parts of the world and deal with ghosts or spirits. Also has three modern accounts of Pele as a vanishing hotel guest.

A Dynamic in Oceanic Maui Myths: Visual Illustration With Reference to Hawaiian Localization. Fabula [Berlin and New York], 4 (1961), 137-162. Shows how localities on various Hawaiian Islands have been used to localize and visually illustrate the deeds of Maui. Uses many standard sources: Thrum, Westervelt, Fornander, Beckwith, etc. Quotes extensively from a version Stokes collected (Hon. Star-Bull., March 22, 1919), gives previously unpublished translation by Pukui of an account by Pua'aloa, a Beckwith and Pukui translation of Kamakau's version of Maui's fire-finding, and Pukui's own versions of some of the Maui exploits.

Highlights of Native Hawaiian Religion and Mythology. Typescript, in University of Hawaii Library, 27 pp. Good general discussion of the subject.

Lono, Essence of Wisdom. In: University of Hawaii, 19071937: Higher Education in the Pacific. Honolulu: University Office of Publications and Information, 1957, p. 2.

Account of Lono's functions as a god and appropriateness of his image as emblem of University's Fiftieth Anniversary celebration.

Maui-ofa-Thousand-Tricks: His Oceanic and European Biographers. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. No. 198, 1949. 142

Definitive scholarly study of the Maui legend, which is found in many parts of Polynesia as well as in Hawaii. Good bibliography.

The Menehune of Polynesia and Other Mythical Little People of Oceania. Honolulu: Bcrnice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. No. 203, 1951.

A monograph on a belief—widely held in many Polynesian islands—in a tribe of gnomelike workers. Luomala is the foremost authority on the menehune myth.

Missionary Contributions to Polynesian Anthropology. In: Specialized Studies in Polynesian Anthropology. Honolulu: BerniceP. Bishop Mus. Bull. No. 93, 1947, pp. 5-31.

A good evaluation of the contributions of South Sea missionaries. Hawaii gets mention with reference to work of Ellis, Bingham, Stewart, Dibble, A. O. Forbes. No narrative legends or abstracts thereof. Lengthy bibliography.

Motif A728: Sun Caught in Snare, and Certain Related Motifs. Fabula [Berlin and New York], 6 (1964), 213-252.

"This paper supplements my monograph on Oceanic, American Indian, and African myths of snaring the sun." New Hawaiian material includes previously unpublished versions from Edna E.Jenkins and Inez Ashdown, and a complete reprinting of Kelsey's " How Maui Brought Back the Sun to the Islands After Plenty of Pilikia.''

Polynesian Mythology. In: Maria Leach, ed., Funk & Wagnail's Standard Dictionary of Folklore, Mythology and Legend. 2 vols. New York: Funk & Wagnall, 1950, vol. 2, pp. 876-879; onevolume ed., 1972, pp. 876-879. Gives excellent general survey of Polynesian culture and the role of literature in it. Refers to some of the pan-Polynesian gods and their deeds. Bibliography.

Polynesian Poetry. In: Alex Preminger, ed., Encyclopedia of Poetry and Poetics, Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1965, pp.654-655. A brief survey; commentary in particular on Kumulipo.

South Sea Superman. International House Quarterly, 14 (1950), 210-215. Brief history and scholarly analysis of Maui myth.

Survey of Research on Polynesian Prose and Poetry. Jour. Amer. Folklore, 74 (Oct.-Dec. 1961), 421-439- Reprinted in Richard M. Dorson, ed., Folklore Research Around the World: A North American Point of View, Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1961.

For the area, discusses bibliographies and presents an excellent historical survey of translation and study of the material: (1) by explorers, travelers, early settlers; (2) by amateur anthropologists working usually with missions and in government positions; (3) by professional anthropologists; (4) at present. Discusses the people and works involved; no legends perse.

Voices on the Wind: Polynesian Myths and Chants. Illustrated by Joseph Feher. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., 1955. 143

An entertainingly written volume drawing upon many sources. Of special interest to Hawaiian mythology is her treatment of the Maui story and of the tales of the menehune, those dwarflike, night-working builders especially associated with the island of Kauai.

See also BECKWITH, LYMAN, THORNTON.

8 (Sept. 1945), 10.

MARTHA W . ,

The Kumulipo.

Gangway for Ghosts. Hawaii Farm and Home,

Stories of spirit marchers and menehune on island of Molokai, recalled by a member of a kamaaina family.

Fire and Water, and Other Hawaiian Legends. Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1973.

LYONS, BARBARA (BALDWIN).

Retellings for children of ten tales about island of Maui. No sources given.

Maui, Mischievous Hero. Hilo: Petroglyph Press, 1969-

Retelling by resident of several Maui stories.

Pacific Prometheus. Hon. Adv., July 28, 1957, magazine section, 26-27. Maui finding fire.

The Story of Pele's Maui Home. Par. Pac., 74 (Apr. 1962), 18-20. Pele's stay on Maui and battle with Na-maka-oka-hai, her sister the sea goddess. Great expansion of material outlined in Emerson, Fornander, and Westervelt.

H. The Kahuna: Versatile Mystics of Old Hawaii. Hilo: Petroglyph Press, 1962.

MCBRIDE, L.

A resident for some years in the Hawaii Volcano National Park presents a popularized account. Bibliography.

and JOSEPH S. EMERSON. The Kalo in Hawaii. Hawaiian Forester and Agriculturist: 10 (1913), 186-193, 225-231, 280-288, 315-323, 346-358, 371-375; 11 (1914), 1723,44-51,111-122,201-216.

MACCAUGHEY, VAUGHN

An episode involving Kamapuaa transformations is found in 10, 287-288.

D. Kona Legends. Reprint of 1926 ed. Hilo: Petroglyph Press, 1966.

MAGUIRE, ELIZA

See p. 84 above.

R. L. Halelehua and Her Mermaids. Par. Pac., 63 (Aug. 1951), 22-23.

MCGUIRE, THOMAS

Involves a mermaid goddess, menehunes, various fish gods and goddesses, and a ship's figurehead (now transmuted into what is often called "George Washington's bust" on North Shore of Oahu). See also MCGUIRE, p. 83 above.

Legend of Mt. Waialeale. Par. Pac., 64 (July 1952), 19, 34.

Menehune ritual brings the first rain to fall on barren Kauai, now "the wettest spot on earth."

The Legend of Sacred Falls. Par. Pac., 67 (March 1955), 12-13.

Modern embroidery and enlargement of some standard Kamapuaa material; involves him with the beautiful Leinani at Sacred Falls. 144

MCKELWAY, RUTH. The Stone Gods of Wahiawa. Asia, 2 9 1929), 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 , 146, 147. Many people drawn by magical powers of two stones; a true incident.

(Feb.

McMURRAY, TERRY. Maybe It Wasn't Rain God. . . . Hon. Adv., Nov. 5, 1961, B-5.

Hawaiians on Parker Ranch claim stone rain god trapped inside picket fence caused Big Island drought.

Magic Breadfruit. Par. Pac., 61 (Jan. 1949), travel supplement, 4. Taken from Westervelt.

MALO, DAVID. For a discussion of Malo and his works, see pp. 7-10, 15, and 84 above.

Hawaiian Antiquities. Second ed. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Special Publication No. 2, 1951, 1971.

Second edition reset from 1903 edition with different pagination and a number of corrections, as well as a preface by Eloise Christian. Reprinted, 1971, with a preface by Kenneth Emory noting that errors in Emerson's translations and notes have been the subject of Bishop Museum work, which will eventually result in a new, revised edition.

MALO, ELROY. Legend of Kapulu. Beacon [Honolulu], 1 0 (July 1970), 2 7 - 2 8 . Seems to be a modern invention by a blind leper. Deals with a royal pet pig who is transformed into a cowardly human being.

Maui Conquers the Heavens: A Legend of Maui Island. Par. Pac., 64 (Sept. 1952), 39. Short version of Maui's sky lifting.

MARTIN,

BLANCHE RALSTON.

N.Y.: Exposition Press, I960.

Children of Lei Land. Hicksville,

For upper elementary grades; ancient fable and modern tale.

The Marvelous Menehunes. Par. Pac., 60 (Sept. 1948), Hawaiiana supplement, 16. Summary of menehune stories.

MAY, ERNEST R. The Fabulous Menehunes. Hawaiian 1948), 6 0 - 6 3 . Condensed from "Menehune Madness.'' See p. 85 above.

Digest,

3

Qan.

MELLEN, KATHLEEN D . Pele Alii. Par. Pac., 74 (Nov. 1962), 91-92. ' 'An excerpt from her forthcoming Hawaiian Vignettes.'' About half of this summarizes standard Pele lore; the rest deals with her reported appearances and influence in the twentieth century. Includes fate on Dec. 27, 1935 of bombers of Mauna Loa lava flow. (Less than a month after bombing, two of the bomber planes collided; six who had participated were killed and two, who had not, bailed out safely.) MELVILLE, LEILANI. See JONES, LEILANI MELVILLE.

Memorial Stones to Ancient Wizards of Kapaemalu Restored at Kuhio Beach, Waikiki. Hon. Star-Bull. & Adv., Sept. 8, 1963, A-9. Stones set up on Cleghorn property at Waikiki. 145

Menehunes at Nawiliwili. Par. Pac., 61 (July 1949), travel supplement, 21-22. Taken from Damon, Koamalu, chapter on Nawiliwili.

METZGER, BERTA. See NEAL, MARIE C .

K. Resource Units in Hawaiian Culture. Honolulu: Kamehameha, 1969; rev. ed., 1972.

MITCHELL, DONALD

Sixteen units provide programs for lectures and readings in aspects of Hawaiian culture. Unit 6 deals with "Poetry and Prose," including folklore; unit 7 deals with ancient religion.

Moanalua. Beacon [Honolulu], 16 (Aug. 1973), 30-31.

Brief references to legends to be found in Gertrude Damon's notebooks.

MOHAN, BEVERLY M .

Follett, 1964.

Punia and the King of the Sharks. Chicago:

Retelling for elementary grades of familiar Punia story. Available sources are Fornander Collection, 2, pp. 294-301; Fornander, Selections, pp. 6-17; Beckwith, Laieikawai, p. 378; Beckwith, Hawaiian Mythology, pp. 443-444; Colum, At the Gateways of the Day, pp. 1-6; and Pukui and Curtis, Ptkoi, pp. 222-228.

Moiliili's Caves Figure in Legends of Old Hawaii. Hon. Star-Bull., Sept. 4, 1956, 16. Several unsupported tales of large caves underlying Honolulu suburb of Moiliili.

MOOKINI, ESTHER T . See KIRTLEY, BACIL F . ; PUKUI, MARY K .

S., comp. Kahunas: The Black and White Magicians of Hawaii. San Francisco: privately printed, 1968; (paperback) Boston: Branden Press, 1969.

MORRILL, SLBLEY

Pamphlet reprinting several articles on kahuna practices.

Hawaii's Religions. Honolulu: Kamehameha, 1961; rev. ed., titled Religion in Hawaii, Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1970.

MULHOLLAND, J O H N F.

In straightforward style, briefly describes non-Christian and Christian religions.

My Great-Great-Grandpa Was a Menehune. Par. Pac., 74 (Sept. 1962), 26.

Brief collection of Kauai menehune lore, including a flood survival. Credits Juliet Rice Wichman as an oral source.

Mysterious Dogs of Barking Sands. Par. Pac., 61 (Jan. 1949), travel supplement, 21.

Reprinted in Par. Pac., 62 (July 1950), 16. Dogs of fisherman are buried in sand during storm; no source given. Pukui-Elbert-Mookini's Place Names of Hawaii states (p. 17): "so called because the sand sounds loudly when walked upon.''

Mystical Rocks at Kuhio Beach. Hon. Star-Bull. & Adv., Sept. 18, 1966, magazine section, 28.

"The wizard stones of Kapaemahu" can be seen at Kuhio Beach; see "Memorial Stones to Ancient Wizards.'' 146

K. Legend of the Kawaiahao Spring. Friend, 88 (Aug. 1919), 181-182.

NAKUINA, EMMA

Spring near Kawaiahao Church named for Hao, descendant of ancient chief of Oahu of that name. See Pukui and Curtis, Tales of the Menehune, pp. 88-92; see also PukuiElbert-Mookini, Place Names of Hawaii, p. 97.

Springs of Wailele. Friend, 93 (Apr. 1923), 81-82.

Springs near Mid-Pacific Institute; mentions old belief that water had origin on valley heights at Kakea.

ed. The Hawaiian Story ofPakaa andKuapakaa, the Personal Attendants ofKeawenuiaumi. Translated by Dorothy M. Kahananui. Honolulu: privately printed, n.d.

NAKUINA, MOSES,

See BROWN, M., Backbone of the King.

In Gardens of Hawaii. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Special Publication No. 50, 1948; new and rev., 1965.

NEAL, MARIE C .

Successive enlargements of the Neal-Metzger volume (see METZGER, p. 86 above), still containing the Metzger legend material.

Lava Diversion Test Halted by Pele Followers. Hon. Star-Bull., Oct. 5, 1977, A-13.

NELSON, LYLE.

Tests by U.S. Army during Kilauea eruption near Kalapana were cancelled by State Civil Defense officials because residents objected to interference with intentions of Pele.

NICHOLSON, GERALDINE E.

lon Press, 1975.

Adventures ofMuku. Minneapolis: Dil-

A dozen menehune tales and adventures of a fictional menehune called Mu; for children.

NIELSON, VIRGINIA.

1966.

Kimo and Madame Pele. New York: McKay,

Modern fiction for children; about a boy living on the Puna coast during an imaginary eruption.

Traditions of Waiahole Valley. News from the Pacific, 15 (Winter 1963), 2-5.

PAGLANAWAN, RICHARD.

Several traditional stories of fishermen.

PAKI, PILAHI and FRANCIS HAAR. Legends of Hawaii: Oahu's Yesterday. Honolulu: Victoria Publishers, 1972.

Legends and poems to accompany photographs of places on Oahu—Nuuanu Valley, Olomana, Kaneohe, and the North Shore. Some involve well-known episodes of Pele, Hiiaka, Kamapuaa, and others. No sources given; one tale probably drawn from Emerson's Pele and Hiiaka. Also includes a number of legends not appearing in Sterling and Summers, The Sites of Oahu. Paki has provided modern chants of her own, embodying traditional material. Style is smooth and readable, a trifle given to ornament and cliches.

Surf-riding: Its Thrills and Techniques. Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, I960.

PATTERSON, OTTO B .

Part III, "Surfing in Legend and History," reprints stories of Mamala from Westervelt, Kelea from Kalakaua, and Umi and Parea seems retold from Pomander Collection. Excellent photographs. 147

Pearl Harbor Rich in Legend. Hon. Adv., ment, 11.

May 27, 1956, supple-

Brief account of drydock disaster of 1913. See FURLONG.

PETERSON, S. O. Vengeance of the Gods. Aloha ( A u g . - O c t . 1951), 12-15.

[Honolulu], 5

Poor modern fiction, making brief use of Kuula traditions. The gods seem to have taken vengeance by terminating the publication of this periodical with this issue.

PHEGLEY, MOLLIE. Children 1939.

of Hawaii. Dallas: Manfred, Van Nort,

For elementary grades; stories and poems, some based on folklore.

PLTCHFORD, GENIE. A Pele Profile. Par. Pac., Edition, 1961), 32.

73 (Annual Holiday

Brief extract from her Hawaiian Time (Honolulu: Watkins & Sturgis, 1955).

POGUE, REV. JOHN F. Moolelo of Ancient Hawaii. Honolulu: Topgallant, 1978. Translated from the Hawaiian by Charles W . Kenn.

Pogue began a ten-year term as principal of Lahainaluna Seminary in 1856, and continued the custom of publishing legends, lore, and history based on researches by students, such as David Malo and S. N. Kamakau (see pp. 7-10, above). Pogue's collection, which was published in Hawaiian by the government in 1858, was the third Moolelo to issue from Lahaina. Chapters include such topics as the creation of Hawaii, genealogies of ancient chiefs Wakea and Umi, and the reign of Kamehameha. Appendixes contain an obituary of Pogue and the original Hawaiian text from which the Kenn translation was made. A publisher's note contains biographical information on " K a h u n a K e n n . "

POIGNANT, ROSLYN. Oceanic Mythology: The Myths of PolynesiaMicronesia-Melanesia-Australia. London: P a u l H a m l y n , 1967.

Historical introduction refers to work of Fornander, Dibble group, Kalakaua, Bastian, and Kumulipo. In Polynesia section are references and quotations from Westervelt, Ellis, Cook, N. B. Emerson, Beckwith, Kepelino, Malo, and Luomala.

POIRE, NAPUA STEVENS. Night Marchers Scared Her. Hon. &Adv., Oct. 31, 1971, C-7.

Star-Bull.

Ghost story drawn from childhood vacation in Kohala, Hawaii.

POSINSKY, S. H. T h e Death of Maui. American sociation Journal, 5 (1957), 4 8 5 - 4 8 9 .

Psychoanalytical

As-

Short psychological discussion, based specifically on New Zealand sources, but short bibliography mentions Luomala's Maui monograph.

POWELL, VELMA SHARTLE. Auntie Tells a Tale. Par. Pac., 1945), 12-13.

57 (Dec.

Story of warriors marching against Kamehameha I, who are defeated by Pele's eruption and take refuge at Punaluu on the Kona coast.

PRATT, HELEN GAY. The Hawaiians: An Island People. Reprint of 1941 ed. Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1963. See p. 91 above. PUKUI, MARY (KAWENA) WIGGIN.

For a discussion of Pukui and her works, see pp. 29-31 above and Introduction to the Second Edition. 148

Ka Mo'olelo o Maui. In: Katharine Luomala, "A Dynamic in Oceanic Myths.'' Complete translation of an account by Puaaloa in Ku'oko'a, June 27, 1863. Detailed versions of origin of Maui, his obtaining fire, snaring sun, and fishing.

Songs (Meles) of Old Kau. Jour. Amer. Folklore, 62 (JulySept. 1949), 247-258.

A good deal of oral history concerning various Kau residents is given in connection with songs concerning them.

and CAROLINE CURTIS. Legends of Hawaii. Mimeographed. Honolulu: Kamehameha, 1946.

Retellings for school use of fourteen legends and poems, only two of which are retold from printed sources in English. Seven legends were told to Pukui by relatives or friends; two were from newspaper accounts translated by her. Presumably all were printed in Pikoi (see below) or other Pukui and Curtis collaborations.

and The Makahiki: Fishing and Farming. Mimeographed. Honolulu: Kamehameha, 1946. Brief accounts of makahiki customs.

and Pikoi and Other Legends of the Islands of Hawaii. Honolulu: Kamehameha, 1949, 1971. Stories from the Big Island, told by Pukui or translated by her from Hawaiian newspapers; other sources include N. B. Emerson, Westervelt, Thrum, Fornander, and others. Intended for high school use and suitable for reading to children, but of interest to adults.

and Tales of the Menehune and Other Short Legends of the Hawaiian Islands. Honolulu: Kamehameha, I960, 1971. Short legends suitable to be told or read to young children. Stories are original with Pukui or drawn from Westervelt, Rice, Fornander, Kamakau, or Hawaiian newspapers.

and The Water of Kane and Other Legends of the Hawaiian Islands. Honolulu: Kamehameha, 1951, 1961, 1974.

Retellings of legend of Aukele (from Fornander) and twenty-five other tales, grouped according to islands they concern. Source given at end of each tale. Most are from earlier English versions in Fornander Collection, Rice, Westervelt, Pukui and Curtis, Pukui, and others; some were translated by Pukui from Hawaiian newspapers. Intended for high school use but also of general interest.

and SAMUEL H.

ELBERT. Hawaiian-English

Dictionary.

Honolulu: UHP, 1957, 1964. English-Hawaiian Dictionary. Honolulu: UHP, 1961, 1965. Hawaiian Dictionary (rev. ed. in one volume). Honolulu: UPH, 1971.

The 1971 edition "updates and combines the third edition of the Hawaiian-English Dictionary and the first edition of the English-Hawaiian Dictionary.'' The bibliography is also brought up to date. Of special value to students of legends are Supplements B and C in the Hawaiian-English section. Supplement B (p. 381) contains some two hundred entries in a "Glossary of Hawaiian Gods, Demigods, Family Gods, and a Few Heroes," drawn from such sources as Beckwith's Hawaiian Mythology, Kamakau's Ruling Chiefs of Hawaii, and works by Malo, N. B. Emerson, and Westervelt. Supplement C (p. 399) contains about ninety "specializations or areas governed by the deities, and of the plant and animal forms (kino lauj they assumed.'' 149

, SAMUEL H. ELBERT, and ESTHER T. MOOKINI. Place Names of Hawaii. Honolulu: UHP, 1966; rev. and expanded, 1974.

An indispensable guide to the origins and meanings of some four thousand place names in the islands, including valleys, streams, mountains, land sections, surfing areas, towns, villages, and even Honolulu streets and buildings. Many entries discuss legends that account for names. Under Appendix 6.6, "Semantic Classification" (p. 258), fiftythree place names are presumably derived from "legendary supernatural," of which sixteen appear less than ten times. For example, Kane, god of life and procreation, appears in twenty-five names; Pele, volcano goddess, in seventeen; and mo'o, "water supernatural," in eleven. Religious beliefs reflected in names are discussed on p. 261. Good bibliography.

, , and The Pocket Hawaiian Dictionary, with a Concise Hawaiian Grammar. (Paperback) Honolulu: UPH, 1975. This handy version of the Hawaiian Dictionary—intended for island residents, interested visitors, and beginning students—gives about 6,000 Hawaiian words and, in the English-Hawaiian section, about 4,800 English words.

, E. W. HAERTIG, M . D . , and CATHERINE A. LEE. Nana iKe Kumu (Look to the Source). Vol. 1. Honolulu: Hui Hanai, 1972.

This book resulted from seven years of weekly meetings of study and research by the Culture Committee of the Queen Liliuokalani Children's Center. The need emerged for a greater understanding of Hawaiian culture in the treatment of contemporary problems. "The objectives of this work are to provide factual information as accurately as possible in a subject that reaches back to unwritten history and legend, and to examine their applicability to modern life." Mrs. Pukui was invaluable as a source of cultural information. Although primarily intended for members of the helping professions who work with Hawaiians, the discussions of ideas are interesting to students of literature. The index contains many references to gods, ghosts, and religious rituals.

and ALFONS L. KORN. The Echo of Our Song: Chants and Poems of the Hawaiians. Honolulu: UPH, 1973.

Texts and translations of many nineteenth-century chants and poems, with valuable introductions and appended commentaries. Of special interest to mythology are: "Shark Hula for Ka-lani-'opu'u" (p. 3); "Chant of Welcome for Kamehameha" (p. 9); "Birth Chant for Kau-i-ke-ao-uli" (p. 12); "Forest Chant in Praise of Laka" (p. 42), from N. B. Emerson's Unwritten Literature of Hawaii; "Songs from Pele and Hi'i-aka" (p. Ai) ftom^.mcKon's Pele and Hiiaka; and "Pele Raped" (ibid., p. 173), also from Emerson. These translations are the most authentic and poetic currently available to anyone interested in chants composed by native Hawaiians. Alfons L. Korn, Pukui's co-translator and Professor Emeritus of English, University of Hawaii, is author of The Victorian Visitors (Honolulu: UHP, 1958) and News From Molokai: Letters Between Peter Kaeo and Queen Emma, 1873-1876 (Honolulu: UPH, 1976).

See also BRYAN, EDWIN H . ; H A N D Y , EDWARD S. C . ; KAMAKAU, SAMUEL M . ; STERLING, ELSPETH P . ; a n d TITCOMB, MARGARET, "Dog and Man in the Ancient Pacific" and "Native

Use of Fish in Hawaii.''

The Rainbow Princess: A Legend of Kauai Island. Par. Pac., 64 (Sept. 1952), 50. From Rice, Hawaiian Legends, without credit, slightly changed. 150

RICE, WILLIAM HYDE. For a discussion of Rice and his works, sec pp. 24-26 above.

Hawaiian Legends. Reprint of 1923 ed. New York: Kraus Reprints, 1971. Reprint of classic collection. See p. 93 above.

Kaili-lau-o-kekoa and the Flute. Par. Pac., 61 (Mar. 1949), Hawaiiana supplement, 18-19. Reprinted, with cuts, from Hawaiian Legends. Legend of the Moo. Par. Pac., 62 (Sept. 1950), Hawaiiana supplement, 20. Reprinted from Hawaiian Legends. RICHARDSON, DALE. The Miracle Isles. Hon. Star-Bull., Jan. 5, 1963, 6. '' Sacrificial" stones on Oahu and elsewhere may be modern rather than ancient.

ROBINSON, LORETTA.

16,1972, E-4-5.

Stories of the Salt Lake. Hon. Star-Bull., Feb.

Excerpts from Gertrude MacKinnon Damon's diary. Pele, on arrival in islands with brother Kane, settles in Moanalua Valley. Salt Lake born of Pele's tears when forced to leave. Tale told by old fisherman who "learned it from his grandmother."

The Kahuna Sorcerers of Hawaii, Past and Present. Hicksville, New York: Exposition Press, 1979.

RODMAN, JULIUS SCAMMON.

An extensive but uncritical volume on Hawaiian lore drawn from both oral and printed sources. Rodman spent the decade of the 1930s in the islands and collected artifacts from caves and ruins. He draws heavily upon the work of Melville Leilani Jones, who contributed a glossary (pp. 139-226), and shares with Jones such beliefs as that of Ka Lua, the "lost Pacific continent."

S. Coconut, Breadfruit and Taro in Pacific Oral Literature. Jour. Polynesian Soc., 79 (June 1970), 219-232.

ROOSMAN, RADEN

Includes brief references to accounts from all Pacific area; sources include Beckwith, Colum, Dixon, Handy, Kirtley, Luomala, and Thrum.

SCHEURMANN, ERICH.

2(1928), 106-113.

Sagen und Legenden aus Hawaii. DerErdball,

Plagiarized translations. Scheurmann apparently had access to two books of Hawaiian legends: Thrum's Hawaiian Folk Tales and Westervelt's Legends of Old Honolulu. From them, without acknowledging sources, he translated directly into German. His article has the accounts of Maui's sun snaring and fire finding from Thrum, pp. 31-35; "The Battle of the Owls" from Westervelt, pp. 133-137; "The Bird Man of Nuuanu" from Westervelt, pp. 121-126; and "A Visit to the Spirit Land" from Thrum, pp. 58-62.

SHARP, EMMA FARDEN. This Is the Hula. 18-21. Includes brief retelling of Hiiaka's dance for Pele.

Par. Pac.,

72

(July

I960),

Nahi'ena'ena, Sacred Daughter of Hawaii. Honolulu: UPH, 1976.

SINCLAIR, MARJORIE.

Biography of Nahi'ena'ena (1815?—1836), daughter of Kamehameha I, written by a professor of English at the University of Hawaii. Three surviving chants celebrating this princess ate discussed (pp. 3-7)—one from N. B. Emerson and two from Fornander. 151

SMITH, JARED G . When Pele Walked. Fiction: three appearances of Pele.

Friend,

90

(Feb.

1921), 3 5 - 3 6 .

SMITH, R. S. A Legend of Waikiki. Par. Pac., 1 (Sept. 1888), 3. Humorous contemporary fiction.

An Early Polynesian Settlement on the Hawaiian Islands. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., 18th Annual Report, 1911, pp.

SMITH, S. PERCY.

10-21. Maori sources indicate a migration to Hawaii via Fiji and Tahiti. Followed by a discussion by W. D. Alexander.

J. Legends of Wailua. Lihue, Kauai: Garden Isle Publishing Co., 1955.

SMITH, WALTER

Stories to accompany a river tour; pamphlet.

Snatch of Old Fish Legends. Par. Pac., 23 (Oct. 1910), 23.

Plenitude of alalauafishin Honolulu Harbor predicts impending death in royal family; and other fishing superstitions.

Makaha: The Legend of the Broken Promise. Norfolk Island, Australia: Island Heritage, 1974.

SPRINGER, PILIPO.

"From an original story by Pilipo Springer. Adapted by Robert B. Goodman and Robert A. Spicer. Edited by Ruth Tabrah." No source given. The publisher has stated that it is justifiable to invent legends where none exist. See Introduction to Second Edition; see also ENGLE. For children. Illustrated.

C. ALEXANDER. Hawaiian Folklore Tales. Hicksville, N. Y.: Exposition Press, 1975.

STAMES,

Sketchy items by a visitor.

P. and CATHERINE C . SUMMERS. The Sites of Oahu: a hiki i keia la. Books 1-6. Six "books" in 11 vols., looseleaf. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., 1962.

STERLING, ELSPETH

An extremely useful compilation, arranged according to Oahu districts and sites within each district, of archeological information, place names, and the history, traditions, and legends connected with the various sites. The material comes not only from published sources in English but from Hawaiian sources, unpublished sources, and informants, thus providing some of this information for the first time in printed form in English. Pukui not only provided most of the Hawaiian translations but also furnished additional information. The material is given in full from the source and documented. Detailed maps for districts with sites numbered and an index of sites. Categorized by ancient district names.

Travels in Hawaii. Edited by A. Grove Day. Honolulu: UPH, 1973.

STEVENSON, ROBERT LOUIS.

Stevenson first arrived in Hawaii in 1889 and began studying the Hawaiian language; six sheets of notes in the Huntington Library suggest that he planned an essay on "Kapus, Gods, and Ghosts," but soon gave up. The account of his visit to the City of Refuge on the Big Island mentions the chief Keawe (pp. 26-28); his source is Ellis' Narrative. See also the previously unpublished diary of Stevenson's trip around the Kona Coast (pp. 196-197). His well-known stories "The Bottle Imp" and "The Isle of Voices," although dealing with supernatural events, are set in the post-Captain Cook period. 152

STEWART, CHARLES SAMUEL. Journal of a Residence

in the

Sandwich

Islands. Reprint of third ed. of 1830 with index by Margaret Apple. Honolulu: UHP, for Friends of the Library of Hawaii, 1970.

Especially interesting description of the ceremonies surrounding the death of members of noble class.

STOKES, JOHN F. G. New Bases for Hawaiian Chronology. Hawaiian Hist. Soc., 41st Annual Report. 1933, pp. 23-65. Stokes claims that most traditional dates in Hawaiian history are based on uninformed guesses.

Traditional Wailuku River to be Dedicated to Posterity. Hon. Star-Bull., March 22, 1919, magazine section, 1,12.

Cited by Luomala in "A Dynamic . . . " a s providing new or variant material concerning Maui's exploits and for valuable information on circumstances of telling, using localities as visual illustrations. Stokes "summarizes each plot that he heard, refers to the localities associated with it along the Wailuku river system, and describes the narrative situation." Accounts were told by a Hawaiian guide and raconteur, Ben Brown.

See also BRYAN, EDWIN H .

STROUP, HARRY. Tale of Strange Woman, White Dog and Bones, A Pele Superstition. Par. Pac., 40 (Mar. 1927), 31. Accounts of Pele sightings at Halemaumau by elderly Hawaiian.

STROVEN, CARL and A. GROVE DAY, eds. The Spell of the

Pacific.

New York: Macmillan, 1949.

This voluminous first anthology of literature from the Pacific includes two selections on Hawaiian legends: ' 'The Water of Kane" (pp. 467-469) from Emerson's Unwritten Literature of Hawaii and "The Menehune: A Legend from Kauai" (pp. 471-481) from Rice, Hawaiian Legends.

SUMMERS, CATHERINE C . See STERLING, ELSPETH P.

Tales of Pele Superstition. Thrum's Ann. 23 (1927), pp. 51-54. Reprinted from Ho». Star-Bull., Apr. 22, 1926.

Destruction by Pele of village of Hoopuloa; instead of sacrificing whole pig to Pele, people used it for a feast and dedicated only a portion to goddess.

TANI, MOLLY. Kaliko, Boy of the Sea. Beacon [Honolulu], 10 (Oct. 1970), 17-20. Short story set in twentieth-century Waiehu.

The Story of the Breadfruit Tree. Beacon [Honolulu], 10 (Aug. 1970), 43.

Breadfruit originates on a Pacific island from the body of an old man named Ulu and eliminates famine. No source given.

TAYLOR, CLARICE B. Halaulani and the Shark G o d . Par. Pac.,

64

([annual], 1953), 72.

Couple at Hilo nursed by Pele; son is born as aawa fish who is protected by shark god (unnamed). Authentic?

Hawaiian Almanac. Honolulu: Tongg, 1957.

Principally folklore, practices, beliefs, sayings; a slight interspersing of narrative legend, as of the stone markers at Kumukahi. 153

Hawaiian Legends. Par. Pac., 60 (Mar. 1948), travel supplement, 15. Tour drivers are a prolific source of tales to equal the world's greatest folklore.

31.

Historic Stones at Kalapana. Par. Pac., 62 (Mar. 1950), 6-7,

Legends and customs associated with a group of Puna stones. Various ones concern Pele, a chief named Honolulu, and the elepaio bird and Kahuoi, a farmer. Bird and farmer legend claimed never to have been published before. " A s told by Mrs. Anne H a l l . "

Madame Pele, Hawaii's Goddess of the Volcano. Par. Pac., 72 (Mar. I960), 13-17. General retelling, with photographs, of Pele myths.

Polynesian Noah. Hawaii Farm and Home, 10-11.

11 (Mar. 1948),

Nuu story based on Kamakau invention; see BARRERE, The Kumuhonua

Legends.

The Story of Creation as Told in the Legend of Hawaii-loa. Hawaii Farm and Home, 11 (Jan. 1948), 30-31. More Biblical parallels based on Kamakau fabrications.

Ten at an Arrow. Par. Pac., 62 (Nov. 1950), Hawaiiana supplement, 16. Short retelling of combined bits of well-known Pikoi legend.

TENBRUGENCATE, JAN. Naupaka, the Mysterious Half-Flower. Hon. Star-Bull. Si Adv., Oct. 8, 1972, E-4. Two naupaka tales.

TE RANGI HLROA [PETER H. BUCK]. Arts and Crafts of Hawaii. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Special Publication No. 45, 1957. Reprinted in fourteen separate sections, 1964.

An invaluable work by Buck. Vol. 14 is an index to the set, and refers to such topics as origin of breadfruit, traditions concerning tapa, myths and mythological characters, traditional gods and chiefs, etc. Bibliography lists Ellis, Emerson, Kamakau (from manuscript translation by Beckwith and Pukui), and Thrum. A review by Terence Barrow in Jour. Polynesian Soc., 69 (Sept. I960), 300, says: "Throughout Arts and Crafts of Hawaii one finds references to the early literature of Hawaii.''

TESTA, F. J . Sacred Pavement of Liloa: K a paepae kapu a Liloa. Par. Pac., 3 (Nov. 1890), 2.

Tale of pavement of heiau of Pakaalana in Waipio Valley, Hawaii; taken from Fornander, Polynesian Race.

THOMAS, JOHN. Legends of Waipio Valley. Par. Pac., 1958), 73-75.

70 (Nov.

Three retellings of the mystery dog and magic conch shell Pupualenalena; the lovers turned into a waterfall and rock at Hiilawe; and Kaluapahi, the hole of the giant eel.

THOMPSON, VIVIAN L. Aukele the Fearless: A Legend of Old Hawaii. San Carlos, Calif.: Golden Gate Junior Books, 1972.

Legendary hero slays Halulu-the-evil-one, bird of prey. Vivian Thompson is a long-time resident who has written several books for children, ably retelling stories from standard sources. 154

Hawaiian Legends of Tricksters and Riddlers. New York: Holiday House, 1969Twelve tales of island men who excelled at playing tricks or solving riddles.

Hawaiian Myths of Earth, Sea and Sky. New York: Holiday House, 1966. Excellent collection of nature myths and legends.

Hawaiian Tales of Heroes and Champions. New York: Holiday House, 1971. Twelve traditional tales of supernatural heroes.

Meet the Hawaiian Menehunes. New York: Pageant, 1952; Hilo: Petroglyph Press, 1967.

Five short stories with modern setting about children who saw menehunes; for elementary grades.

THRUM, THOMAS GEORGE. For a discussion of Thrum and his works, see pp. 17-21 above.

Story of the Race of People Called the Menehunes, of Kauai: A Hawaiian Tradition. N.p.: Avery Print, 1920?

Reprinted from Jour. Polynesian Soc., 29 (June 1920), 70-75. Translated by Thrum. '' Includes Hawaiian text with title: Moolele o ka lahui i kapala Menehune, o Kauai.'' A fairly detailed account, given in Hawaiian and English, apparently as passed down by the unnamed narrator's grandparents. The menehune characteristics, habits, construction of watercourse and fish ponds, and other information. See also THRUM, Stories of the Menehunes, p. 101 above.

Stories of the Menehunes. Par. Pac., 8 (Feb. 1895), 17-18.

From Thrum's Ann. 1895; reprinted in Thrum, Stories of the Menehunes.

Kava in Hawaii. Jour. Polynesian Soc., 57 (June 1948), 105-171.

TLTCOMB, MARGARET.

Includes excerpts from Beckwith, Fornander, Green and Pukui, Bishop Museum manuscript translations by Pukui, Westervelt, and other legendary material in which kava plays a role.

The Voyage of the Plying Bird. Illustrated by Joseph Feher. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1963; Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1970.

Lengthy novel of settlement of old Hawaii by voyagers from Tahiti. Sources include Ancient Tahiti by Teuira Henry, Canoes of Oceania by A. C. Haddon and James Hornell, and works by Emory, Handy, Pukui, and Elbert. Excellent style and moving action.

and MARY KAWENA PUKUI. Dog and Man in the Ancient Pacific, With Special Attention to Hawaii. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Special Publication No. 59, 1969.

Explores the role of the dog in Oceanic culture. "Dogs in Legend" (pp. 20-22) includes Hawaiian dog material from Fornander, Pukui, and Westervelt. Other legendary material on pp. 12-13. Some Pukui translations represent fresh contributions from Hawaiian newspapers. 155

and Native Use of Fish in Hawaii. Honolulu: UHP, 1972. Reprinted from Jour. Polynesian Soc., Memoirs, No. 29 (supplement to vol. 60, nos. 2-3, and 4; vol. 62, no. 2).

A good deal of legendary material passim, including treatment of gods and aumakua in episodes, beliefs, and customs in which fish play a part. Legends given for various of the Hawaiian fishes in the alphabetical descriptive listing in the last section of the article, some more than a page in length. Legends taken from printed accounts, native informants, and manuscript translations by Pukui from articles in Hawaiian newspapers. Index to fish is in last installment of serial publication.

TOPHAM, HELEN. Hawaiian Folk Tale. Par. Pac., 7 5 Light verse alluding to deeds of Pele, Maui, and menehunes.

(Feb.

1963), 33.

Letters from Hawaii. Edited by A. Grove Day. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1966; (paperback) Honolulu: UPH, 1975.

TWAIN, MARK.

Two legends ofLono briefly retold, pp. 243-245, borrowed from James J. Jarves, History of the Hawaiian Islands—i copy of which Twain '' borrowed'' from Father Damon' s Mission Library.

Visitors "Eat Up" Island Legends. Par. Pac., 65 (Dec. 1953), 8. Brief skimmings of lore.

Wailua Rock Can't Sink. Par. Pac., 62 (Jan. 1950), Hawaiiana supplement, 22. A one-paragraph legend about rocks at Wailua River, Kauai. Authentic?

Wai o Puna. Par. Pac., 60 (Nov. 1948), travel supplement, 14.

Mineral spring of Waiwelawela in Puna, near Hilo, was used by chiefs to recuperate after battle.

WARREN, GRACE TOWER.

Legends of Ancient Hawaii. Par. Pac., 60

(Dec. 1948), 58-59.

Several short flower legends, including one involving Pele, "from the lips of a . . . Hawaiian woman who is considered an authority"; also menehune material.

Waterfalls of Hawaii's Islands: Their Legends Are Unique. Par. Pac., 60 (Sept. 1948), Hawaiiana supplement, 33.

Brief retelling of legendary episodes connected with Upsidedown, Rainbow, Waianapanapa, and Sacred Falls.

N A N C Y and JEAN Bouregy and Curl, 1954.

WEBB,

WEBB.

Golden Feathers. New York:

Tales of ancient Hawaii with religious beliefs included.

WENKAM, ROBERT. Photographer in Paradise. 1 9 5 9 ) , holiday edition, 1 - 1 7 . Caption, p. 16, gives brief note on Rainbow Falls legend.

Par. Pac.,

71

(Nov.

WESTERVELT, WILLIAM DRAKE. For a discussion of Westervelt and his works, see pp. 21-24 and pp. 105-116 above.

Hawaiian Historical Legends. Reprint of 1923 ed. with new foreword by Terence Barrow. Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1976. See p. 108 above. 156

Hawaiian Legends of Ghosts and Ghost-Gods. Reprint; first published in 1915 under the title Legends of Gods and Ghosts. Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1964. Hawaiian Legends of Old Honolulu, Collected and Translated from the Hawaiian. Reprint; first published in 1916 under the title Legends of Old Honolulu. Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1963. Hawaiian Legends of Volcanoes. Reprint of 1916 ed. Tokyo and Rutland, Vt.: Tuttle, 1963. Hilo and Its Legendary Families. Friend, 64 (Oct. 1907), 4.

Hilo region supposed to be dwelling place of Maui, Hina, Paao, and other ancient Polynesians.

Honolulu Legends: The Canoe of the Dragon. Friend, 69 (Jan. 1911), 6-7.

Remarks on the ritual of canoe building, and story of a chief whose efforts were thwarted by a "mo-o or dragon god."

Honolulu Legends: The Chief With the Wonderful Servants. Friend, 70 (Jan. 1912), 5-6.

Chief Ikaika-loa travels to the land of Papa and Wakea on Oahu and wins a wife by having his fellow chiefs help him guess riddles. Taken from Ku 'oko 'a, newspaper, in 1862.

Honolulu Legends: The Creation of Man. Friend, 69 (Aug. 1911), 6.

Kane, Ku, and Lono form the first man from red dirt on the small island of Mokapu, and then Kane creates a beautiful woman from the side of the man. Westervelt credits Kamakau and Fornander with the account, and states: "Parts of the story are evidently old Hawaiian, but the part which describes the creation of man is thoroughly Biblical with the addition of a few touches of the imagination." (See BARRERE, The Kumuhonua Legends.)

Honolulu Legends: The God of Pakaka Heiau. Friend, 63 (Nov. 1910), 15. Reprinted in Par. Pac., 29 (Nov. 1916), 16-18.

Haumea, goddess of childbirth, helps a woman in Kahiki and receives in return a wonderful tree that is brought to Hawaii. After many changes, a god carved from the tree is brought to Oahu and set up in the most noted temple of that island, at the foot of what is now Fort Street.

Honolulu Legends: The Gods Who Found Waters. Friend, 69 (Oct. 1911), 11-12.

Kane and Kanaloa, who preside over farming, travel about making kava to drink; when water is needed, Kane strikes the earth with a staff and a spring gushes forth. Westervelt associates the staff with the o-o or ancient digging stick.

Honolulu Legends: Ka-hale-a-Keawe. Friend, 69 (Nov. 1911), 16. Account of City of Refuge; article omitted from Legends of Old Honolulu. 157

Honolulu Legends: A Shark Punished at Waikiki. Friend, 71 (Jan. 1913), 7. Ka-ehu, little yellow shark of Pearl Harbor; legend taken from Kuokoa and Au Okoa, newspapers.

Honolulu Legends: The Wonderful Shell of Nuuanu Valley. Friend, 68 (Dec. 1910), 16-17.

A sacred conch shell is stolen by a clever dog, Puapualenalena, and taken to his master, Kiha, high chief of Hawaii, to decorate his temple.

The Legend of Chief Man-eater. Par. Pac., 75 (Feb. 1963), 28-32.

Reprint of " C h i e f Man Eater," ( see p. 107 above), with deletion of three paragraphs and a few other bits.

Mamala, the Surf Rider. Friend, 68 (Nov. 1910), 15-16.

Brief account of the kupua named Mamala, the shark-woman who rode the surf in front of Kou (Honolulu). She leaves her husband Ouha for another chief, and Ouha becomes the shark god between Waikiki and Koko Head. (The area in front of Honolulu is still named Mamala Bay.)

Maui the Fisherman. Par. Pac., 75 (Apr. 1963), xxii-xxiv.

Taken from Westervelt's account with same title in Par. Pac., 16 (Dec. 1903), 28-33, slightly shortened and occasionally reparagraphed.

Mid-Pacific Myths. Par. Pac., 31 (Dec. 1918), 21-24.

Brief essay on richness of Hawaiian mythology.

When Maui Snared the Sun. Par. Pac., 75 (Mar. 1963), souvenir section, xxii-xxiv.

From Westervelt's " M a u i Snaring the S u n " in Par. Pac., 16 (Sept. 1903), 12-15; shortened by about ten percent.

WHEELER, POST. Hawaiian 1953.

Wonder Tales. New York: Beechhurst,

Legends and chants about the islands after the disappearance of the gods; quality not high.

WHITTEN, HARRY. Legendary Romance on the Rocks. Hon. Star5a//., July 8, 1972, B-16.

Legends about rocks—at Pupukea; " G e o r g e Washington statue" (in earlier times the effigy of Kahikilani, the surfer of Paumalu); and "Crouching L i o n " (Kauahi, dog of Kane). Source apparently J . Gilbert McAllister, archeologist.

WLCHMAN, FREDERICK B. K a Ili Lau O Ke Koa, First Queen of United Kauai. Par. Pac., 69 0 u n e , 1957), 18-19. Account of a figure from genuine Hawaiian legend, pieced together from "several extant accounts of her l i f e . " For apparent sources see Beckwith, Hawaiian Mythology, pp. 538-544.

Kamaile: A Legend. Par. Pac., 69 (May 1957), 22-23.

Sentimental love story of a Kauai maiden, her lover Kuponoaloha (who catches burning brands tossed from cliff), and Oilikukahaena, a chief from Kahiki. Wichman's tales seem to embody some authentic legendary background (e.g., reference to Moikeha) and material, but the accounts themselves seem to be largely Wichman's.

158

Legend of Ua. Par. Pac., 70 (Feb. 1958), 14-15.

Greatly enlarged retelling of "The Rainbow Princess" ofW. H. Rice. Successful.

Leilehua: A Love Story and a Legend. Par. Pac., 68 (May 1956), 2 , 2 6 .

Tale of an often-interrupted search of "Kaneloa [sic] for his love Leilehua in Hanalei Valley. Told largely in passages of mele-like poetry. No source given.

Pohaku o Kane. Par. Pac., 68 (Nov. 1956), 113, 116.

Three personified boulders on Kauai; Kane places elder on top of mountain at Haena. "A legendary fiction of ancient Hawaii.'' Told rather wordily. Wichman's invention?

Waianuenue and Akaka: The Big Island's Beautiful Waterfall. Par. Pac., 68 (Sept. 1956), 12-13. Retells Maui-Hina legend; Akaka Falls legend of Kiha, Aka, several women, and a dog.

WLCHMAN, JULIET RICE. The Menehune People. Par. Pac., 74 (Nov.

1962), holiday edition, 102.

Brief account; main source is Rice, Hawaiian Legends. "In 1850, when the first census was taken on Kauai, sixty-five of the two thousand people in Wainiha Valley listed themselves as of Menehune descent.''

WILCOX, JOHANNA N. Kuula: A Legend of the Naming of Hawaii's Fishes. Par. Pac., 62 (Nov. 1950), 30-31. Legend of Hua, king of Puna, and Luahoomoe, the avenged priest, and his grandson Kuula, who became a fish deity. Many different details from Fornander Collection, 5, pp. 514-519 and Thrum's Ann. 1924, pp. 127-133. Includes a mele. Readable.

WISE, CLAUDE M. The Calabash of Paka'a. Par. Pac., 62 (Dec. 1950), 60-62, 124-125. Uses Paka'a legend as basis for a genial modern fantasy.

Leilani and the Word of Command. Par. Pac., 66 (June 1954), 16-17; (July 1954), 18-19, 25; (Aug. 1954), 18-19, 26, 28. Modern story with legend background.

WONG, MARCELLINA. Ipu o Lono: Legend of the Pali Rock. Par. Pac., 60 (Dec. 1948), holiday edition, 26-27.

Greedy lizard-gods exact toll for crossing Nuuanu Pali. A guard distracted by a lovely hula dancer is turned into a large rock. Source is Raphaelson. Another tale, from Mrs. K. Zuttermeister of Kaneohe, mentions story of Ha-pu-u, girl of Kauai who fled with her lover to Oahu but was changed into a rock by her angry parents.

YATES, KATHERINE MORRITTEE. A Tale from, the Rainbow Land. San Francisco: Paul Elder, 1914. A brief menehune story; proverbial expressions printed in color.

REFERENCE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SUPPLEMENT APPLE, MARGARET. Selective Bibliography of Hawaiian Myths and Legends. Mimeographed. May 1966, in Hawaiian Collection, University of Hawaii Library. Brief list of books, with annotations especially useful on items for children. 159

Legend of Ua. Par. Pac., 70 (Feb. 1958), 14-15.

Greatly enlarged retelling of "The Rainbow Princess" ofW. H. Rice. Successful.

Leilehua: A Love Story and a Legend. Par. Pac., 68 (May 1956), 2 , 2 6 .

Tale of an often-interrupted search of "Kaneloa [sic] for his love Leilehua in Hanalei Valley. Told largely in passages of mele-like poetry. No source given.

Pohaku o Kane. Par. Pac., 68 (Nov. 1956), 113, 116.

Three personified boulders on Kauai; Kane places elder on top of mountain at Haena. "A legendary fiction of ancient Hawaii.'' Told rather wordily. Wichman's invention?

Waianuenue and Akaka: The Big Island's Beautiful Waterfall. Par. Pac., 68 (Sept. 1956), 12-13. Retells Maui-Hina legend; Akaka Falls legend of Kiha, Aka, several women, and a dog.

WLCHMAN, JULIET RICE. The Menehune People. Par. Pac., 74 (Nov.

1962), holiday edition, 102.

Brief account; main source is Rice, Hawaiian Legends. "In 1850, when the first census was taken on Kauai, sixty-five of the two thousand people in Wainiha Valley listed themselves as of Menehune descent.''

WILCOX, JOHANNA N. Kuula: A Legend of the Naming of Hawaii's Fishes. Par. Pac., 62 (Nov. 1950), 30-31. Legend of Hua, king of Puna, and Luahoomoe, the avenged priest, and his grandson Kuula, who became a fish deity. Many different details from Fornander Collection, 5, pp. 514-519 and Thrum's Ann. 1924, pp. 127-133. Includes a mele. Readable.

WISE, CLAUDE M. The Calabash of Paka'a. Par. Pac., 62 (Dec. 1950), 60-62, 124-125. Uses Paka'a legend as basis for a genial modern fantasy.

Leilani and the Word of Command. Par. Pac., 66 (June 1954), 16-17; (July 1954), 18-19, 25; (Aug. 1954), 18-19, 26, 28. Modern story with legend background.

WONG, MARCELLINA. Ipu o Lono: Legend of the Pali Rock. Par. Pac., 60 (Dec. 1948), holiday edition, 26-27.

Greedy lizard-gods exact toll for crossing Nuuanu Pali. A guard distracted by a lovely hula dancer is turned into a large rock. Source is Raphaelson. Another tale, from Mrs. K. Zuttermeister of Kaneohe, mentions story of Ha-pu-u, girl of Kauai who fled with her lover to Oahu but was changed into a rock by her angry parents.

YATES, KATHERINE MORRITTEE. A Tale from, the Rainbow Land. San Francisco: Paul Elder, 1914. A brief menehune story; proverbial expressions printed in color.

REFERENCE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SUPPLEMENT APPLE, MARGARET. Selective Bibliography of Hawaiian Myths and Legends. Mimeographed. May 1966, in Hawaiian Collection, University of Hawaii Library. Brief list of books, with annotations especially useful on items for children. 159

Reference Maps of the Islands of Hawaii. Hawai'i, Kaua'i, Maui, Moloka'i and Lana'i, and O'ahu. Honolulu: UPH, 1977.

BIER, JAMES A .

Individual, full-color topographical maps in detailed, shaded relief; spellings (with diacritics) based on Pukui-Elbert-Mookini's Place Names of Hawaii and the Atlas of Hawaii.

Current Hawaiiana: Quarterly Bibliography of Publications on Hawaii. Vol. 1-. Mimeographed. Honolulu: Hawaiian Collection, University of Hawaii Library, 1944-, A comprehensive list distributed free to libraries and other institutions.

Books about Hawaii: Fifty Basic Authors. Honolulu: UPH, 1977.

D A Y , A . GROVE.

The works of fifty prominent authors of Hawaiian literature are reviewed, including such names as Beckwith, Malo, Kamakau, Kepelino, Pukui, Korn, Haleole, Ii, N. B. Emerson, Elbert, Luomala, Rice, and Chickering. Appendixes contain annotations of several hundred additional titles of interest to students of the literature of Hawaii.

DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY, UNIVERSITY OF HAWAII.

waii. Honolulu: UPH, 1973.

Atlas of Ha-

Invaluable atlas and gazetteer of the islands contains not only maps but essays on the natural and cultural environment and the economy. References to ancient culture passim. See also BlER.

Hawaii for Today 's Children: A Resource Unit for Grades 4, and 6. Honolulu: Department of Education, University Of Hawaii, 1954; rev. eds., 1959, 1966.

FITZSIMMONS, LORRAINE F.

Useful for school guidance.

Hawaiian Legends Index. Honolulu: Hawaii Library Association, 1976.

Subject index to books in the Hawaii and Pacific Section, State Library Branch. Begun by Lillian Ching in 1950 and completed by other librarians from time to time. Pp. 1-7 present 129 entries covering anthologies analyzed on cards reproduced in the remainder of the volume. No annotations of items.

[see also HLCKOK, in Supplement]. A Critical Analysis of Padraic Colum's Treatment of Polynesian Legends, by Margaret Cheva Bairos. Master's thesis, University of Hawaii, 1938, bibliography pp. 126-130.

HODGE, PEGGY HICKOK

A lengthy and careful study of Colum's work, especially the three volumes of Polynesian retellings. Colum is outstanding for his versions, which are adapted for children. He greatly altered the sources but "did not lose the Polynesian characteristics of the legends," for "he realized the important significance of the legends in teaching the history of the Islands" (p. 122). See comments on Colum, pp. 31-34 above.

Index to the Publications of the Hawaiian Historical Society, 1892-1967. Honolulu: Hawaiian Hist. Soc.,

HUNTER, CHARLES H .

1968.

Subject index of papers and annual reports of the Society. Illustrations, maps, diagrams, and tables are listed separately. 160

Index of Periodicals of Hawaii. 2 vols. Honolulu: Hawaii Library Association, 1976. Photographic reproduction of thousands of cards from Hawaii State Library catalog dealing with articles from twenty-five local and Pacific magazines; several pages of cards on "Legends."

Index to the Honolulu Advertiser and Honolulu Star-Bulletin. 5 vols. Honolulu: Office of Library Services, Department of Education, State of Hawaii, 1929-1967; supplements: 1969, 1970, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1974, 1975. Valuable subject index of two prominent daily newspapers from 1929 through 1975.

and VIOLET LAU LAI. Index to Selected Articles in Paradise of the Pacific, 1888-1912. Honolulu: Honolulu Community College Library, 1975.

LAI, K U M P U I

"Legends" listed pp. 18-19.

Mary Kawena Pukui: Words Are Her Business. Par. Pac., 70 (Jan. 1958), 24, 32.

LAM, JEANETTE.

A valuable profile on a prominent Hawaiian author.

MARGABET M A R Y LAVELL. A Bibliography on Cultural Change in the Hawaiian Islands. Graduate honors thesis, University of British Columbia, 1959-

LEESON,

Lengthy bibliography on Hawaiian culture in general.

A Pacific Bibliography: Printed Matter Related to the Native Peoples of Polynesia, Melanesia, and Micronesia. Seconded. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

T A Y L O R , C L Y D E ROMER H U G H E S .

A lengthy, unannotated bibliography. Dr. Leib on Feb. 26, 1968, sent Mr. Taylor a twopage list of emendations of various Hawaii entries.

Bibliography of the Hawaiian Legends of the Big Island. Mimeographed. 1971.

YAMASAKI, K A R E N .

List compiled by student in English class. Items not annotated; all but one or two are found in first edition of Leib, and only one dated after 1949.

161

AMOS PATTON LEIB was born in New London, Connecticut, in 1917 and upon receiving a bachelor degree at Haverford College in 1938 came to Honolulu to teach at Iolani School. He joined the University of Hawaii in 1945 as an instructor in English and received a master's degree two years later; his thesis was the basis of the publication in 1949 of Hawaiian Legends in English: An Annotated Bibliography. He obtained a doctoral degree from Tulane University in 1963 and taught as a professor of English until his death in London in 1977. He was active in theater and other community affairs and published articles and volumes, among them The Many Islands of Polynesia (1972). A. GROVE DAY, senior professor of English, emeritus, was born in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, in 1904 and came to the University of Hawaii in 1944 with a Ph.D. from Stanford University. Since that time he has published—sometimes in collaboration—about thirty volumes of history and criticism on Hawaii and other parts of the Pacific. His most recent work is Books about Hawaii: Fifty Basic Authors (1977), a companion volume to his critical study, Pacific Islands Literature: One Hundred Basic Books (1971). He had served as chairman of the committee that supervised Amos Leib's thesis on Hawaiian legends, and was asked by Mrs. Leib to complete the revision of the 1949 study that resulted in the present updated version.

162